UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________ 
FORM 10-K
_____________________________ 
ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20182020
or
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                    to                    
Commission File number 1-7221
_____________________________

MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_____________________________
DELAWAREDelaware36-1115800
(State of Incorporation)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
500 WestW. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661
(Address of principal executive offices)offices, zip code)

(847) 576-5000
(Registrant’s telephone number) number, including area code:

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each ClassTrading Symbol(s)Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock $.01 $0.01Par Value per ShareMSINew York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:Act: None
None
_____________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerx
Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Smaller reporting company ¨
Emerging growth company¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨     No  ý
The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 201826, 2020 (the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was approximately $14.9$18.0 billion.
The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, outstanding as of February 1, 20192021 was 163,871,288.169,028,294.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 13, 2019,18, 2021 (the "Proxy Statement"), are incorporated by reference into Part III.


III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Form 10-K").
1


TABLE OF CONTENTSPage
Page
PART I
Item 1. Business
General
Business Organization
Strategy and Focus Areas
Customers and Contracts
Competition
Other Information
Backlog
Research and Development
Intellectual Property Matters
Material Dispositions




PART I
2


Throughout this Form 10-K report we “incorporate by reference” certain information in parts of other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to it in that manner. Please refer to such information.
We are making forward-looking statements in this report. In “Item 1A: Risk Factors” we discuss some of the risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.
“Motorola Solutions” (which may be referred to as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) means Motorola Solutions, Inc. or Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or one of our segments, as the context requires. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo, as well as iDEN are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license.
Forward-Looking Statements
Statements in this Form 10-K which are not historical in nature are forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable federal securities law. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and generally include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “aims,” “estimates” and similar expressions. We can give no assurance that any future results or events discussed in these statements will be achieved. Any forward-looking statements represent our views only as of today and should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date. Readers are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the statements contained in this Form 10-K. Some of these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K and those described elsewhere in this Form 10-K or in our other SEC filings. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings: (1) “Business,” about: (a) industry growth and demand, including opportunities resulting from such growth, (b) future product development and the demand for, growth related to, and benefits of, new products, (c) growth of sales with existing customers, (d) customer spending and requests for vendor financing, (e) the impact of our strategy and focus areas, (f) the impact from the loss of key customers, (g) competitive position and our ability to maintain a leadership position in our core products, (h) increased competition, (i) our practice of subcontracting work to other companies to fulfill customer needs, (j) the continuing and future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, (k) the impact of recent acquisitions on our business, (l) the impact of regulatory matters, (m) the impact from the allocation and regulation of spectrum, particularly with respect to broadband spectrum, (n) the firmness of each segment's backlog, (o) the competitiveness of the patent portfolio, (p) the impact of research and development, (q) the availability of materials and components, energy supplies and labor, (r) the seasonality of the business, (s) our human capital management strategy and philosophy, and (t) our capital deployment model; (2) “Legal Proceedings,” about the ultimate disposition of pending legal matters and timing; (3) “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” about: (a) the continuing and future impact of COVID-19 on our business, (b) the impact of global economic and political conditions on our business, (c) the impact of acquisitions on our business, (d) market growth/contraction, demand, spending and resulting opportunities, (e) industry growth and demand, including opportunities resulting from such growth, (f) future product development and demand for, growth related to, and benefits of, new products, (g) the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations, (h) our continued ability to reduce our operating expenses, (i) expected improvements in operating leverage and operating margins, (j) the growth of sales opportunities in our Video Security and Analytics, Command Center Software and LMR Mission Critical Communications technologies, (k) the return of capital to shareholders through dividends and/or repurchasing shares, (l) our ability to invest in capital expenditures and research and development, (m) the success of our business strategy and portfolio, (n) future payments, charges, use of accruals and expected cost-saving and profitability benefits associated with our reorganization of business programs and employee separation costs, (o) our ability and cost to repatriate funds, (p) future cash contributions to pension plans or retiree health benefit plans, (q) the liquidity of our investments, (r) our ability and cost to access the capital markets, (s) our ability to borrow and the amount available under our credit facilities, (t) our ability to settle the principal amount of the New Senior Convertible Notes (as defined below) in cash, (u) our ability and cost to obtain performance bonds, (v) adequacy of internal resources to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure measurements, (w) expected payments pursuant to commitments under long-term agreements, (x) the ability to meet minimum purchase obligations, (y) our ability to sell accounts receivable and the terms and amounts of such sales, (z) the outcome and effect of ongoing and future legal proceedings, (aa) the impact of the loss of key customers, and (bb) the expected effective tax rate and deductibility of certain items, and (cc) the impact of the adoption of accounting pronouncements on our financial results; and (4) “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” about: (a) the impact of foreign currency exchange risks, (b) the impact of interest rate risk, (c) future hedging activity and expectations of the Company, and (d) the ability of counterparties to financial instruments to perform their obligations.

PART I
Item 1: Business
GeneralOverview
Motorola Solutions is a leading global provider of mission-critical communications.leader in mission critical communications and analytics. Our technology platformstechnologies in communications, software, video,Land Mobile Radio Mission Critical Communications ("LMR" or "LMR Mission Critical Communications"), Command Center Software and Video Security and Analytics, bolstered by managed and support services, make citiescommunities safer and help communitiesbusinesses stay productive and businesses thrive. At Motorola Solutions, we are ushering in a new era in public safety and security. Public safety and commercial customers globally depend on our solutions to keep them connected, from everyday to extreme moments.secure. We serve more than 100,000 public safety and commercial customers in more thanover 100 countries, providing “purpose-built” solutions designed for their unique needs, and we have a rich heritage of innovation spanningfocusing on advancing global safety for more than 90 years.
3


We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware as the successor to an Illinois corporation, Motorola, Inc., organized in 1928. We changed our name from Motorola, Inc. to Motorola Solutions, Inc. on January 4, 2011. Our principal executive offices are located at 500 W. Monroe Street,St., Chicago, Illinois 60661.
Recent Acquisitions
On January 7, 2019, we announced that we acquired VaaS International Holdings, Inc. ("VaaS"), a "video analysis as a service" company that is a leading global provider of data and image analytics for vehicle location for a purchase price of $445 million. This acquisition expands our command center software portfolio.
On March 28, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Avigilon Corporation ("Avigilon"), a provider of advanced security and video solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, video cameras and access control solutions for a purchase price of $974 million.
On March 7, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Plant Holdings, Inc. ("Plant"), the parent company of Airbus DS Communications for a purchase price of $237 million. This acquisition expands our software portfolio in the command center with additional solutions for Next Generation 9-1-1.
On August 28, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Kodiak Networks, a provider of broadband push-to-talk for commercial customers, for a purchase price of $225 million.
On March 13, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Interexport, a managed service provider of communications systems to public safety and commercial customers in Chile, for a purchase price of $98 billion Chilean pesos, or approximately $147 million.
OnNovember 10, 2016, we completed the acquisition of Spillman Technologies ("Spillman"), a provider of comprehensive law enforcement and public safety software solutions, for a purchase price of$221 million. The acquisition expands our command center services and software portfolio and enables us to offer a full suite of solutions to a broader customer base.
On February 19, 2016, we completed the acquisition of Guardian Digital Communications Limited ("GDCL"), a holding company of Airwave Solutions Limited ("Airwave"), the largest private operator of a public safety network in the world. All of the outstanding equity of GDCL was acquired for the sum of £1, after which we invested into GDCL £698 million, net of cash acquired, or approximately $1.0 billion, to settle all third party debt.
Business Organization
During the second quarter of 2018, we modifiedWe manage our internal reporting structure to better align the way financial information is reported to and analyzed by executive leadership in part as a result of recent acquisitions contributing to the growth within the newly-aligned Services and Software segment. Previously, we hadbusiness organizationally through two reporting segments: Products and Services. The changes in reporting structure consist of Systems Integration-related revenue and costs moving from the old Services segment into the newly-presented Products“Products and Systems IntegrationIntegration” and “Software and Services.” Within these segments, the Company has principal product lines that also follow our three major technologies: LMR Mission Critical Communications, Command Center Software, and Video Security and Analytics.
LMR Mission Critical Communications: Infrastructure, devices (two-way radio and broadband) and software that enable communications, inclusive of installation and integration, backed by services, to assure availability, security and resiliency.
Command Center Software: Software suite that enables collaboration and seamless information sharing through the public safety workflow from 911 call to case closure.
Video Security and Analytics: Cameras (fixed, body-worn, in-vehicle), access control, infrastructure, video management, software and artificial intelligence-enabled analytics that enable visibility “on scene” and bring attention to what’s important.
The Company has invested across these three technologies, evolving the Company’s LMR focus to purposefully integrate software, video security and analytics solutions for public safety and enterprise customers globally.
Our strategy is to generate value through the integration of each technology into our ecosystem, uniting voice, software, video and analytics to interoperate. While each technology individually strives to make users safer and more productive, we believe we can enable better outcomes between individuals, businesses and agencies united as one connected system. With our interplay of technologies, our goal is to help remove silos between systems, unify data, streamline workflows, simplify management and support evolving technologies. Examples of such interplay include sharing video feeds from a school to a police command center and officers’ devices in the field to improve situational awareness, uploading field reports or crime scene photos directly into an agency’s evidence system to save administration time, and connecting teams across networks to ensure messages are easily shared and teams can work as one. Our goal is to integrate technologies according to customers’ desired operational outcomes so they can work faster, smarter and more safely. Across all three technologies, we offer cloud-based solutions, cybersecurity services and managed and support services.
The principal products within each segment, and software-related revenue and costs moving from the old Products segment into the newly-presented Services and Software segment.by technology, are described below:
Products and Systems Integration Segment
The ProductsIn 2020, the segment’s net sales were $4.6 billion, representing 63% of our consolidated net sales.    
LMR Mission Critical Communications
Our LMR Mission Critical Communications technology includes infrastructure and Systems Integration segment offers an extensive portfoliodevices for LMR, public safety Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) and enterprise-grade private LTE. We are a global leader in the two-way radio category, including Project 25 (“P25”), Terrestrial Trunked Radio (“TETRA”) and Digital Mobile Radio (“DMR”), as well as other professional and commercial radio (“PCR”) solutions. We also deliver LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including infrastructure and devices operating in 700 MHz, 900 MHz and Citizens’ Broadband Radio Service (“CBRS”) frequencies. Primary sources of revenue for this technology come from selling devices and building telecommunications networks, including infrastructure, devices, accessories, video solutions, and the implementation, optimization,installation and integration with our customers’ technology environments.
Our technology enables voice and multimedia collaborations across different two-way radio, WiFi or public LTE and private broadband networks. We believe that first responders continue to trust LMR communications because they are purpose-built and designed for reliability, availability, security and resiliency to withstand the most challenging conditions. By adding broadband data capabilities to our two-way radios, we strive to provide our customers greater functionality and access to the information and data they need in their workflows. Examples of such systems, devices,functionality include application services such as GPS location to better protect lone workers and applications. over-the-air programming and updates to optimize device uptime.
The primary customers ofLMR technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment are government, public safety and first-responder agencies, municipalities, and commercial and industrial customers who operate private communications networks and video solutions. In 2018, the segment’s net sales were $5.1 billion, representing 69% of our consolidated net sales. The Products and Systems Integration segment has the following two principal product lines:


Devices:Devices includes two-way portable and vehicle-mounted radios, accessories, software features, and upgrades. Devices also includes video cameras. Devices represented 63%86% of the net sales of the total segment in 2020.
Video Security and Analytics
Our Video Security and Analytics technology includes network video management infrastructure, fixed security and mobile video cameras (body-worn and in-vehicle) and access control solutions. We deploy video security solutions to thousands of government and commercial customers around the world including school campuses, transportation systems, healthcare centers, public venues, utilities, prisons, factories, casinos, airports, financial institutions, government facilities, state and local law enforcement agencies and retailers. Organizations such as these utilize video security to enable continuous monitoring that can improve situational awareness, particularly across large areas, and to visually verify critical events or incidents in real-time or investigate after they happen.
Our view is that government and public safety customers in particular are increasingly turning to video security technologies, including fixed street cameras, in-vehicle cameras and body-worn cameras, to increase visibility, accountability and safety for citizens, communities and first responders alike.
4


We have built our video security and analytics technology through strategic acquisitions. We acquired Avigilon Corporation (“Avigilon”) in 2018. Avigilon access control solutions, in addition to cameras, sensors and infrastructure embedded with advanced video analytics, are designed to be simple and easy to use. We expanded our fixed video security technology through our acquisitions of IndigoVision Group plc and Pelco, Inc. in 2020. We grew our mobile video security technology in 2019 through our acquisitions of WatchGuard Inc., which provides body-worn cameras and in-vehicle video systems for North America law enforcement agencies, and Edesix Ltd (acquired as part of the VaaS International Holdings acquisition), a provider of body-worn cameras in Europe for both law enforcement and commercial markets.
The Video Security and Analytics technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment in 2018.
Systems and Systems Integration:Systems and Systems Integration include customized radio networks, video solutions and implementation, optimization, and integration of networks, devices, software, and applications. Systems and Systems Integration represented 37%14% of the net sales of the Products and Systems Integrationtotal segment in 2018.2020.
Our DevicesSoftware and Systems and Systems Integration are based on the following industry technology standards:
Land Mobile Radio Standards
Industry standard definitionThe Association of Public Safety Communications Officials
Project 25 standard ("APCO-25")
The European Telecommunications Standards Institute (“ETSI”)
Terrestrial Trunked Radio standard ("TETRA")
ETSI, Digital mobile radio ("DMR") and professional commercial radio ("PCR") standards
Industry standard nameAPCO P25TETRADMR
Motorola Solutions product nameASTRODimetra IPPCR MOTOTRBO (Digital)
Primary end usersGovernment, Public SafetyGovernment, Public SafetyCommercial
Primary geographic region of useNorth America, Latin America, Asia, Middle East, AfricaEurope, Asia, Latin America, Middle East, AfricaAll regions
Services and Software Segment
The Services and Software segment provides a broad range of solution offerings for government, public safety and commercial customers. In 2018,2020, the segment’s net sales were $2.2$2.8 billion, representing 31%37% of our consolidated net sales. The Services
LMR Mission Critical Communications
LMR Mission Critical Communications services include support and Software segment has the following principal product lines:
ServicesServices includes a continuum of service offerings beginning withmanaged services, which offer a broad continuum of support for our customers. Support services include repair technical support, and maintenance. More advanced offerings include monitoring, software updates, and cybersecurity services. Managed services range from partial or full operation of customer-owned networks to operation of Motorola Solutions-owned networks. Services represented 81% of the net sales of the Services and Software segment in 2018.
SoftwareSoftware includes a public safety and enterprise command center software suite, unified communications applications, and video software solutions, delivered both on premise and “as a service” and represented 19% of the net sales of the Services and Software segment in 2018.
Strategy and Focus Areas
In 2018,replacement, technical support and preventative maintenance, and more advanced offerings such as system monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed services range from partial to full operational support of customer-owned or Motorola Solutions marked 90 years as a communications technology provider. Since Motorola was founded in 1928, our commitment to innovation has been at the heart of our company. Today, we design and deliver solutionsSolutions-owned networks. Our customers’ systems often have multi-year or multi-decade lifespans that are purpose-built for the unique needs of our customers, who work in coal mines, run into burning buildings, teach in classrooms, and everything in between. We offer comprehensive solutions that include infrastructure, devices, software applications, video cameras and analytics, and services that help our customers work safely and efficiently.
Our strategy for long-term growth and the evolution of our business includes organic and inorganic investments in the following four areas:
(i)Continued innovation in standards-based voice and data solutions spanning APCO 25, TETRA, DMR, and Long-term Evolution ("LTE") technologies. Our dedication, focus, and innovation for public safety and commercial solutions built the foundation of our land mobile radio ("LMR") platform business, which is reflected in our install base of over 13,000 systems deployed in 100+ countries around the world. These systems have a multi-year and often multi-decade life span which helps drive demand for additional device sales, software upgrades, device and infrastructure refresh and expansion,opportunities, as well as additional services to monitor, manage, maintain monitor, and managesecure these complex networks and solutions. We believe our government and commercial customers will continuestrive to require next-generation systems, enhanced software features and analytics, as well as incrementaldeliver services to drive operational efficiencies.
(ii)Services offerings that leverage our large global install base and allow our customers tothat help improve performance across their systems, devices and applications for greater safety and productivity. Our comprehensive suite
Given the mission-critical nature of services - from repair, technical support,our customers’ LMR networks, availability, security and resiliency are imperative, along with keeping pace with technological advancements. We have a comprehensive approach to system monitoringupgrades that addresses hardware, software and implementation services. As new system releases become available, we work with our customers to operationupgrade software, hardware, or both, with respect to site controllers, comparators, routers, LAN switches, servers, dispatch consoles, logging equipment, network management terminals, network security devices such as firewalls and intrusion detection sensors, and more, on-site or remotely.
The LMR technology within the Software and Services segment represented 72% of customer-owned networks or Motorola Solutions-owned networks, ensures continuity and reduces risks for continued critical communications operations. Today, agency procurement models are primarily capital expenditure investmentsthe net sales of the total segment in customer-owned and operated solutions with long-term contracts. As agencies seek budget predictability, increased flexibility, and outcome-based solutions, there continues to be a shift to alternative consumption models. We feel our2020.
Command Center Software
Our Command Center Software suite, of services positions us well for this change and allows us to provide incremental, value-added services for our customers.


(iii) Command center software solutions to support public safety workflow - from a citizen's emergency call and dispatching first responders to communicating with personnel inCommandCentral, supports the field and managing records and evidence. Today,complex process of the public safety workflow is addressed byfrom "911 call to case closure," which involves an array of roles from the moment a varietycitizen dials 911, such as dispatchers who route calls to police, fire and emergency medical services, first responders in the field, intelligence analysts who manage real-time operations, records specialists who preserve the integrity of point solutions. Motorola Solutions is buildinginformation and evidence, crime analysts who identify patterns and accelerate investigations, and corrections officers who oversee jail and inmate management.
CommandCentral software supports these roles through the three phases of incident response: incident awareness, incident management and post-incident resolution. Incident awareness software includes community engagement applications for tip submissions, crime mapping and evidence submission, and 911 call-handling software (including multimedia) and next-generation core services for 911 call routing. Incident management software includes computer aided dispatch (“CAD”) for dispatch and coordinating first response, situational awareness software that shows a command centersingle, real-time view of video feeds and other alerts on a map, and field response and reporting to help frontline personnel collaborate, manage incident activity and file reports from the field. Post-incident resolution software offering that provides a unified suite of solutions acrossincludes centralized records and evidence management for record-keeping and judicial sharing, analytics including license plate recognition, and jail and inmate management to streamline the public safety workflow. process and enable secure inter-agency information sharing.
As the public safety market continues to embraceevolve toward software offerings to enhancethat more efficiently run their workflows,operations, reduce response times and increase officer availability, we are able to sell cloud-first software as ahave focused on providing cloud-based software-as-a service ("SaaS"(“SaaS”) offering in addition to on-premise solutions with ancillary implementation and managed services.services in addition to on-premises solutions. Our PremierOne Cloud suite, hosted in Microsoft Azure Government, includes CAD, mobile and records in a single, integrated cloud-based offering. We believe that cloud deployment delivers agencies key benefits, including faster deployment, increased security, rapid scaling in the event of an emergency and a secure investment that keeps pace as technology advances.
(iv)Another area of public safety evolution is increasing adoption of Next Generation 911 Core Services (“NGCS”), a group of products and services needed to create infrastructure connectivity in order to process a 911 call using Next Generation (“NG”) technology. The NG infrastructure is an Emergency Service IP Network ("ESInet"), which can carry voice, data and multimedia. ESInet enables 911 call takers at public safety answering points to respond to text, video and data. Our NGCS can be offered as a managed service and includes call routing, ESInet, location services, Geographic Information Services, cybersecurity and our continuous network and security operations center dedicated to public safety. We believe that our solution is differentiated through its integration with our CommandCentral software suite to simplify the agency’s workflow and ensure better incident management and real-time intelligence.
Additional Command Center Software includes interoperability software that ensures communication is not limited by coverage area, network technology or device type. Our solutions, including Kodiak, WAVE PTX and CriticalConnect, enable
5


interoperability among devices across multiple networks. For example, a two-way radio network can connect with an LTE network making it possible for individuals to communicate securely and more easily across technologies.
The Command Center Software technology within the Software and Services segment represented 18% of the net sales of the total segment in 2020.
Video analytics,Security and Analytics
Video Security and Analytics software includes video network videomanagement software, digital evidence management software and advanced vehicle location data analysis software, including license plate recognition, each designed to complement respective video hardware systems.
Our video network management software is embedded with artificial intelligence (“AI”)-enabled analytics to deliver operational insights to our customers by bringing attention to important events within their video footage. Given the volume of video footage, we believe this is critical to monitor and manage to deliver meaningful, action-oriented insights. For example, AI-enabled analytics can detect unusual behavior such as a person at a facility out-of-hours, locate a missing child with our Appearance Search feature at a theme park, flag a blacklisted vehicle through license plate recognition at a school, or send an alert through access control if doors are propped open at a hospital.
Video Security and Analytics services include our video-as-service offering for law enforcement, simplifying procurement by bundling hardware and software into a single subscription. Body-worn cameras and in-car video systems can be paired with either on-premises or cloud-based digital evidence management software and complementary command center software products. Additionally, Avigilon fixed video systems connected to Avigilon Cloud Services (“ACS”) provide our customers with the ability to securely access control solutions for governmentvideo across their sites from a remote/central monitoring location and commercial customers. We have video solutions installed at thousandsmore easily integrate with their other systems.
The Video Security and Analytics technology within the Software and Services segment represented 10% of customer sites, including school campuses, transportation systems, healthcare centers, public venues, critical infrastructure, prisons, factories, casinos, airports, financial institutions, government facilities, and retailers.the net sales of the total segment in 2020.
Our Customers and Contracts
We serve government agencies, state and local public safety and first-responder agencies, as well as commercial and industrial customers who utilize private communications networks, often to manage a mobile workforce.customers. Our customer base is fragmented and widespread when considering the many levels of governmental and first-responder decision-makers that procure and use our products and services. Serving this global customer base spanning federal, state, county, province, territory, municipal, and departmental independent bodies, along with our commercial and industrial customers, requires a significant go-to-market investment.
Our sales model includes both direct sales by our in-house sales force, which tend to focus on our largest accounts, and sales through our channel partner program. Our trained channel partners include independent dealers, distributors, and software vendors around the world. The dealers and distributors each have their own sales organizations that complement and extend the reach of our sales force. The independent software vendors offer customized applications that meet specific needs inof the verticalscustomers we serve.
Our largest customers are the United States ("U.S.") federal government (through multiple contracts with its various branches and agencies, including the armed services) and the Home Office of the United Kingdom, representing approximately 8%9% and 7%8% of our consolidated net sales in 2018,2020, respectively. The loss of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and earnings over several quarters as many of our contracts with these governments are long-term in nature. All contracts with the U.S. federal government, and certain other government agencies within the U.S., are subject to cancellation at the customer’s convenience. For a discussion of risks related to government contracting requirements, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Net salesFactors” in the Americas region continued to comprise a significant portion of our business, accounting for 69%, 68% and 68% of our consolidated net sales in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.this Form 10-K.
Payment terms with our customers vary worldwide. Generally, contractual payment terms range from 30 to 45 days from the invoice date within North America and typically do not exceed 90 days from the invoice date in regions outside of North America. A portion of our contracts include implementation milestones, such as delivery, installation, and system acceptance, which generally take 30 to 180 days to complete. Invoicing the customer is dependent on completion of the milestones. We generally do not grant extended payment terms. As required for competitive reasons, we may provide long-term financing in connection with equipment purchases. Financing may cover all or a portion of the purchase price. Refer to “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K for a discussion of risks related to requests by customers to provide vendor financing.
Generally, our contracts do not include a right of return, other than for standard warranty provisions. Due to customer purchasing patterns and the cyclical nature of the markets we serve, our sales tend to be somewhat higher in the second half of the year, with the fourth quarter being the highest.
Competition
We operate in highly competitive markets that are sensitive to technological advances. Competitive factors in these markets include product quality and reliability, technological capabilities, cost-effectiveness, and industry experience. In operating in these competitive markets, we have broadened how we work with our customers, expanding from our global LMR installed base to integrate Command Center Software and Video Security and Analytics. For example, our Command Center Software suite can integrate our customers’ LMR systems to provide unified voice and data information throughout the critical 911 workflow. Adding Video Security and Analytics enables multimedia collaboration and offers visibility for police officers within the
6


command center and in the field. The markets in whichinterplay of technologies, guided by our deep knowledge of the public safety workflow, delivers customers one connected system to unify their voice, data and video communication streams.
The specific solutions we operate are highly competitive. Key competitive factors include: performance, features, quality, availability, warranty, price, vendor financing, availability of service, company reputation and financial strength, partner community, and relationships with customers. Our strong reputation withintegrate vary according to customers’ requirements. We support our customers and partners, trusted brand, technology leadership, breadth of portfolio, product performance, and specializedfrom various technological starting points, for example, we may integrate a customer’s video system into a Command Center Software suite to simplify access to technologies that such customer uses to support services position us well for success.its operations.
We experience widespread competition from a growing number of existing and new competitors, including large system integrators and manufacturers of private and public wireless network equipment and devices. Traditional LMR competitors include: Harris, Hytera, Airbus, and Kenwood.
As demand for fully-integratedfully integrated voice, data, and broadband systems continueand video solutions continues to grow, we may face additional competition from public telecommunications carriers and telecommunications equipment providers. providers to small video solutions startups.
As we continue to evolve our services strategy, we may subcontract work withto other companies onto fulfill customer needs in geographical areas that we do not have coverage or for additional services that we do not provide. For a consortium or joint venture basis as customers' delivery needs become more complexdescription of risks related to fulfill.our use of the services of subcontractors, refer to “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K.
Our continued focus on growingmajor competitors within our command center software suiteLMR, Command Center Software, and video solutions has added additional competitors such as: West Corporation, Intergraph, Central Square, Axis, Hikvision, Dahua,Video Security and Zetron.Analytics technologies include the following companies:
Several other competitive factors
TechnologyCompetitor
LMRL3Harris Technologies, Inc., Hytera, Airbus SE, Kenwood Corporation
Command Center SoftwareCentral Square Technologies, Axon Enterprise, Inc., Tyler Technologies, Inc., West Corporation, Intergraph Corporation, Zetron, ComTech
Video Security and AnalyticsAxis Communications, Hikvision, Dahua Technology Company, Hanwha Group, Genetec Inc., Axon Enterprise, Inc.
COVID-19
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been a broad number of governmental and commercial actions taken to limit the spread of the virus, including social distancing measures, stay-at-home orders, travel restrictions, business shutdowns and slowdowns. These actions have resulted in a significant decline in global economic activity. The COVID-19 pandemic negatively affected our sales and operating results for fiscal 2020, and may continue to have an impact on our future business including: evolving spectrum mandates by government regulatorsfinancial condition, results of operations and increasing investment by broadbandliquidity in 2021. See “Part II. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and IP solution providers.

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K for a discussion regarding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our financial results, and “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K for a discussion of the risks and uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.


Other Information
Backlog
Our backlog includes all product and service orders that have been received and are believed to be firm. As of December 31, 20182020 and December 31, 2017,2019, our backlog was as follows:
December 31 December 31
(In millions)2018 2017(In millions)20202019
Products and Systems Integration$3,199
 $3,314
Products and Systems Integration$3,120 $3,158 
Services and Software7,401
 6,298
Software and ServicesSoftware and Services8,314 8,101 
$10,600
 $9,612
$11,434 $11,259 
Approximately 52%47% of the Products and Systems Integration segment backlog and 21%24% of the ServicesSoftware and SoftwareServices segment backlog is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2019.2021. The forward-looking estimate of the firmness of such orders is subject to future events that may cause the amount recognized to change.
7


Recent Acquisitions
TechnologySegmentAcquisitionDescriptionPurchase PriceDate of Acquisition
Command Center SoftwareSoftware and ServicesCallyoProvider of cloud-based mobile applications for law enforcement in North America, including critical mobile technological capabilities that enable information to flow seamlessly from the field to the command center.$63 million, inclusive of share-based compensation of $3 millionAugust 28, 2020
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Pelco, Inc.Global provider of video security solutions, adding a broad range of products for a variety of commercial and industrial environments and use cases.$110 millionJuly 31, 2020
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
 IndigoVision Group plcProvider of video security solutions to enhance geographical reach across a wider customer base.$37 millionJune 16, 2020
LMRSoftware and ServicesUnnamed cybersecurity services businessProvider of vulnerability assessments, cybersecurity consulting, and managed services, including security monitoring of network operations.$32 millionApril 30, 2020
LMRSoftware and ServicesUnnamed cybersecurity services businessProvider of vulnerability assessments, cybersecurity consulting, managed services, and remediation and response capabilities.$40 million, inclusive of share-based compensation of $6 millionMarch 3, 2020
Video Security and AnalyticsSoftware and ServicesUnnamed data solutions business for vehicle location informationProvider of additional data to our existing license plate recognition database.$85 millionOctober 16, 2019
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
WatchGuard, Inc.Provider of in-car and body-worn video solutions.$271 million, inclusive of share-based compensation of $16 millionJuly 11, 2019
LMR
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Avtec, Inc.Provider of dispatch communications for U.S. public safety and commercial customers to communicate, coordinate resources, and secure their facilities.$136 millionMarch 11, 2019
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
VaaS International HoldingsGlobal provider of data and image analytics for vehicle location.$445 million, inclusive of share-based compensation of $38 millionJanuary 7, 2019
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Avigilon CorporationProvider of advanced security and video solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, video cameras, and access control solutions.$974 millionMarch 28, 2018
Command Center SoftwareSoftware and ServicesPlant Holdings, Inc.Provider of next generation 911 solutions.$237 millionMarch 7, 2018

8


Research and Development
We continue to prioritize investments in R&D to expand and improve our portfolio of products through both new product introductions and continuous enhancements to our core products. Our R&D programs are focused on the development of: (i) new public safety devices, infrastructure, softwareLMR Mission Critical Communications, (ii) Command Center Software and solutions, (ii) command center software applications that include voice, data,(iii) Video Security and video, (iii) public safety broadband solutions based on LTE technology, and (iv) video devices and software applications.Analytics.
R&D expenditures were $686 million in 2020, $687 million in 2019, and $637 million in 2018, $568 million in 2017, and $553 million in 2016.2018. As of December 31, 2018,2020, we had approximately 5,0006,000 employees engaged in R&D activities. In addition, we engage in R&D activities with joint development and manufacturing partners and outsource certain activities to engineering firms to further supplement our internal spend.
Intellectual Property Matters
Patent protection is an important aspect of our operations. We have a portfolio of U.S. and foreign utility and design patents relating to our products, systems, and technologies, including research developments in radio frequency technology and circuits, wireless network technologies, over-the-air protocols, mission-criticalmission critical communications, software and services, video security and analytics and next-generation public safety, and video solutions.safety. We have filedalso file new patent applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and foreign patent offices.
We license some of our patents to third-parties, but licensing revenue is not a significant source of revenue.revenue for our business. We are also licensed to use certain patents owned by others. Royalty and licensing fees vary from year-to-year and are subject to the terms of the agreements and sales volumes of the products subject to the license. Motorola Solutions has a royalty-free license under all of the patents and patent applications assigned to Motorola Mobility at the time of the separation of the two businesses in 2011.
We actively participate in the development of standards for interoperable, mission-criticalmission critical digital two-way radio systems. Our patents are used in standards in which our products and services are based. We offer standards-based licenses to those patents on fair, reasonable, and non-discriminatory terms.
We believe that our patent portfolio will continue to provide us with a competitive advantage in our core product areas as well as provide leverage in the development of future technologies. While we are not dependent upon a single patent or even a few patents, we do have patents that protect features and functionality of our products and services. While these patents are important, our success also depends upon our extensive know-how, innovative culture, technicaltechnological leadership, and distribution channels. We do not rely solely on patents or other intellectual property rights to protect or establish our market position; however, we will enforce our intellectual property rights in certain technologies when it is necessary to protect our innovation, or in some cases where attempts to negotiate mutually agreeablemutually-agreeable licenses are not successful.
We seek to obtain patents, copyright registrations, and trademarkstrademark registrations to protect our proprietary positions whenever possible and wherever practical. As of December 31, 2018,2020, we owned approximately 5,3206,100 granted patents in the U.S. and in foreign countries. As of December 31, 2018,2020, we had approximately 1,6301,300 U.S. and foreign patent applications pending. Foreign patents and patent applications are mostly counterparts of our U.S. patents. During 2018,2020, we were granted approximately 550500 patents in the U.S. and in foreign countries.
We no longer own certain logos and other trademarks, trade names and service marks, including MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo and all derivatives thereof (“Motorola Marks”) and, since 2010, we licensehave licensed the Motorola Marks from Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. which is currently owned by Lenovo.

Lenovo Group Limited. For a description of the risks we face related to intellectual property, refer to “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

Inventory and Raw Materials
Our practice is to carry reasonable amounts of inventory to meet customers’customers' delivery requirements. We provide custom products that require the stocking of inventories and a large variety of piece parts and replacement parts in order to meet delivery and warranty requirements. To the extent suppliers’supplier product life cycles are shorter than ours;ours, stocking of lifetime buy inventories is required to meet long-term warranty and contractual requirements. In addition, replacement parts are stocked for delivery on customer demand within a short delivery cycle.
Availability of required materials and components is generally dependable; however, fluctuations in supply and market demand could cause selective shortages and affect our results of operations. We currently procure certain materials and components from single-source vendors. In addition, we import materials and components that are subject to import duties, including tariffs in connection with products procured in China. The duties and tariffs we are subject to do not have a significant impact on our financial results. A material disruption from a single-source vendor may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. If certain single-source suppliers were to become capacity constrained or insolvent, it could result in a reduction or interruption in supplies, or an increase in the price of supplies, and adversely impact our financial results.
Natural gas, electricity and, to a lesser extent, oil are the primary sources of energy for our manufacturing operations. Each of these resources is currently in adequate supply for our operations. The cost to operate our facilities and freight costs are dependent on world oil prices and external third-party logistics rates for inbound and outbound air lanes. Labor is generally available in reasonable proximity to our manufacturing facilities and the manufacturing facilities of our largest outsourced manufacturing suppliers. Difficulties in obtaining any of the aforementioned resources, or a significant cost increase,increases, could affect our financial results. For a description of risks related to our supply chain, refer to “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.
9
Environmental Quality


Government Regulations
Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local, and international laws governing the environment and worker health and safety, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the ground, air, and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, and the cleanup of contaminated sites, as well as relating to the protection of the environment. Certain products of ours are subject to various federal, state, local, and international laws governing chemical substances in electronic products. During 2018, complianceCompliance with these U.S. federal, state and local, and international laws did not have a material effect on our capital expenditures or competitive position;position in 2018 through 2020; however, we recorded a $57 million charge in 2018 once we became aware ofto address additional remediation requirements for thea designated Superfund site under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (commonly known as the “Superfund Act”) incurred by a legacy business. The charge was primarily due to: (i) changes in the expected timeline of the remediation activities to 30 years and (ii) additional costs for further remediation efforts, increasing the reserve to $107 million.
Regulatory Matters
Radio spectrum is required to provide wireless voice, data, and video communications service. The allocation of spectrum is regulated in the U.S. and other countries and limited spectrum space is allocated to wireless services and specifically to public safety users. In the U.S., the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (“NTIA”) regulate spectrum use by non-federal entities and federal entities, respectively. Similarly, every country around the world has one or more regulatory bodies that define and implement the rules for use of radio spectrum, pursuant to their respective national laws and international coordination under the International Telecommunications Union (“ITU”).
We manufacture and market products in spectrum bands already allocated by regulatory bodies. These include voice and data infrastructure, mobile radios, and portable or hand-held devices. Consequently, our results could be positively or negatively affected by the rules and regulations adopted by the FCC, NTIA, ITU, or regulatory agencies in other countries.agencies. Our products operate both on licensed and unlicensed spectrum. The availability of additional radio spectrum may provide new business opportunities. Conversely, the loss of available radio spectrum may result in the loss of business opportunities. Regulatory changes in current spectrum bands (e.g., the sharing of previously dedicated or other spectrum) may also provide opportunities or may require modifications to some of our products so they can continue to be manufactured and marketed.
As television transmissionThe U.S. federal government and receptionmany state and local governments have adopted or are considering laws or regulations governing the use of artificial intelligence, biometrics, facial recognition and license plate recognition technology, transitions from analogprimarily based on concerns about privacy or bias. (References to more efficient digital modes, various countries around the worldprivacy-related legislation or laws in this document encompass all of these technologies.) Similar laws and regulations are examining, andbeing considered in some cases already pursuing, the redevelopment of portions of the television spectrum. Injurisdictions outside the U.S., including the European Union. Based on growing demands for broadband, regulators continue to consider repurposing narrowband spectrum historically usedto broadband. There are calls for broadcast television, known as the 700MHz band, has been redevelopedmore stringent health and deployedsafety requirements for new uses (the so-called “digital dividend” spectrum), including broadbandoccupational equipment for public safety and narrowband wireless communications. In 2016, this trend continuedcommercial users. Attention in the U.S. on supply chain vulnerabilities related to country of origin and national security continues. Our entrance into new service offerings could present new or additional TV spectrumregulatory burdens and compliance issues. For a description of the risks we face related to regulatory matters, refer to “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K.
Human Capital Management
We have a "people first" philosophy. Our high-performing employees are our driving force, drawn from all segments of our global society to make a difference for our customers.
As of December 31, 2020, we employed approximately 18,000 people globally with 52% in the 600MHz band was auctioned for broadband communications (part ofNorth America region and 48% in the “Broadcast Incentive Auction”). This auction closedInternational region. Of our total global employees, 42% were employed in April 2017, but auction winners will not get accessengineering. We believe a diverse, equitable and inclusive workplace is one where our employees feel that their unique opinions, cultures and abilities contribute to the spectrum for several years.
Internationally, the ITU World Radio Conference ("WRC") is held every three to four years to discuss and promote global agreement on the use and cooperation of spectrum usage. The most recent WRC-15 was held in November 2015. During this conference, leaders from United Nations member countries considered a number of initiatives, including whether to allocate additional spectrum for commercial broadband usetheir personal success, as well as whetherour company’s success.
We believe our management team has the experience necessary to allocate spectrumeffectively execute our strategy and advance our product and technology leadership. Our Chief Executive Officer and senior management leaders have extensive industry experience. They are supported by an experienced and talented management team that is dedicated to maintaining and expanding our position as a global leader for government, public safety broadband. The WRC agreedand enterprise mission critical communications and analytics. For discussion of the risks relating to support countriesthe attraction and retention of senior management and key technical employees, see “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors" in this Form 10-K.
We believe the next big idea can come from anyone, anywhere, at any time. We invest in our employees’ development and training at all levels, challenging them to develop and grow skills to imagine new opportunities that will keep making individual decisionsa difference to allocate spectrumpublic and enterprise safety. Employees have access to a wide variety of technical, functional and professional skills learning resources, including virtual, self-directed courses and on-the-job learning opportunities.
We strive for public safety broadbandbusiness growth by creating a supportive, fair and equitable environment where employees feel they belong and are engaged, connected to our business and invested in the 700MHzcollective success of our customers and 800MHz spectrum bands. Basedcommunities. Our human resources team works with leaders within each business function to perform annual talent reviews to assess the performance of every team member and identify the best development opportunities. This extensive process fosters growth across our company through focus on our high performing and high potential talent and the resultsrigor of WRC-15, ITU has published recommendationssuccession plan development for our most critical roles. As part of our compensation philosophy, we strive to offer and maintain market competitive wages, incentives, and benefits for our employees in order to attract and retain superior talent.
We are focused on how much spectrumrecruiting diverse candidates into our company by incorporating best practices into our hiring and creating partnerships with diversity organizations. In 2020, we appointed our first chief diversity officer, invested in development programs for high-potential female leaders, added an unconscious bias curriculum to whichour global workforce, and surveyed more than 4,000 employees to help leaders better understand the employee experience, particularly as it relates to diversity, equity and inclusion. In 2019, more than 170 leaders from all parts of the spectrum rangeCompany participated in a variety of blended learning programs that included in-person training, self-paced learning and practice activities, all geared toward building their leadership skills. In 2018, over 100 human resources professionals and hiring managers received several hours of specialized training on how to remove unconscious bias from the spectrum should be allocated for public safety broadband (taking into account regionalhiring process.
10


Our company-sponsored employee business councils support and global harmonization topromote mutual objectives of both the extent practicable). The next WRC is scheduled to be held in October-November 2019. WRC-19 will focus on 5G, harmonizingemployees and the internetCompany, including driving inclusion and diversity, enhancing company culture and impacting business results. As of things ("IOT"),December 31, 2020, we had six business councils: Women’s Business Council, Multicultural Business Council, LGBTA Business Council, People with Disabilities and satellite coordination.Allies Council, Veterans Business Council and Global Young Professionals Group.
In 2020 we established a cross-collaborative advisory committee, the Motorola Solutions continuesTechnology Advisory Committee (“MTAC”), to workensure our technological advancements remain aligned with its customersour purpose and governments around the world to advocate for future allocations of dedicated


broadband spectrum for public safety which will provide new business opportunities for us in the futureethics, and to reinforce the importance of LMR spectrum and services.
Several major markets including: Canada, the U.S., the UAE, Mexico, Singapore, and South Korea have already set aside broadband spectrum for use by public safety and the wider first-responder communities. We believe this trend will continue over time and the planned implementation of broadband public safety networks provides new opportunities for our broadband portfolio and services growth strategy. In addition, certain countries, in response to increasing security concerns, already have spectrum landscapes that permit country administrations to allocate public safety spectrum quickly without a protracted process or agreement. Some other markets including Australia and the UK are launching broadband public safety networks drawing on basic LTE infrastructure builtinformed by the carriers. These trends also provide opportunities forbroader implications to our broadbandcustomers, the communities we serve and services portfolio.society at large.
Additional information regarding how our purpose and ethics informs our approach to corporate responsibility can be found in our 2019 Corporate Responsibility Report, which is available on our website at www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/about/company-overview/corporate-responsibility.html. The information contained on or accessible through our corporate website is not incorporated by reference into and is not a part of this Form 10-K.
Employees    
At December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017 we had approximately 16,000 and 15,000 employees, respectively.
Material Dispositions
NoneNone.
Financial Information About Geographic Areas    
The response to this section of Item 1 incorporates by reference Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 12, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region” of Part II, "Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this document, the “Results of Operations—2018 Compared to 2017” and “Results of Operations—2017 Compared to 2016” sections of Part II, “Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 1A: Risk Factors” of this document.
Financial Information About Segments  
The response to this section of Item 1 incorporates by reference Note 12, “Information by Segment and Geographic Region,” of Part II, "Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this document.
Available Information
We make available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our website, www.motorolasolutions.com/investors, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements, other reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), and all amendments to those reports simultaneously or as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Our reports are also available free of charge on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.www.sec.gov. Also available free of charge on our website are the following corporate governance documents:
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restated Certificate of Incorporation with Amendments
Conformed Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (amended Jan. 4, 2011)
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola, Inc. (effective Jan. 4, 2011)
Certificate of Ownership and Merger of Motorola Name Change Corporation into Motorola, Inc. (effective Jan. 4, 2011)
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Amended and Restated Bylaws
Board Governance Guidelines
Director Independence Guidelines
Principles of Conduct for Members of the Motorola Solutions, Inc. Board of Directors
Motorola Solutions Code of Business Conduct, which is applicable to all Motorola Solutions employees, including the principal executive officers, the principal financial officer and the controller (principal accounting officer)
Audit Committee Charter
Compensation and Leadership Committee Charter
Governance and Nominating Committee Charter
All of our reports and corporate governance documents may also be obtained without charge by contacting Investor Relations, Motorola Solutions, Inc., Corporate Offices, 500 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60661, E-mail: investors@motorolasolutions.com. This annual report on Form 10-K and Definitive Proxy Statement are available on the Internet at www.motorolasolutions.com/investors and may also be requested in hardcopy by completing the on-line request form available on our website at www.motorolasolutions.com/investors. Our internet website and the information contained therein or incorporated therein are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


11


Item 1A: Risk Factors
We face a numberYou should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to our other filings with the SEC and the other information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” section in Part II. Item 7 and our consolidated financial statements in Part II. Item 8. If any of the risks related to current global economic and political conditions, including low economic growth ratesuncertainties described in certain markets, the impact of currency fluctuations, commodity price volatility, and unstable political conditions that have and couldcautionary factors described below actually occur or continue to unfavorablyoccur, our business, financial condition and results of operations and the trading price of our common stock could be materially and adversely affected. COVID-19 amplifies and exacerbates many of the risks we face in our business operations, including those discussed below. Moreover, the risks below are not the only risks we face and additional risks not currently known to us or that we presently deem immaterial may emerge or become material at any time and may negatively impact our business.
Global economic and political conditions continue to be challenging for many of our government and commercial markets, as economic growth in many countries, particularly in parts of Latin America and in other emerging markets, has remained low or declined, currency fluctuations have impacted profitability, credit markets have remained tight for certain counterparties of ours and some of our customers are dependent on government grants to fund purchases of our products and services. Although we do not anticipate a significant impact to the business, at this time, the possibility of a partial federal government shutdown in the U.S. could potentially delay award of contracts and timing of payments.
In addition, conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere have created many economic and political uncertainties that continue to impact worldwide markets. The length of time these adverse economic and political conditions may persist is unknown. These global economic and political conditions have impacted and could continue to impact our business,reputation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in a number of ways, including:
Requests by Customers for Vendor Financing by Motorola Solutions: Certain customers of ours, particularly, but not limited to, those who purchase large infrastructure systems, request that their suppliers provide financing in connection with equipment purchases and/or the provision of solutions and services, particularly as the size and length of these types of contracts increases and as we increase our business in developing countries. Requests for vendor financing continue to increase in volume and scope, including in response to reduced tax revenue at the state and local government level and tightening of credit for certain commercial customers. Motorola Solutions has continued to provide vendor financing to both our government and commercial customers. We have been faced with and expect to continue to be faced with choosing between further increasing our level of vendor financing or potentially losing sales, as sometrading price of our competitors, particularly those in Asia, have been more willingcommon stock.
Risks Related to provide vendor financing to customers around the world, particularly customers in AfricaLaws and Latin America. To the extent we are unable to sell these receivables on terms acceptable to us we may retain exposure to the credit quality of our customers who we finance.
Customers' Inability to Obtain Financing to Make Purchases from Motorola Solutions and/or Maintain Their Business: Some of our customers require substantial financing, including public financing or government grants, in order to fund their operations and make purchases from us. The inability of these customers to obtain sufficient credit or other funds, including as a result of lower tax revenues, increases in interest rates, currency fluctuations or unavailability of government grants, to finance purchases of our products and services and/or to meet their payment obligations to us could have, and in some cases has had, a negative impact on our financial results. This risk increases as the size and length of our contracts increase. In addition, if global economic conditions result in insolvencies for our customers, it will negatively impact our financial results.
Challenges in Budgeting and Forecasting: It is difficult to estimate changes in various parts of the U.S. and world economy, including the markets in which we participate. Components of our budgeting and forecasting are dependent upon estimates of demand for our products and estimates of foreign exchange rates. The prevailing economic uncertainties render estimates of future income and expenditures challenging.
Potential Deferment or Cancellation of Purchases and Orders by Customers: Uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions may cause, and in some cases has caused, businesses and governments to defer or cancel purchases in response to tighter credit, decreased cash availability and de-prioritization of communications equipment within the budgeting process. If future demand for our products declines due to economic conditions, it will negatively impact our financial results.
Inability to Operate and Grow in Certain Markets: We operate in a number of markets with a risk of intensifying political instability, including Europe (including the impact of Brexit discussed below), Russia, Brazil, the Middle East and Africa. If political instability continues in these markets and in other parts of the world in which we operate it could have a significant impact on our ability to grow and, in some cases, operate in those locations, which will negatively impact our financial results.Regulations
We are subject to complex and changing laws and regulations in various jurisdictions regarding privacy, data protection and information security, which exposes us to increased costs and ourpotential liabilities in the event of any actual or perceived failure to comply with such legal obligations and could adversely affect our business.
The European Union ("(“E.U.") adopted the General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR"(“GDPR”) which took effect on May 25, 2018 harmonizing data protection laws across the E.U. The GDPR strengthens individual privacy rights and enhances data protection obligations for processors and controllers of personal data. This includes expanded disclosures about how personal information is to be used, limitations on retention of information and mandatory data breach notification requirements. Non-complianceNoncompliance with the GDPR can trigger fines of up to €20 million or 4% of total worldwide annual revenue, whichever is greater.significant fines.
Also, U.S. federal, state and other foreign governments and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the collection, storage, use, processing and disclosure of personal data. State governments within the U.S. are starting to enact their own versions of “GDPR- like”“GDPR-like” privacy legislation which will create additional compliance challenges, risk, and administrative burden.burden (e.g., the California Consumer Protection Act (“CCPA”) which went into effect on January 1, 2020). Even though comprehensive U.S. Federal Privacyfederal privacy legislation is being discussed seriously by lawmakers and other stakeholders, it is possible that a one-size fits all compliance program may be difficult to achieve/manage globally.


Because the interpretation and application of privacy and data protection laws are complex and still uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing practices or the features of our products, servicessoftware and software.services. Cloud-based solutions may be subject to further regulation, including data localization requirements and other restrictions concerning international transfer of data, the operational and cost impact of which cannot be fully known at this time.
Any failure or perceived failure by us, our business partners, or third party service providers to comply with GDPR, CCPA, other federal, state or international privacy-relatedrelated privacy and security-related or data protection laws, regulations and regulations,standards, or the privacy commitments contained in contracts could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others and significant fines, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results and harm our reputation.
In addition,Further, some countries have or are considering legislation requiring local storage and processing of data that, if enacted, could increase the cost and complexity of offering our products, servicessoftware and softwareservices or maintaining our business operations in those jurisdictions.
A security breachExisting or other significant disruption offuture legislation and regulations pertaining to AI and AI-enabled products (e.g., facial recognition technology) that apply to us or to our IT systems, those of our outsource partners, supplierscustomers may make it more challenging, costly, or those we manufacture, install, and in some cases operate and maintain for our customers, caused by cyber attackprohibit certain products or other means, could have a negative impact on our operations, sales, and operating results.
All information technology systems are potentially vulnerable to damage, unauthorized accessservices from being offered or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to, cyber attack, cyber intrusion, computer viruses, security breach, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, sabotage, war, insider trading, and telecommunication failures. As a provider of mission-critical communications systems for customers in critical infrastructure sectors of the U.S. and globally, including systems that we operate and maintain for certain customers of ours, we face additional risk as a target of sophisticated attacks aimed at compromising both our company’s and our customers’ sensitive information and intellectual property, through means referred to as advanced persistent threats. This risk is heightened because these systems may contain sensitive governmental information or personally identifiable or other protected information. While we employ a number of countermeasures and security controls, including training, audits, and utilization of commercial information security threat-sharing networks to protect against such attacks, we, along with the industry, have experienced a gradual and steady increase in the sophistication of these threats, most noticeably through well-crafted social engineering and phishing attempts. We cannot guarantee that all threat attempts will be successfully thwarted even with these countermeasures and we are therefore investing more in detection and response capabilities to minimize potential impacts. Further, we are dependent, in certain instances, upon our outsourced business partners, suppliers, and customers to adequately protect our IT systems and those IT systems that we manage for our customers. In addition, some of our customers are exploring broadband solutions that use public carrier networks onmodified, which our solutions would operate. We do not have direct oversight or influence over how public carrier networks manage the security, quality, or resiliency of their networks, and because they are an attractive high value target due to their role in critical infrastructure, they expose customers to an elevated risk over our private networks. Although we maintain insurance related to cybersecurity risks, there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will cover the particular cyber incident at issue or that such coverage will be sufficient.
Our company outsources certain business operations, including, but not limited to IT, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution, and engineering services. These arrangements are governed by various contracts and agreements which reference and mandate Company and international standards of information protection, as appropriate. In addition, we maintain certain networked equipment at customer locations and are reliant on those customers to protect and maintain that equipment. The “attack surface” for us to protect against our adversaries is thus often extended to these partners and customers, as well as our suppliers, and we have some dependency upon their cybersecurity capabilities as well as their willingness to exchange threat and response information with us.
A cyber attack or other significant disruption involving our IT systems or those of our outsource partners, suppliers or our customers could result in the unauthorized release of proprietary, confidential or sensitive information of ours or our customers. Such unauthorized access to, or release of, this information could: (i) allow others to unfairly compete with us, (ii) compromise safety or security, given the mission-critical nature of our customers’ systems, (iii) subject us to claims for breach of contract, tort, and other civil claims, and (iv) damage our reputation. We could face regulatory penalties, enforcement actions, remediation obligations and/or private litigation by parties whose data is improperly disclosed or misused. In addition, there has been a sharp increase in laws in Europe, the U.S. and elsewhere, imposing requirements for the handling of personal data, including data of employees, consumers and business contacts, as well as imposing requirements for remediation action, including specific timing and method of notification. There is a risk that our company, directly or as the result of some third-party service provider we use, could be found to have failed to comply with the laws or regulations of some country regarding the collection, consent, handling, transfer, retention or disposal of such personal data, and therefore subject us to fines or other sanctions. The European Courts invalidation of Safe Harbor as a mechanism to legitimize cross border data flows increases the risk that our company, directly or through some third-party service provider that we use, may inappropriately transfer E.U. personal data. Any or all of the foregoing could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.







A significant amount of our international business is transacted in local currency and a significant percentage of our cash and cash equivalents are held outside of the United States, which exposes us to risk relating to currency fluctuations, changes in foreign exchange regulations and repatriation delays and costs, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability and financial flexibility.
We have sizable sales and operations in Canada, Europe, Middle East, Africa, Asia, and Latin America.
A significant amount of this business is transacted in local currency. As a result, our financial performance is impacted by currency fluctuations. We are also experiencing increased pressure to agree to established currency conversion rates and cost of living adjustments as a result of foreign currency fluctuations or the requirement to transact business in local currencies.
A significant percentage of our cash and cash equivalents is currently held outside the U.S. and we continue to generate profits outside of the U.S., while many of our liabilities, such as our public debt, the majority of our pension liabilities and certain other cash payments, such as dividends and share repurchases, are payable in the U.S. While we have regularly repatriated funds with minimal adverse impact, repatriation of some of the funds has been and could continue to be subject to delay for local country approvals and could have potential adverse tax consequences. In addition, foreign exchange regulations may limit our ability to convert or repatriate foreign currency. As a result of having a lower amount of cash and cash equivalents in the U.S., our financial flexibility may be reduced.
We face uncertainty in the global geopolitical landscape that may impede the implementation of our strategy outside the United States.
In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) held a referendum in which voters approved the country’s exit from the E.U., commonly referred to as Brexit. The U.K. government has so far been unable to secure a parliamentary majority for the withdrawal agreement. Continued uncertainty, or a U.K. exit without any agreement on terms, would risk significant disruption to U.K./E.U. trade. The prospect of Brexit has already caused global stock market volatility and currency exchange rate fluctuations that resulted in strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies in which we conduct business. The U.K.’s final withdrawal, especially without any deal on terms, may bring global economic uncertainty, which could cause our customers to closely monitor their costs and reduce their spending budgets. There may also be broader uncertainty over the position the United States will take with respect to certain treaty and trade relationships with other countries. This uncertainty may impact (i) the ability or willingness of non-U.S. companies to transact business in the United States, including with our company, (ii) regulation and trade agreements affecting U.S. companies, (iii) global stock markets and (iv) general global economic conditions. All of these factors are outside of our control, but may cause us to adjust our strategy in order to compete effectively in global markets and could adversely affect our business and results of operations. We could suffer reputational damage from negative publicity related to products and services that utilize AI, which could also adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Current or future privacy-related legislation and governmental regulations pertaining to AI and AI-enabled products may affect how our business is conducted. Legislation and governmental regulations related to AI may also influence our current and prospective customers’ activities, as well as their expectations and needs in relation to our products and services. Compliance with these laws and regulations may be onerous and expensive, and may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, further increasing the cost of compliance. Any such increase in costs as a result of changes in these laws and regulations or in their interpretation could individually or in the aggregate make our products and services that use AI technologies less attractive to our customers, delay the introduction of new products, in one or more regions, cause us to change or limit our business practices or affect our financial condition and operating results.
We envision a future in which AI operating in our products and services will help our public safety and private sector customers build safer communities with stronger communication platforms. AI may be flawed and datasets may be insufficient or contain biased information. As we work to responsibly meet our customers’ needs for products and services that use AI, we could suffer reputational damage as a result of any inconsistencies in the application of the technology or ethical concerns both of which may generate negative publicity.
Government regulation of radio frequencies may limit the growth of private and public safety narrowband and broadband systems or reduce barriers to entry for new competitors.
Radio spectrum is required to provide wireless voice, data, and video communications service. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S. and other countries and limited spectrum is allocated to wireless services, including commercial and public safety users. The global demand for wireless communications has grown exponentially, and spurred
12


competition for access among various networks and users. In response, regulators are reassessing the allocations of spectrum among users, including public safety users, and considering whether to change the allocation of certain bands from narrowband to broadband use, or to require sharing of spectrum bands. Our results could be positively or negatively affected by the rules and cash flows.regulations adopted by regulators. Our products operate both on licensed and unlicensed spectrum. The availability of additional radio spectrum may provide new business opportunities. Conversely, the loss of available radio spectrum may result in the loss of business opportunities. Regulatory changes in current spectrum bands (e.g., the sharing of previously dedicated or other spectrum) may also provide opportunities or may require modifications to some of our products so they can continue to be manufactured and marketed. Opportunities in the public safety broadband market may also be impacted by the First Responder Network Authority (“FirstNet”) which was authorized by Congress to develop, build, and operate a nationwide broadband network for first responders.
A portion of our business is dependent upon U.S. government contracts and grants, which are highly regulated and subject to oversight audits by U.S. government representatives and subject to cancellations. Such audits or such noncompliance with such regulations and laws could result in adverse findings and negatively impact our business.
Our U.S. government business is subject to specific procurement regulations with numerous compliance requirements.In addition, U.S. federal legislation including the National Defense Authorization Act and various "buy American" programs may impose limitations on the ability of the federal government or other parties to contract with certain foreign entities. These requirements, although customary in government contracting in the U.S., increase our performance and compliance costs. These costs may increase in the future, thereby reducing our margins, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. Failure to comply with these regulations or other compliance requirements could lead to suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. Among the causes for debarment are violations of various laws or policies, including those related to procurement integrity, export control, U.S. government security regulations, employment practices, protection of criminal justice data, protection of the environment, accuracy of records, proper recording of costs, foreign corruption, Trade Agreements Act, Agreement, Buy AmericanAmerica Act, and the False Claims Act.
Generally, in the U.S., government contracts and grants are subject to oversight audits by government representatives. Such audits could result in adjustments to our contracts. AnyFor contracts covered by the Cost Accounting Standards, any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract may not be allowed, and such costs already reimbursed may have to be refunded. Future audits and adjustments, if required, may materially reduce our revenues or profits upon completion and final negotiation of audits. Negative audit findings could also result in investigations, termination of a contract or grant, forfeiture of profits or reimbursements, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or prohibition from doing business with the U.S. government. All contracts with the U.S. government are subject to cancellationcan be terminated for convenience by the government at the convenience of the U.S. government.any time.
In addition, contacts with government officials and participation in political activities are areas that are tightly controlled by federal, state, local and international laws. Failure to comply with these laws could cost us opportunities to seek certain government sales opportunities or even result in fines, prosecution, or debarment.
Government regulation of radio frequencies may limitRisks Related to Our Ability to Grow Our Business
Catastrophic events, including the growth of public safety broadband systems or reduce barriers to entry for new competitors.
Radio frequencies are required to provide wireless services. The allocation of frequencies is regulated in the U.S.COVID-19 pandemic, natural disasters and other countriesevents beyond our control may interrupt our business, or our customers’ or suppliers’ business, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial position, cash flows and limited spectrum is allocatedstock price.
Our business operations, and the operations of our customers and suppliers, are subject to wireless servicesinterruption by natural disasters, flooding, fire, power shortages, the widespread outbreak of infectious diseases and specifically to public safety users. The growthpandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, terrorist acts or the outbreak or escalation of public safety broadband communications systems may be affected: (i) by regulations relating to the access to allocated spectrum for public safety users, (ii) if adequate frequencies are not allocated, or (iii) if new technologies are not developed to better utilize the frequencies currently allocated for such use. Industry growth may also be affected by new licensing fees required to use frequencies.


The U.S. leads the world in allocating spectrum to enable wireless communications including LTE. Other countries have also allocated spectrum to allow deploymentarmed hostilities, and other events beyond our control. Any of these and other technologies. This changing landscape may introduce new competition and new opportunities for us.
MSI’s opportunitiesevents could impair our ability to sell LTE equipment and related software and services in the U.S may be substantially impacted by: (i) AT&T's success in satisfying FirstNet contract requirements and milestones, including, among others, subscriber adoption rate, mandatory payments to FirstNet, and coverage, (ii) Verizon and other commercial broadband carriers providing services for public safety, and (iii) fiscal, public, and regulatory policiesmanage our business and/or special interest politics that risk delaying deployment.
We derive a portioncause disruption of our revenue from government customers who award business through competitive bidding which can involve significant upfront costs and risks. This effort may not result in awards of business or we may fail to accurately estimate the costs to fulfill contracts awarded to us,economic activity, which could have an adverse consequenceseffect on our business, results of operations, financial position, cash flows and stock price.
In particular, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant disruption to the global economy, including in all of the regions in which we, our suppliers, customers and business partners do business and in which our employees are located. The COVID-19 pandemic and efforts to manage it, including those by governmental authorities, have had, and could continue to have, significant impacts on global markets. While the duration and severity of those impacts on our business continue to be uncertain, they have had, and could continue to have, an adverse effect on our business, financial position, cash flows and stock price in many ways, including, but not limited to, the following:
The COVID-19 pandemic and responses to it have significantly limited or prevented the movement of goods and services worldwide, which has resulted in and could continue to result in disruptions in our supply chain and distribution systems as well as the demand for our products and services. To date, we have been permitted to continue to operate in jurisdictions that have mandated the closure of certain businesses, and we expect to continue to do so in the future. Any future profitability.
Many government customers, including most U.S. government customers, awardrestrictions or closures could have a material impact on our business, through a competitive bidding process, which results in greater competitionof operations, financial condition and increased pricing pressure. The competitive bidding process involves significant costcash flow and managerial time to prepare bids for contracts thatwe may not be awardedpermitted to us. Even ifoperate under such restrictions or closures. In particular, any limitations on, or closures of, our manufacturing facilities in Malaysia, Canada, Mexico and the United States (Illinois, Texas), or our distribution centers in Malaysia, Germany, Canada and the United States (Illinois, Texas), could have a material adverse impact on our ability to manufacture products and service customers. This extends as well to any potential disruptions to transportation including reduced availability of air transportation capacity and ocean freight capacity which can lead to longer transit times and increases in freight costs to deliver our products. If diminished transportation capacity levels continue, the speed at which we are awarded contracts,deliver our products will continue to be slower than the delivery times that we may failtraditionally provide to accurately estimate the resourcesour customers and costs required to fulfill a contract, or to resolve problems with our subcontractors or suppliers, which could negatively impact our ability to meet customer demand.
13


Our customers are, and continue to be, subject to significant risks and have had, and could continue to have, adverse impacts to their business operations and financial condition related to the profitabilityCOVID-19 pandemic, which could lead to a decrease in their liquidity and/or spending. This has resulted in, and could continue to result in, a decrease in demand for our products, solutions and services, as well as impact our customers’ ability to pay for such products, solutions and services.
Our workforce may be unable to work on-site or travel as a result of any contract awardedevent cancellations, facility closures, shelter-in-place, travel and other restrictions and changes in industry practice, or if they, their co-workers or their family members become ill or otherwise require care arrangements. These workforce disruptions have adversely affected and could continue to us, particularlyadversely affect our ability to operate, including to develop, manufacture, generate sales of, promote, market and deliver our products, solutions and services, and provide customer support.
We outsource certain business activities to third parties. As a result, we rely upon the successful implementation and execution of the business continuity planning of such entities in the casecurrent environment. If one or more of fixed price contracts. In addition, following the awardthird parties to whom we outsource certain business activities experience operational failures or business disruption as a result of a contract,the impacts from the spread of COVID-19, or claim that they cannot perform, it may have negative effects on our business and financial condition.
Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we could experience materially adverse impacts to our business due to any resulting economic downturns. Additionally, concerns over the economic impact of COVID-19 have experiencedcaused volatility in financial and other capital markets which has and may continue to experience significant expense or delay, contract modification or contract rescission as a resultadversely impact our stock price. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results it may also have the effect of customer delay or our competitors protesting or challenging contracts awarded to us in competitive bidding.
We enter into fixed-price contracts that could subject us to lossesheightening many of the other risks described in the event we fail to properly estimate our costs or hedge our risks associated with currency fluctuations.
We enter into a number of firm fixed-price contracts. If our initial cost estimates are incorrect, we can lose money on these contracts. Because certain of these contracts involve new technologies and applications, require us to engage subcontractors and/or can last multiple years, unforeseen events,Form 10-K, such as technological difficulties, fluctuations inthose relating to our products, financial performance, the price of raw materials, problems with our subcontractors or suppliers and other cost overruns, can result in the contract pricing becoming less favorable or even unprofitable to us and have an adverse impact on our financial results. In addition, a significant increase in inflation rates or currency fluctuations could have an adverse impact on the profitability of longer-term contracts.
The expansionglobal nature of our software business creates a greateror access to capital markets.
As we expand the technologies within our Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments, we face increased competition and increased areas of risk than we have been exposed to in the past that we may not be able to properly assess or mitigate.mitigate, which could harm our market share, results of operations and financial condition.
The process of developing new video security and software products and enhancing existing software products is complex, costly and uncertain, and any failure by us to anticipate customers' changing needs, and emerging technological trends and development costs accurately could significantly harm our market share, results of operations and financial condition. Any failure to accurately predict technological and business trends, control research and development costs or execute our innovation strategy could harm our business and financial performance. Our research and development initiatives may not be successful in whole or in part, including research and development projects which we have prioritized with respect to funding and/or personnel.
As part of our growth strategy,Further, we may seek to acquire new software technologies. The process of integrating acquired assets into our operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and may absorb significant management attention that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development of our business. We may allocate a significant portion of our available working capital to finance all or a portion of the purchase price relating to possible acquisitions. Any future acquisition or investment opportunity may require us to obtain additional financing to complete the transaction. The anticipated benefits of any acquisitions may not be realized. In addition, future acquisitions by us could result in potentially dilutive issuances ofequity securities, the incurrence of debt andcontingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets, any of which could materially adversely affect our operating results and financial position.
The expansion of our services business creates increased areas of risk that we may not be able to properly assess or mitigate.
We plan to continue to expand our services business by offering additional and expanded managed services for existing and new types of customers, such as designing, building, operating, managing and in some cases owning a public-safetypublic safety system or other commercial system. The offering of managed services involves the integration of multiple services, multiple vendors and multiple technologies, requiring that we partner with other solutions and services providers, often on multi-year projects.
Additionally, our managed services business includes the hosting of software applications. This allows the customers to “consume” the software “as a service” and avoid the costs and complexities of acquiring and operating the software.
We may face increasing competition from traditional system integrators, the defense industry, and commercial software companies, and commercial telecommunication carriers as services contracts become larger and more complicated.
Expansion will bring us into contact with new regulatory requirements and restrictions, such as data security or data residency/localization obligations, with which we will have to comply and may increase the costs of doing business, reduce margins and delay or limit the range of new solutions and services which we will be able to offer.


We may be required to agree to specific performance metrics that meet the customer's requirements for network security, availability, reliability, maintenance and support and, in some cases, if these performance metrics are not met we may not be paid.
Additionally, as our portfolio of products increases, we may be subject to new regulatory and statutory requirements and could result in additional compliance obligations and liabilities for our business, which may include additional regulation by the FCC, state regulatory commissions and foreign telecommunications regulatory bodies.
Our success depends in part on our timely introduction of new products and technologies and our results can be impacted by the effectiveness of our significant investments in new products and technologies.
The markets for certain products of ours are characterized by changing technologies and evolving industry standards and customer preferences. For example, the software industry is characterized by rapidly changing customer preferences in favor of digital capabilities, including public and private cloud solutions. In some cases, it is unclear what specific technology will be adopted in the market or what delivery model will prevail. In addition, new technologies such as voice over LTE and 5G or push-to-talk clients over LTE and 5G could reduce sales of our traditional products. The shift to smart public safety and the prevalence of data in our customer use cases results in our competing in a more fragmented marketplace. In addition, new technologies and new competitors continue to enter our markets at a faster pace than we have experienced in the past, resulting in increased competition from non-traditional suppliers, including public carriers, telecom equipment providers, consumer device manufacturers and software and video security companies. New products are expensive to develop and bring to market and additional complexities are added when this process is outsourced as we have done in certain cases or as we increase our reliance on third-party content and technology. Our success depends, in substantial part, on the timely and successful introduction of new products, upgrades and enhancements of current products to comply with emerging industry standards, laws
14


and regulations, including country specific proprietary technology requirements, and to address competing technological and product developments carried out by our competitors. Developing new technologies to compete in a specific market may not be financially viable, resulting in our inability to compete in that market. The research and development of new, technologically-advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and investment, as well as the accurate anticipation of technology and market trends. Many of our products and systems are complex and we may experience delays in completing development and introducing new products or technologies in the future. We may focus our resources on technologies that do not become widely accepted or are not commercially viable or involve compliance obligations with additional areas of regulatory requirements.
We expect to continue to make strategic acquisitions of other companies or businesses and these acquisitions introduce significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to integrating the acquired businesses and achieving benefits from the acquisitions.
In order to position ourselves to take advantage of growth opportunities or to meet other strategic needs such as product or technology gaps, we have made, and expect to continue to make, strategic acquisitions that involve significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include: (i) the difficulty or inability in integrating newly-acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner, including ensuring proper integration of acquired businesses’ legal and regulatory compliance programs, (ii) risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems, (iii) difficulties in integrating information technology systems and other business processes to accommodate the acquired businesses, (iv) challenges in integrating acquired businesses to create the operating platform for public safety, (v) the challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other benefits from acquisitions, (vi) the risk that our contractual relationships or the markets served do not evolve as anticipated and that the technologies acquired do not prove to be those needed to be successful in those markets, (vii) the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses, (viii) the risk of diverting the attention of senior management from our operations, (ix) the risks of entering new markets in which we have limited experience, and (x) future impairments of goodwill of an acquired business. In particular, failure to achieve targeted cost and revenue synergies could negatively impact our business performance.
Certain acquisition candidates in the industries in which we participate may carry higher relative valuations (based on revenues, earnings, cash flow, or other relevant multiples) than we do. This is particularly evident in software and certain services businesses. Acquiring a business that has a higher relative valuation than Motorola Solutions may be dilutive to our earnings. In addition, we may not pursue opportunities that are highly dilutive to near-term earnings.
Key employees of acquired businesses may receive substantial value in connection with a transaction in the form of cash payments for their ownership interest, particularly in the case of founders and other shareholder employees, or as a result of change-in-control agreements, acceleration of stock options and the lifting of restrictions on other equity-based compensation rights. To retain such employees and integrate the acquired business, we may offer additional retention incentives, but it may still be difficult to retain certain key employees.
Risks Related to Information Technology and Intellectual Property
A security breach or other significant disruption of our IT systems, those of our outsource partners, suppliers or those we manufacture, install, and in some cases operate and maintain for our customers, caused by cyberattack or other means, could have a negative impact on our operations, sales, and operating results.
We rely extensively on our information systems to manage our business operations. All information technology systems are potentially vulnerable to damage, unauthorized access or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to, cyber-attack, cyber intrusion, computer viruses, security breach, energy blackouts, natural disasters and severe weather conditions, terrorism, sabotage, war, insider trading, human error and computer and telecommunication failures. As a provider of mission critical communications systems for customers in critical infrastructure sectors of the U.S. and globally, including systems that we operate and maintain for certain customers of ours or as a software-based service, we face additional risk as a target of sophisticated attacks aimed at compromising both our company’s and our customers’ sensitive information and intellectual property. This risk is heightened because these systems may contain sensitive governmental information or personally identifiable or other protected information. Additionally, the sophistication of these threats continues to grow and the complexity and scale of the systems to be protected continues to increase. In an effort to protect against such attacks, we maintain insurance related to cybersecurity risks and employ a number of countermeasures and security controls, including training, audits, and utilization of commercial information security threat sharing networks. If we fail to effectively manage our investment in cybersecurity, our business, products, and services could suffer from the resulting weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls.
Further, our company outsources certain business operations, including, but not limited to IT, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services. We are dependent, in certain instances, upon our outsourced business partners, suppliers, and customers to adequately protect our IT systems and those IT systems that we manage for our customers, including the hosts of our cloud infrastructure on top of which our cloud-based solutions are built. Some of our customers are exploring broadband solutions that use public carrier networks on which our solutions would operate. We do not have direct oversight or influence over how public carrier networks manage the security, quality, or resiliency of their networks, and because they are an attractive high value target due to their role in critical infrastructure, they expose customers to an elevated risk over our private networks. In addition, we maintain certain networked equipment at customer locations and are reliant on those customers to protect and maintain that equipment.
15


A cyber-attack or other significant disruption involving our IT systems or those of our outsource partners, suppliers or our customers could result in substantial costs to repair or replace our IT systems or the loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability to perform critical functions. Such disruption may also result in the unauthorized release of proprietary, confidential or sensitive information of ours or our customers, or the disruption of services provided to customers and essential for their mission. Such unauthorized access to, or release of, information or disruption of services could: (i) allow others to unfairly compete with us, (ii) compromise safety or security, given the mission critical nature of our customers’ systems, (iii) subject us to claims for breach of contract, tort, and other civil claims without adequate indemnification from our suppliers, and (iv) damage our reputation. We could face regulatory penalties, enforcement actions, remediation obligations and/or private litigation by parties whose data is improperly disclosed or misused. The continued global trend to enforce data sovereignty and negate legitimate cross border data flows increases the risk that we, directly or through some third party service provider, may inappropriately transfer personal data. Any or all of the foregoing could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.
If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, or if we, our customers and/or our suppliers are found to have infringed intellectual property rights of third parties, our competitive position and results of operations may be adversely impacted.
Our intellectual property rights protect our innovations and technology, and they may also generate income under license agreements. We attempt to protect our proprietary technology with intellectual property in the form of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements and other methods. We also generally restrict access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third-party to obtain and use our proprietary information or develop similar technology independently. As we expand our business, including through acquisitions, and compete with new competitors in new markets, the breadth and strength of our intellectual property portfolio in those new markets may not be as developed as in our longer-standing businesses. This may expose us to a heightened risk of litigation and other challenges from competitors in these new markets. In addition, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights by third-parties and the cost of any litigation necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights could have a negative impact on our financial results and competitive position.
Additionally, because our products are comprised of complex technology, we are often involved in or impacted by assertions, including both requests for licenses and litigation, regarding third-party patents and other intellectual property rights. Third-parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, intellectual property infringement claims against us and against our customers and suppliers. Many of these assertions are brought by non-practicing entities whose principal business model is to secure patent licensing-based revenue from product manufacturing companies. The patent holders often make broad and sweeping claims regarding the applicability of their patents to our products and services, seeking a percentage of sales as licenses fees, seeking injunctions to pressure us into taking a license, or a combination thereof. Defending claims may be expensive and divert the time and efforts of our management and employees. Third-parties may also seek broad injunctive relief, which could limit our ability to sell our products in the U.S. or elsewhere with intellectual property subject to the claims. If we do not succeed in any such litigation, we could be required to expend significant resources to pay damages, develop non-infringing products or to obtain licenses to the intellectual property that is the subject of such litigation, each of which could have a negative impact on our financial results. Such licenses, if available at all, may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. In some cases, we might be forced to stop delivering certain products if we or our customer or supplier are subject to a final injunction.
We face risks relating to intellectual property licenses and intellectual property indemnities in our customer and supplier contracts, which may fail to fully protect us and subject us to unexpected liabilities or harm our financial condition and results of operations.
We obtain some technology from suppliers through the purchase of components or licensing of software, and we attempt to negotiate favorable intellectual property indemnities with our suppliers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights. With respect to such indemnities, we may not be successful in our negotiations, a supplier's indemnity may not fully protect us or cover all damages and losses suffered by us and our customers due to the infringing products, or a supplier may not choose to obtain a third-party license or modify or replace its products with non-infringing products which would otherwise mitigate such damages and losses. Such situations may subject us to unexpected liabilities or unfavorable conditions. Further, we may not be able to participate in intellectual property litigation involving a supplier and may not be able to influence any ultimate resolution or outcome that may negatively impact our sales or operations if a court enters an injunction that enjoins the supplier's products or if the International Trade Commission issues an exclusionary order that blocks our products from importation into the U.S. Intellectual property disputes involving our suppliers have resulted in our involvement in International Trade Commission proceedings from time to time. These proceedings are costly and entail the risk that we will be subjected to a ban on the importation of our products into the U.S. solely as a result of our use of a supplier's components.
In addition, our customers increasingly demand that we indemnify them broadly from all damages and losses resulting from intellectual property litigation against them. These demands may stem from non-practicing entities that engage in patent enforcement and litigation, sometimes seeking royalties and litigation judgments in proportion to the value of the use of our products, rather than in proportion to the cost of our products. Such demands can amount to many times the selling price of our products.
Further, competitors may be able to negotiate significantly more favorable terms for intellectual property than we are able to, which puts them at a competitive advantage. Moreover, with respect to our internally developed proprietary software, we may
16


be harmed if we are forced to make publicly available, under the relevant open-source licenses, some of that proprietary software as a result of either our use of open-source software code or the use of third-party software that contains open-source code.
We no longer own certain logos and other trademarks, trade names and service marks, including MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo and all derivatives and formatives thereof (“Motorola Marks”) and we license the Motorola Marks from Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC (“MTH”), which is currently owned by Motorola Mobility, a subsidiary of Lenovo. Our joint use of the Motorola Marks could result in product and market confusion and negatively impact our ability to expand business under the Motorola brand. In addition, if we do not comply with the terms of the license agreement we could lose our rights to the Motorola Marks.
In 2010, we secured a worldwide, perpetual and royalty-free license from MTH to use the Motorola Marks as art of our corporate name and in connection with the manufacture, sale, and marketing of our current products and services. The license of the Motorola Marks is important to us because of the reputation of the Motorola brand for our products and services. There are risks associated with both Motorola Mobility and us using the Motorola Marks and our loss of ownership of the Motorola Marks. As both we and Motorola Mobility use the Motorola Marks, confusion could arise in the market, including customer confusion regarding the products offered by and the actions of the two companies. Also, any negative publicity associated with either company in the future could adversely affect the public image of the other.
Motorola Mobility was acquired by Lenovo in 2014, which resulted in Lenovo having effective control over the Motorola Marks. Our risks under the license could increase if Lenovo expands its use of the Motorola Marks, or if our products and those of Lenovo converge. In addition, because our license of the Motorola Marks is limited to products and services within our specified fields of use, we are not permitted to use the Motorola Marks in other fields of use without the approval of Motorola Mobility. As we continue to expand our business into any other fields of use, we either must do so with a brand other than the Motorola brand, which could take considerable time and expense, or assume the risk that our expanded field don’t meet the definition of permitted fields of use under our license, which could result in loss of our rights to use the Motorola Marks.
We could lose our rights to use the Motorola Marks if we do not comply with the terms of the license agreement. Such a loss could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, MTH has certain rights to license the brand to third-parties and either Motorola Mobility or licensed third-parties may use the brand in ways that make the brand less attractive for customers of Motorola Solutions, creating increased risk that Motorola Solutions may need to develop an alternate or additional brand. Motorola Mobility may require us to adopt modifications to the Motorola Marks, and this could negatively impact our business, including costs associated with rebranding.
Neither Motorola Mobility nor Lenovo are prohibited from selling the Motorola Marks. In the event of a liquidation by Lenovo or the then-owner of the Motorola Marks, it is possible that a bankruptcy court would either (i) permit the Motorola Marks to be assigned to a third-party whose interests may be incompatible with ours, thereby potentially making the license arrangement difficult to administer and increasing the costs and risks of sharing the Motorola Marks, or (ii) refuse to uphold the license or certain of its terms, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to the Operation of Our Business
Our employees, customers, suppliers and outsource partners are located throughout the world and, as a result, we face risks that other companies that are not global may not face.
Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world. In 2020, 32% of our revenue was generated outside the U.S. In addition, we have a number of research and development, administrative and sales facilities outside the U.S. and 48% of our employees are employed outside the U.S. Most of our suppliers' operations are outside the U.S. and a significant portion of our products are manufactured outside the U.S., both internally and by third-parties.
A significant amount of manufacturing and research and development of our products takes place outside of the U.S. If the operations in these facilities is disrupted, our business, financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows could be negatively impacted.
Because we have sizable sales and operations, including outsourcing and procurement arrangements, outside of the U.S., we have more complexity in our operations and are exposed to a unique set of global risks that could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, including but not limited to: (i) currency fluctuations, including but not limited to increased pressure to agree to established currency conversion rates and cost of living adjustments as a result of foreign currency fluctuations, (ii) import/export regulations, tariffs, trade barriers and trade disputes, customs classifications and certifications, including but not limited to changes in classifications or errors or omissions related to such classifications and certifications, (iii) changes in U.S. and non-U.S. rules related to trade, labor and employment, environmental, health and safety, technical standards, consumer and intellectual property and consumer protection, (iv) longer payment cycles, (v) tax issues, such as tax law changes, variations in tax laws from country to country and as compared to the U.S., obligations under tax incentive agreements, and difficulties in securing local country approvals for cash repatriations, (vi) reduced financial flexibility given that a significant percentage of our cash and cash equivalents is currently held outside of the U.S., (vii) challenges in collecting accounts receivable, (viii) cultural and language differences, (ix) employment regulations and local labor conditions, (x) privacy and data protection regulations and restrictions, (xi) difficulties protecting intellectual property in foreign countries, (xii) instability in economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts and terrorism, (xiii) natural disasters, (xiv) public health issues or outbreaks, (xv) changes in laws or regulations that negatively impact benefits being received by us or that require costly modifications in products sold or operations performed in such countries, (xvi) litigation in foreign court systems and foreign enforcement or administrative proceedings, and (xvii) applicability of
17


anti-corruption laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act. Any of these risks may be heightened by our practice of outsourcing or using third-parties to help sell our products or provide solutions and services, due to limits on our ability to oversee and control such third-parties’ conduct.
Additionally, the benefits we receive under various agreements we have entered into with non-U.S. governments and agencies relate to our operations and/or sales in such foreign jurisdictions. If our operations or sales are not at levels originally anticipated, we may be at risk of having to reimburse benefits already granted, which could increase our cost of doing business in such foreign jurisdictions.
Over the last several years we have utilized third-parties to develop, design and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our products, and to perform portions of certain business operations such as IT, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services We expect to continue these practices in the future, which limit our control over these business operations and exposes us to additional risk as a result of the actions of our outsource partners.
We rely on third-parties to develop, design and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our products (including software), and to assist in performing certain IT, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services. As we outsource more of such operations we are not able to directly control these activities. We could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline if: (i) we are not able to engage such third-parties with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, (ii) such third-parties lack our desired level of performance or service, lack sufficient quality control or fail to deliver quality components, products, services or software on time and at reasonable prices, (iii) there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-parties, (iv) our third-party providers fail to comply with legal or regulatory requirements, or (v) we have difficulties transitioning operations to such third-parties.
Our reliance on third-parties could also result in reputational damage in certain instances. For example, our supply chain is complex and if our suppliers are unable to verify that components and parts provided to us are free of defined “conflict minerals” originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) or an adjoining country, then we may be required to publicly disclose that we are not currently able to determine if the products we manufactured are DRC conflict-free, which could harm our reputation.
As many of our outsource partners operate outside of the U.S., our outsourcing activity exposes us to information security vulnerabilities and increases our global risks. Once a business activity is outsourced we may be contractually prohibited from or may not practically be able to bring such activity back within the Company or move it to another outsource partner. The actions of our outsource partners could result in reputational damage to us and could negatively impact our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and cash flows.
We utilize the services of subcontractors to perform under many of our contracts and the inability of our subcontractors to perform in a timely and compliant manner or to adhere to our Human Rights Policy could negatively impact our business.
We engage subcontractors, including third-party integrators, on many of our contracts and as we expand our solutions and services business, our use of subcontractors has and will continue to increase. Our subcontractors may further subcontract performance and may supply third-party products and software from a number of smaller companies. In addition, it is our policy to require our subcontractors and other third-parties with whom we work to operate in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, including our Human Rights Policy (and, in addition, for our suppliers to comply with our Supplier Code of Conduct).
We may have disputes with our subcontractors, including disputes regarding the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor or its subcontractors and the functionality, warranty and indemnities of products, software and services supplied by our subcontractor. We are not always successful in passing down customer requirements to our subcontractors or a customer may otherwise look to us to cover a loss or damage, and thus in some cases may be required to absorb contractual risks from our customers without corresponding back-to-back coverage from our subcontractor. Our subcontractors may not be able to acquire or maintain the quality of the materials, components, subsystems and services they supply, or secure preferred warranty and indemnity coverage from their suppliers which might result in greater product returns, service problems, warranty claims and costs and regulatory compliance issues. Further, one of our subcontractors or other third-parties subject to our Human Rights Policy could fail to comply with such policies or with applicable law or may engage in unethical business practices. Any of the foregoing could cause orders to be canceled, relationships to be terminated or our reputation to be damaged, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our future operating results depend on our ability to purchase at acceptable prices a sufficient amount of materials, parts, and components, as well as software and services, to meet the demands of our customers and any disruption to our suppliers or significant increase in the price of supplies could have a negative impact on our results of operations.
Our ability to meet customers' demands depends, in part, on our ability to timely obtain an adequate delivery of quality materials, parts, and components, as well as software and services from our suppliers. For example, we have experienced, and could continue to experience, increased difficulties in obtaining a sufficient amount of materials in the semiconductor market, as prices of such materials increased and supply was more limited due to the expansion of server and cloud networks as a greater proportion of the global population worked remotely, the introduction of 5G and the continued electrification of vehicles. We attempted, and continue to attempt, to mitigate such supply disruptions by increasing our communications with our suppliers and modifying our purchase order coverage and inventory levels. If reduced supply of these materials in the semiconductor market continues, our ability to meet customer demand could be affected, which could negatively impact our results of operations.
18


In addition, certain supplies, including for some of our critical components, software and services solutions, are available only from a single source or limited sources and we may not be able to diversify sources in a timely manner. If demand for our products or services increases from our current expectations or if suppliers are unable to meet our demand for other reasons, including as a result of natural disasters or financial issues, we could experience an interruption in supply or a significant increase in the price of supply, including as a result of having to move to an alternative source, that could have a negative impact on our business as a result of increased cost or delay in or inability to deliver our products or services. This risk may increase as a result of consolidation of certain suppliers of ours. We have experienced shortages in the past that have negatively impacted our results of operations and may experience such shortages in the future. In addition, credit constraints at our suppliers could cause us to accelerate payment of accounts payable by us, impacting our cash flow.
We are exposed to risks under large, multi-year system and services contracts that may negatively impact our business.
We enter into large, multi-year system and services contracts with municipal, state, and nationwide government and commercial customers. In some cases, we may not be the prime contractor and may be dependent on other third-parties such as commercial carriers or systems integrators. Our entry into these contracts exposes us to risks, including among others: (i) technological risks, especially when, (ii) risk of defaults by third-parties on whom we are relying for products or services as part of our offering or who are the prime contractors, (iii) financial risks, including the estimates inherent in projecting costs associated with large, long-term contracts, the impact of currency fluctuations, inflation, and the related impact on operating results, (iv) cybersecurity risk, especially in managed services contracts with public safety and commercial customers that process data, and (v) political risk, especially related to the contracts with government customers. In addition, multi-year awards from governmental customers may often only receive partial funding initially and may typically be cancelable on short notice with limited penalties. Recovery of front-loaded capital expenditures in long-term managed services contracts is dependent on the continued viability of such customers. The termination of funding for a government program or insolvency of commercial customer could result in a loss of anticipated future revenue attributable to that program, which could have an adverse impact on our profitability.
If the quality of our products does not meet our customers' expectations or regulatory or industry standards, then our sales and operating earnings, and ultimately our reputation, could be negatively impacted.
Some of the products we sell may have quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the product, or from the software used in the product. Sometimes, these issues may be caused by components we purchase from other manufacturers or suppliers. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in shipping products to customers, or even the cancellation of orders by customers. Sometimes, we discover quality issues in the products after they have been shipped to our customers, requiring us to resolve such issues in a timely manner that is the least disruptive to our customers, particularly in light of the mission critical nature of our communications products. Such pre-shipment and post-shipment quality issues can have legal, financial and reputational ramifications, including: (i) delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, (ii) customer-imposed penalties for failure to meet contractual requirements, (iii) increased costs associated with repairing or replacing products, and (iv) a negative impact on our goodwill and brand name reputation. In some cases, if the quality issue affects the product's performance, safety or regulatory compliance, then such a “defective” product may need to be “stop-shipped” or recalled. Depending on the nature of the quality issue and the number of products in the field, it could cause us to incur substantial recall or corrective field action costs, in addition to the costs associated with the potential loss of future orders and the damage to our goodwill or brand reputation. In addition, we may be required, under certain customer contracts, to pay damages for failed performance that might exceed the revenue that we receive from the contracts. Recalls and field actions involving regulatory non-compliance could also result in fines and additional costs. Recalls and field actions could result in third-party litigation by persons or companies alleging harm or economic damage as a result of the use of the products.
In addition, privacy advocacy groups and other technology and industry groups have established or may establish various new or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional obligations on us. Our customers may expect us to meet voluntary certifications or adhere to other standards established by third parties. If we are unable to maintain these certifications or meet these standards, it could reduce demand for our products and adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to Financial Performance or Economic Conditions
We are a global company and face a number of risks related to current global economic and political conditions in the markets in which we operate that have and could continue to unfavorably impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Global economic and political conditions, including the COVID-19 pandemic, continue to be challenging for many of our government and commercial markets, as economic growth in many countries and emerging markets has remained low or declined, currency fluctuations have impacted profitability, credit markets have remained tight for certain counterparties of ours and some of our customers are dependent on government grants to fund purchases of our products and services.
In addition, conflicts in the Middle East and elsewhere have created many economic and political uncertainties that continue to impact worldwide markets. The length of time these adverse economic and political conditions may persist is unknown. These political uncertainties and conflicts include new or increased tariffs and potential trade wars, threats to national security vulnerabilities linked to country of origin (in response to which the U.S. implemented prohibitions on, via the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2019, the use of federal funds to purchase and/or use telecommunications equipment and services and video surveillance equipment and services from Chinese vendors), and the United Kingdom’s decision to voluntarily exit the United Kingdom on January 31, 2020 (commonly referred to as “Brexit”).
19


These global economic and political conditions have impacted and could continue to impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows in a number of ways, including:
Requests by certain of our government and commercial customers that we provide vendor financing, including in response to financial challenges surrounding state and local governments, which may cause us to retain exposure to the credit quality of our customers who we finance if we are unable to sell these receivables on terms acceptable to us.
The inability of certain of our customers to obtain financing in order to make purchases from us and/or maintain their business, which may negatively impact our financial results.
Challenges we face in budgeting and forecasting due to economic uncertainties in various parts of the U.S. and world economy, which could negatively impact our financial results if such budgets or forecasts are inaccurate.
Deferment or cancellation of purchases and orders by customers may occur due to uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions, which could reduce future demand for our products and negatively impact our financial results.
Intensifying political instability in a number of markets in which we operate could have a significant impact on our ability to grow and, in some cases, operate in such locations, which could negatively impact our financial results.
The accounting for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash or in shares of common stock could have a material effect on our reported financial results.
Under U.S. GAAP, an entity must separately account for the debt component and the embedded conversion option of convertible debt instruments that may be settled entirely or partially in cash or in shares of common stock upon conversion, such as our 1.75% senior convertible notes (“New Senior Convertible Notes”). The fair value of the embedded conversion option is classified as an addition to stockholder’s equity. The difference between book carrying cost and face value of the debt represents a non-cash discount. This difference will be amortized into interest expense over the estimated life of the New Senior Convertible Notes. As a result, we will be required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense as a result of the amortization of the discount over the expected term of the New Senior Convertible Notes, and we will report lower net income because of the recognition of both the current period’s discount amortization and the New Senior Convertible Notes’ coupon interest, which could adversely affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.
Convertible debt instruments (such as the New Senior Convertible Notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash are evaluated for their impact on earnings per share utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the New Senior Convertible Notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the New Senior Convertible Notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, the number of shares outstanding for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share includes the number of shares that would be required to settle the excess of the conversion value of the New Senior Convertible Notes, if any, over the principal amounts of the New Senior Convertible Notes (which would be settled in cash). The conversion value of the New Senior Convertible Notes will exceed the principal amount of the notes to the extent the trading price of a share of our stock exceeds $203.50. We intend to settle the principal amount of the convertible notes in cash. However, we may not have access to the capital markets for financing on acceptable terms and conditions, particularly if our credit ratings are downgraded. Accordingly, we may be forced to fully settle the New Senior Convertible Notes in shares of common stock upon conversion, the effect of which would cause the dilutive impact to earnings per share to be significantly in excess of the dilutive impact reflected by the treasury stock method.
Returns on pension and retirement plan assets and interest rate changes could affect our earnings and cash flows in future periods.
Although we made a voluntary contribution into the U.S. pension plan in early 2018, and completed a lump sum offer for certain participants in the U.S. pension plan in 2019, we continue to have large underfunded pension obligations, in part resulting from the fact that we retained almost all of the U.S. pension liabilities and a major portion of our non-U.S. pension liabilities following our past divestitures, including the distribution of Motorola Mobility, the sale of our Networks business and the sale of our Enterprise business. The funding position of our pension plans is affected by the performance of the financial markets, particularly the equity and debt markets, and the interest rates used to calculate our pension obligations for funding and expense purposes. Minimum annual pension contributions are determined by government regulations and calculated based upon our pension funding status, interest rates, and other factors. If the financial markets perform poorly, we have been and could be required to make additional large contributions. The equity and debt markets can be volatile, and therefore our estimate of future contribution requirements can change dramatically in relatively short periods of time. Similarly, changes in interest rates can affect our contribution requirements. In volatile capital market environments, the uncertainty of material changes in future minimum required contributions increases.
Risks Related to Human Capital Management
Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract and retain senior management and key employees, including engineers and other key technical employees, in order to remain competitive.
The performance of our CEO, senior management and other key employees such as engineers and other key technical employees is critical to our success. If we are unable to retain talented, highly-qualified senior management, engineers and other key employees or attract them when needed, it could negatively impact our business.
20


We rely on the experience of our senior management, most of whom have been with the Company for many years and as a result have specific knowledge relating to us and our industry that is difficult to replace and competition for management with experience in the communications industry is intense. A loss of the CEO, a member of senior management, or an engineer or other key employee particularly to a competitor, could also place us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, we face increased demands for technical personnel in areas such as software development, which is an area of particularly high demand for skilled employees. We believe that our future success depends in large part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate, retain and leverage the skills of qualified engineers and other highly-skilled personnel needed to develop successful new products or services. In particular, competition for experienced software and cloud computing infrastructure engineers is intense. Further, if we fail to adequately plan for the succession of our CEO, senior management and other key employees, our business could be negatively impacted.
General Risk Factors
We are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental laws that continue to expand and could impact our ability to grow our business, could subject us to unexpected costs and liabilities and could impact our financial performance.
Our operations and the products we manufacture are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental laws. Compliance with such existing or future laws could subject us to future costs or liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities, restrict what products and services we can offer, and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws are environmental and relate to the use, disposal, cleanup of, and exposure to certain substances. For example, in the U.S., laws often require parties to fund remedial studies or actions regardless of fault and often times in response to action or omissions that were legal at the time they occurred. We continue to incur disposal costs and have ongoing remediation obligations. Changes to environmental laws or our discovery of additional obligations under these laws could have a negative impact on our financial performance.
Laws focused on: (i) the energy efficiency of electronic products and accessories, (ii) recycling of both electronic products and packaging, (iii) reducing or eliminating certain hazardous substances in electronic products, (iv) the use and transportation of batteries, and (v) debt collection and other consumer finance matters continue to expand significantly. Laws pertaining to accessibility features of electronic products, standardization of connectors and power supplies, the use and transportation of lithium-ion batteries and other aspects of our products are also proliferating. There are also demanding and rapidly changing laws around the globe related to issues such as product safety, radio interference, radio frequency radiation exposure, medical related functionality, use of products with video functionality, and consumer and social mandates pertaining to use of wireless or electronic equipment. These laws, and changes to these laws, could have a substantial impact on whether we can offer certain products, solutions and services, on product costs, and on what capabilities and characteristics our products or services can or must include.
These laws could impact our products and negatively affect our ability to manufacture and sell products competitively. We expect these trends to continue. In addition, due to increased public awareness and concern regarding environmental risks, including climate change, we anticipate that we will see increased demand to meet voluntary criteria related to reduction or elimination of certain constituents from products and increasing energy efficiency. Such regulations or standards could impose significant operational restrictions and compliance requirements upon us, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and competitive position.
We may not continue to have access to the capital markets for financing on acceptable terms and conditions, particularly if our credit ratings are downgraded, which could limit our ability to repay our indebtedness and could cause liquidity issues.
From time-to-timetime to time we access the capital markets to obtain financing. Our access to the capital markets and the bank creditloan markets at acceptable terms and conditions are impacted by many factors, including: (i) our credit ratings, (ii) the liquiditycondition of the overall capital markets, (iii) strength and credit availability in the banking markets, and (iv) the current state of the global economy. In addition, we frequently access the credit markets to obtain performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds, as well as to hedge foreign exchange risk and sell receivables. Furthermore, there can be no assurances we willmay not be able to refinance our existing indebtedness (i) on commercially reasonable terms, (ii) on terms, including with respect to interest rates, as favorable as our current debt, or (iii) at all. There can be no assurances that we willWe may not continue to have access to the capital markets or bank credit markets on terms acceptable to us and if we are unable to repay or refinance our debt, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to generate enough cash flows from operations or that we will be able to obtain enough capital to service our debt, fund our planned capital expenditures or pay future dividends.
We are rated investment grade by all three national rating agencies. Any downward changes by the rating agencies to our credit rating may negatively impact the value and liquidity of both our debt and equity securities. Under certain circumstances, an increase in the interest rate payable by us under our revolving credit facility, if any amounts are borrowed under such facility, could negatively affect our operating cash flows. In addition, a downgrade in our credit ratings could limit our ability to: (i) access the capital markets or bank credit markets, (ii) issue commercial paper (iii) provide performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds, (iii)(iv) hedge foreign exchange risk, (iv)(v) fund our foreign affiliates, (vi) sell receivables, and (v) sell receivables. A downgrade in our credit rating could also result in less(vii) obtain favorable trade terms with suppliers. In addition, any downgrades in our credit ratings may affect our ability to obtain additional financing in the future and may affect the terms of any such financing. Any future disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital markets may result in higher funding costs for us and adversely affect our ability to access funds and other credit related products. In addition, we may avoid taking actions that would otherwise benefit us or our stockholders, such as engaging in certain acquisitions or engaging in stock repurchases, that would negatively impact our credit rating.
Our future operating results depend on our ability to purchase at acceptable prices a sufficient amount of materials, parts, and components, as well as services and software, to meet the demands of our customers and any disruption to our suppliers or significant increase in the price of supplies could have a negative impact on our results of operations.
Our ability to meet customers' demands depends, in part, on our ability to timely obtain an adequate delivery of quality materials, parts, and components, as well as services and software from our suppliers. In addition, certain supplies, including for some of our critical components, services and software solutions, are available only from a single source or limited sources and we may not be able to diversify sources in a timely manner. If demand for our products or services increases from our current expectations or if suppliers are unable to meet our demand for other reasons, including as a result of natural disasters or financial issues, we could experience an interruption in supply or a significant increase in the price of supply, including as a
21




result of having to move to an alternative source, that could have a negative impact on our business as a result of increased cost or delay in or inability to deliver our products or services. This risk may increase as a result of consolidation of certain suppliers of ours. We have experienced shortages in the past that have negatively impacted our results of operations and may experience such shortages in the future. In addition, credit constraints at our suppliers could cause us to accelerate payment of accounts payable by us, impacting our cash flow.
We have seen increases in the price of certain supplies as we no longer qualify for certain volume discounts compared to other customers of our suppliers given technology changes, our evolving portfolio and lower volumes than customers in other commercial industries. For certain supplies we have also experienced less support and focus from our suppliers as our spend has diminished relative to their other customers, making it more difficult for us to resolve gaps in supply due to unforeseen changes in forecast and demand. In addition, certain suppliers have and others may cancel or not extend contractual arrangements, which will not afford us with sufficient protection against a reduction or interruption in supplies. Moreover, in the event any of these suppliers breach their contracts with us, our legal remedies associated with such a breach may be insufficient to compensate us for any damages we may suffer.  
Over the last several years we have outsourced portions of certain business operations like IT, HR information systems, manufacturing, repair, distribution and engineering services and expect to outsource additional business operations. This outsourcing limits our control over these business operations and exposes us to additional risk as a result of the actions of our outsource partners.
As we outsource more of our business operations we are not able to directly control these activities. Our outsource partners may not prioritize our business over that of their other customers and they may not meet our desired level of quality, performance, service, cost reductions or other metrics. Failure to meet key performance indicators may result in our being in default with our customers. In addition, we may rely on our outsource partners to secure materials from our suppliers with whom our outsource partners may not have existing relationships and we may be required to continue to manage these relationships even after we outsource certain business operations.
As we outsource business operations we become dependent on the IT systems of our outsource partners, including to transmit demand and purchase orders to suppliers, which can result in a delay in order placement. In addition, in an effort to reduce costs and limit their liabilities, our outsource partners may not have robust systems or make commitments in as timely a manner as we require.
In some cases the actions of our outsource partners may result in our being found to be in violation of laws or regulations like import or export regulations. As many of our outsource partners operate outside of the U.S., our outsourcing activity exposes us to information security vulnerabilities and increases our global risks. In addition, we are exposed to the financial viability of our outsource partners. Once a business activity is outsourced we may be contractually prohibited from or may not practically be able to bring such activity back within the Company or move it to another outsource partner. The actions of our outsource partners could result in reputational damage to us and could negatively impact our business, financial conditions, results of operations, and cash flows.
Our sales within a quarter are not linear, with a substantial percentage of products shipping in the final month of the quarter. This lack of linearity creates inefficiencies in our business performance and any interruption during this final month could have a substantial impact on our quarterly financial results.
On average, a substantial percentage of our quarterly sales ship in the final month of a quarter. Any interruption in our ability to ship products during this final month, such as unavailability of critical components, disruption to our manufacturing capabilities or disruptions in our distribution channel, will have a disproportionately large impact on our quarterly financial results, as we may be unable to recover in time to ship the products and recognize revenue in that quarter.
In addition, this lack of linearity results in inefficiencies in our financial performance, as we must invest in capacity and resources to support this business model, meaning we have underutilized operations during the first two months of the quarter. We also must maintain additional component inventory and engage in pre-builds of finished goods to mitigate the impact of this lack of linearity and meet potential last month demand. This could result in our carrying excess inventory, which is costly and may result in increased inventory obsolescence over time.
We face many risks relating to intellectual property rights.
Our business will be harmed if: (i) we, our customers and/or our suppliers are found to have infringed intellectual property rights of third-parties, (ii) the intellectual property indemnities in our supplier agreements are inadequate to cover damages and losses due to infringement of third-party intellectual property rights by supplier products, (iii) we are required to provide broad intellectual property indemnities to our customers, (iv) our intellectual property protection is inadequate to protect against threats of misappropriation from internal or external sources or otherwise inadequate to protect our proprietary rights, or (v) our competitors negotiate significantly more favorable terms for licensed intellectual property. We may be harmed if we are forced to make publicly available, under the relevant open-source licenses, certain internally developed software-related intellectual property as a result of either our use of open-source software code or the use of third-party software that contains open-source code.
Since our products are comprised of complex technology, much of which we acquire from suppliers through the purchase of components or licensing of software, we are often involved in or impacted by assertions, including both requests for licenses and litigation, regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Third-parties have asserted, and in the future may assert, intellectual property infringement claims against us and against our customers and suppliers. Many of these assertions are


brought by non-practicing entities whose principle business model is to secure patent licensing-based revenue from product manufacturing companies. The patent holders often make broad and sweeping claims regarding the applicability of their patents to our products, seeking a percentage of sales as licenses fees, seeking injunctions to pressure us into taking a license, or a combination thereof. Defending claims may be expensive and divert the time and efforts of our management and employees. Increasingly, third-parties have sought broad injunctive relief which could limit our ability to sell our products in the U.S. or elsewhere with intellectual property subject to the claims. If we do not succeed in any such litigation, we could be required to expend significant resources to pay damages, develop non-infringing products or to obtain licenses to the intellectual property that is the subject of such litigation, each of which could have a negative impact on our financial results. However, we cannot be certain that any such licenses, if available at all, will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. In some cases, we might be forced to stop delivering certain products if we or our customer or supplier are subject to a final injunction.
We attempt to negotiate favorable intellectual property indemnities with our suppliers for infringement of third-party intellectual property rights. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful in our negotiations or that a supplier's indemnity will cover all damages and losses suffered by us and our customers due to the infringing products or that a supplier will choose to accept a license or modify or replace its products with non-infringing products which would otherwise mitigate such damages and losses. Further, we may not be able to participate in intellectual property litigation involving a supplier and may not be able to influence any ultimate resolution or outcome that may negatively impact our sales if a court enters an injunction that enjoins the supplier's products or if the International Trade Commission issues an exclusionary order that blocks our products from importation into the U.S. Intellectual property disputes involving our suppliers have resulted in our involvement in International Trade Commission proceedings from time to time. These proceedings are costly and entail the risk that we will be subjected to a ban on the importation of our products into the U.S. solely as a result of our use of a supplier's components.
In addition, our customers increasingly demand that we indemnify them broadly from all damages and losses resulting from intellectual property litigation against them. These demands stem from the increasing trend of the non-practicing entities that engage in patent enforcement and litigation targeting the end users of our products. End users are targeted so the non-practicing entities can seek royalties and litigation judgments in proportion to the value of the use of our products, rather than in proportion to the cost of our products. Such demands can amount to many times the selling price of our products. Our patent and other intellectual property rights are important competitive tools and may generate income under license agreements. We regard our intellectual property as proprietary and attempt to protect it with patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality agreements and other methods. We also generally restrict access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third-party to obtain and use our proprietary information or develop similar technology independently. In addition, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights by third-parties and the cost of any litigation necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights could have a negative impact on our financial results.
As we expand our business, including through acquisitions, and compete with new competitors in new markets, the breadth and strength of our intellectual property portfolio in those new markets may not be as developed as in our longer-standing businesses. This may expose us to a heightened risk of litigation and other challenges from competitors in these new markets. Further, competitors may be able to negotiate significantly more favorable terms for licensed intellectual property than we are able to, which puts them at a competitive advantage.
We no longer own certain logos and other trademarks, trade names and service marks, including MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo and all derivatives and formatives thereof (“Motorola Marks”) and we license the Motorola Marks from Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC (“MTH”), which is currently owned by Motorola Mobility, a subsidiary of Lenovo. Our joint use of the Motorola Marks could result in product and market confusion and negatively impact our ability to expand business under the Motorola brand. In addition, if we do not comply with the terms of the license agreement we could lose our rights to the Motorola Marks. Because of the change of control of Motorola Mobility, which is now owned by Lenovo, we may find that an incompatible third-party owns the Motorola Marks.
We have a worldwide, perpetual and royalty-free license from MTH to use the Motorola Marks as part of our corporate name and in connection with the manufacture, sale, and marketing of our current products and services. The license of the Motorola Marks is important to us because of the reputation of the Motorola brand for our products and services. There are risks associated with both Motorola Mobility and the Company using the Motorola Marks and with this loss of ownership. As both Motorola Mobility and the Company will be using the Motorola Marks, confusion could arise in the market, including customer confusion regarding the products offered by and the actions of the two companies. Motorola Mobility was acquired by Lenovo in 2014, which resulted in Lenovo having effective control over the Motorola Marks. This risk could increase as both Motorola Mobility's and our products continue to converge. This risk could increase under Lenovo's control if they expand their use of the Motorola Marks. Also, any negative publicity associated with either company in the future could adversely affect the public image of the other. In addition, because our license of the Motorola Marks will be limited to products and services within our specified fields of use, we will not be permitted to use the Motorola Marks in other fields of use without the approval of Motorola Mobility, which is now controlled by Lenovo. In the event that we desire to expand our business into any other fields of use, we may need to do so with a brand other than the Motorola brand. Developing a brand as well-known and with as much brand equity as Motorola could take considerable time and expense. The risk of needing to develop a second brand increases as Motorola Mobility's and our products continue to converge and if our business expands into other fields of use. In addition, we could lose our rights to use the Motorola Marks if we do not comply with the terms of the license agreement. Such a loss could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, MTH has the right to license the brand to third-parties and either Motorola Mobility or licensed third-parties may use the brand in ways that make the brand less attractive for


customers of Motorola Solutions, creating increased risk that Motorola Solutions may need to develop an alternate or additional brand. In 2013 Motorola Mobility modified certain Motorola Marks used by the Company. Motorola Mobility may require the Company to adopt the use of the modified Motorola Marks, which would result in the Company incurring the costs of rebranding.
In addition, neither Motorola Mobility nor Lenovo are prohibited from selling the Motorola Marks. In the event of a liquidation of Motorola Mobility or the then owner of the Motorola Marks, it is possible that a bankruptcy court would permit the Motorola Marks to be assigned to a third-party. While our right to use the Motorola Marks under our license should continue in our specified field of use in such situations, it is possible that we could be party to a license arrangement with a third-party whose interests are incompatible with ours, thereby potentially making the license arrangement difficult to administer, and increasing the costs and risks associated with sharing the Motorola Marks. In addition, there is a risk that, in the event of a bankruptcy of Motorola Mobility or the then owner of the Motorola Marks, Motorola Mobility, the then owner or its bankruptcy trustee may attempt to reject the license, or a bankruptcy court may refuse to uphold the license or certain of its terms. Such a loss could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We utilize the services of subcontractors to perform under many of our contracts and the inability of our subcontractors to perform in a timely and compliant manner could negatively impact our ability to comply with our performance obligations as the prime contractor.
We engage subcontractors, including third-party integrators, on many of our contracts and as we expand our solutions and services business our use of subcontractors has and will continue to increase. Our subcontractors may further subcontract performance and may supply third-party products and software from a number of smaller companies. We may have disputes with our subcontractors, including disputes regarding the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor or its subcontractors and the functionality, warranty and indemnities of products, software and services supplied by our subcontractor. We are not always successful in passing down customer requirements to our subcontractors, and thus in some cases may be required to absorb contractual risks from our customers without corresponding back-to-back coverage from our subcontractor. Even when we are able to pass down customer requirements to our subcontractors, sometimes those subcontractors have less financial resources than we do, and a customer may look to us to cover a loss or damage. Our subcontractors may not be able to acquire or maintain the quality of the materials, components, subsystems and services they supply, or secure preferred warranty and indemnity coverage from their suppliers which might result in greater product returns, service problems, warranty claims and costs and regulatory compliance issues. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure of our suppliers, subcontractors, distributors, resellers and representatives to use acceptable legal or ethical business practices and adhere to our Supplier Code of Conduct or our Human Rights Policy could negatively impact our business.
It is our policy to require our suppliers, subcontractors, distributors, resellers, and third-party sales representatives (“TPSRs”) to operate in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding working conditions, employment practices, environmental compliance, anti-corruption and trademark and copyright licensing. However, we do not control their labor and other business practices. If one of our suppliers, subcontractors, brokers, distributors, resellers, or TPSRs violates labor or other laws or implements labor or other business practices that are regarded as unethical, the shipment of finished products to us could be interrupted, orders could be canceled, relationships could be terminated and our reputation could be damaged. If one of our suppliers or subcontractors fails to procure necessary license rights to trademarks, copyrights or patents, legal action could be taken against us that could impact the salability of our products and expose us to financial obligations to a third-party. Any of these events could have a negative impact on our sales and results of operations.
Our employees, customers, suppliers and outsource partners are located throughout the world and, as a result, we face risks that other companies that are not global may not face.
Our customers and suppliers are located throughout the world. In 2018, 41% percent of our revenue was generated outside the U.S. In addition, we have a number of research and development, administrative and sales facilities outside the U.S. and 55% of our employees are employed outside the U.S. Most of our suppliers' operations are outside the U.S. and a significant portion of our products are manufactured outside the U.S., both internally and by third-parties.
Most of our products that are manufactured by or for us outside the U.S. are manufactured in Malaysia. If manufacturing in our facility, or a facility manufacturing products for us, in Malaysia is disrupted, our overall capacity would be significantly reduced and our business, financial condition, results of operation, and cash flows could be negatively impacted.
Because we have sizable sales and operations, including outsourcing and procurement arrangements, outside of the U.S., we have more complexity in our operations and are exposed to a unique set of global risks that could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, including but not limited to: (i) currency fluctuations, (ii) import/export regulations, tariffs, trade barriers and trade disputes, customs classifications and certifications, including but not limited to changes in classifications or errors or omissions related to such classifications and certifications, (iii) changes in U.S. and non-U.S. rules related to trade, environmental, health and safety, technical standards, consumer and intellectual property and consumer protection, (iv) longer payment cycles, (v) tax issues, such as tax law changes, variations in tax laws from country to country and as compared to the U.S., obligations under tax incentive agreements, difficulties in repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner and difficulties in securing local country approvals for cash repatriations, (vi) changes in foreign exchange regulations, (vii) challenges in collecting accounts receivable, (viii) cultural and language differences, (ix) employment regulations and local labor conditions, (x) privacy and data protection regulations and restrictions, (xi) difficulties protecting intellectual property in foreign countries, (xii) instability in economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession


and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts and terrorism, (xiii) natural disasters, (xiv) public health issues or outbreaks, (xv) changes in laws or regulations that negatively impact benefits being received by us or that require costly modifications in products sold or operations performed in such countries, (xvi) litigation in foreign court systems and foreign enforcement or administrative proceedings, and (xvii) applicability of anti-corruption laws including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act.
We have a number of employees, contractors, representatives and agents in, and sell our products and services throughout, the Middle East and our operations, as well as demand for our products and services, could be negatively impacted by political conflicts and hostilities in this region. The potential for future unrest, terrorist attacks, increased global conflicts, hostility against U.S.-based multinational companies and the escalation of existing conflicts has created worldwide uncertainties that have negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact, demand for certain products of ours.
We also are subject to risks that our operations could be impacted by our employees, contractors, representatives or agents in ways that violate the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or other similar anti-corruption laws. While we have policies and procedures to comply with these laws, our employees, contractors, representatives and agents may take actions that violate our policies. Any such violations could have a negative impact on our business. Moreover, we face additional risks that our anti-corruption policies and procedures may be violated by TPSRs or other third-parties that help sell our products or provide other solutions and services, because such TPSRs and other third-parties are not our employees, and, it is therefore more difficult to oversee and control their conduct.
Many of our components and some of our products, including software, are developed and/or manufactured by third-parties and in some cases designed by third-parties and if such third-parties lack sufficient quality control, change the design of components or if there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-parties, it may have a negative impact on our business.
We rely on third-parties to develop and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our finished products, and to design certain components and finished products, as well as provide us with software necessary for the operation of those products and we may increase our reliance on such third-parties in the future. We could have difficulties fulfilling our orders and our sales and profits could decline if: (i) we are not able to engage such third-parties with the capabilities or capacities required by our business, (ii) such third-parties lack sufficient quality control or fail to deliver quality components, products, services or software on time and at reasonable prices, or deliver products, services or software that do not meet regulatory or industry standards or requirements, (iii) if there are significant changes in the financial or business condition of such third-parties, (iv), our third party providers fail to comply with legal or regulatory requirements, or (v) if we have difficulties transitioning operations to such third-parties.
Because of the long life-cycle of many of our products, we need access to limited quantities of components for manufacturing and repair and suppliers have been and may continue to be unwilling to manufacture such components or may only do so at high prices. Certain key component suppliers are reducing the expected lifetime of key components, in particular semiconductor and electrical components, on some of our products. This could result in the need for more frequent product redesigns and increased engineering costs on some products or costly last time buys, which may negatively impact our financial performance. In addition, we may be unable to meet our repair obligations to our customers.
We are exposed to risks under large, multi-year system and services contracts that may negatively impact our business.
We enter into large, multi-year system and services contracts with large municipal, state, and nationwide government and commercial customers. In some cases we may not be the prime contractor and may be dependent on other third-parties such as commercial carriers or systems integrators. This exposes us to risks, including among others: (i) technological risks, especially when the contracts involve new technology, (ii) risk of defaults by third-parties on whom we are relying for products or services as part of our offering or who are the prime contractors, (iii) financial risks, including the estimates inherent in projecting costs associated with large, long-term contracts, the impact of currency fluctuations, inflation, and the related impact on operating results, (iv) cybersecurity risk, especially in managed services contracts with public safety and commercial customers that process data, and (v) political risk, especially related to the contracts with government customers. In addition, multi-year awards from governmental customers may often only receive partial funding initially and may typically be cancelable on short notice with limited penalties. Recovery of front loaded capital expenditures in long-term managed services contracts is dependent on the continued viability of such customers. The termination of funding for a government program or insolvency of commercial customer could result in a loss of anticipated future revenue attributable to that program, which could have an adverse impact on our profitability.
Our success depends in part on our timely introduction of new products and technologies and our results can be impacted by the effectiveness of our significant investments in new products and technologies.
The markets for certain products of ours are characterized by changing technologies and evolving industry standards. In some cases it is unclear what specific technology will be adopted in the market or what delivery model will prevail, including whether public safety broadband (LTE and 5G) will be delivered via private networks, public carriers or some combination thereof. In addition, new technologies such as voice over LTE and 5G or push-to-talk clients over LTE and 5G could reduce sales of our traditional products. The shift to smart public safety and the prevalence of data in our customer use cases results in our competing in a more fragmented marketplace. In addition, new technologies and new competitors continue to enter our markets at a faster pace than we have experienced in the past, resulting in increased competition from non-traditional suppliers, including public carriers, telecom equipment providers, consumer device manufacturers and software companies. New products


are expensive to develop and bring to market and additional complexities are added when this process is outsourced as we have done in certain cases or as we increase our reliance on third-party content and technology. Our success depends, in substantial part, on the timely and successful introduction of new products, upgrades and enhancements of current products to comply with emerging industry standards, laws and regulations, including country specific proprietary technology requirements, and to address competing technological and product developments carried out by our competitors. Developing new technologies to compete in a specific market may not be financially viable, resulting in our inability to compete in that market. The R&D of new, technologically-advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and investment, as well as the accurate anticipation of technology and market trends. Many of our products and systems are complex and we may experience delays in completing development and introducing new products or technologies in the future. We may focus our resources on technologies that do not become widely accepted or are not commercially viable or involve compliance obligations with additional areas of regulatory requirements.
Our results are subject to risks related to our significant investment in developing and introducing new products. These risks include among others: (i) difficulties and delays in the development, production, testing and marketing of products, particularly when such activities are done through third-parties, (ii) customer acceptance of products, (iii) the development of, approval of, and compliance with industry standards and regulatory requirements, (iv) the significant amount of resources we must devote to the development of new technologies, and (v) the ability to differentiate our products and compete with other companies in the same markets.
If the quality of our products does not meet our customers' expectations or regulatory or industry standards, then our sales and operating earnings, and ultimately our reputation, could be negatively impacted.
Some of the products we sell may have quality issues resulting from the design or manufacture of the product, or from the software used in the product. Sometimes, these issues may be caused by components we purchase from other manufacturers or suppliers. Often these issues are identified prior to the shipment of the products and may cause delays in shipping products to customers, or even the cancellation of orders by customers. Sometimes, we discover quality issues in the products after they have been shipped to our customers, requiring us to resolve such issues in a timely manner that is the least disruptive to our customers, particularly in light of the mission-critical nature of our communications products. Such pre-shipment and post-shipment quality issues can have legal, financial and reputational ramifications, including: (i) delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of revenue or future orders, (ii) customer-imposed penalties for failure to meet contractual requirements, (iii) increased costs associated with repairing or replacing products, and (iv) a negative impact on our goodwill and brand name reputation.
In some cases, if the quality issue affects the product's performance, safety or regulatory compliance, then such a “defective” product may need to be “stop-shipped” or recalled. Depending on the nature of the quality issue and the number of products in the field, it could cause us to incur substantial recall or corrective field action costs, in addition to the costs associated with the potential loss of future orders and the damage to our goodwill or brand reputation. In addition, we may be required, under certain customer contracts, to pay damages for failed performance that might exceed the revenue that we receive from the contracts. Recalls and field actions involving regulatory non-compliance could also result in fines and additional costs. Recalls and field actions could result in third-party litigation by persons or companies alleging harm or economic damage as a result of the use of the products.
We completed a number of large divestitures in the past and could have potential liabilities associated with those transactions and the businesses we divested. In addition, these divestitures have resulted in less diversity of our business and our customer base, which could negatively impact our financial results in the event of a downturn in our mission-critical communications business.
In the past, we have spun-off or sold a number of large businesses, including Motorola Mobility, our Networks business and our Enterprise business. In connection with our divestitures we typically remain liable for certain pre-closing liabilities associated with the divested business, such as pension liabilities, taxes, employment, environmental liabilities and litigation. Even though we establish reserves for any expected ongoing liability associated with divested businesses, those reserves may not be sufficient if unexpected liabilities arise and this could negatively impact our financial condition and future results of operations.
Because we are now singularly focused on mission-critical communications for public safety and commercial customers we have less diversity in our business and our customer base. A downturn in this business could have a greater negative impact on our financial results than when we were a more diversified communications provider.
We may not have the ability to settle the remaining principal amount of $800 million of the 2% Senior Convertible Notes (the "Senior Convertible Notes") in cash in the event of conversion or to repurchase the Senior Convertible Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, which could have a material effect on our reported financial results.
Our Senior Convertible Notes are convertible any time. In the event of conversion, the Company currently intends to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash.
Under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the Senior Convertible Notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash are evaluated for their impact on earnings per share utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Convertible Notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the Senior Convertible Notes exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method the number of shares outstanding for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share includes the number of shares that would be required to settle the excess of the conversion value of the Senior Convertible Notes, if any, over the principal amounts of the Senior Convertible Notes (which would be settled in cash). The


conversion value of the Senior Convertible Notes will exceed the principal amount of the notes to the extent the trading price of a share of our stock exceeds the effective conversion price as of the conversion date.
If we do not have adequate cash available, either from cash on hand, funds generated from operations or existing financing arrangements, or we cannot obtain additional financing arrangements, we may not be able to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash and, in the case of settlement of conversion elections, will be required to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in stock. If we settle any portion of the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in stock, it will result in immediate, and possibly material, dilution to the interests of existing security holders.
Following any conclusion that we no longer have the ability to settle the Senior Convertible Notes in cash, we will be required on a going forward basis to change our accounting policy for earnings per share from the treasury stock method to the if-converted method. Earnings per share will most likely be significantly lower under the if-converted method as compared to the treasury stock method.
Our ability to repurchase the Senior Convertible Notes in cash upon the occurrence of a fundamental change or make any other required payments may be limited by law or the terms of other agreements relating to our indebtedness outstanding at the time. Our failure to repurchase the Senior Convertible Notes when required would result in an event of default with respect to the Senior Convertible Notes and may constitute an event of default or prepayment under, or result in the acceleration of the maturity of, our then-existing indebtedness.
Tax matters could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign tax jurisdictions. Our provision for income taxes and cash tax liability may be negatively impacted by: (i) changes in the mix of earnings taxable in jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, (ii) changes in tax laws and accounting principles, (iii) changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, (iv) failure to meet commitments under tax incentive agreements, (v) discovery of new information during the course of tax return preparation, (vi) increases in non-deductible expenses, or (vii) difficulties in repatriating cash held abroad in a tax-efficient manner.
As of December 22, 2017 the U.S. enacted wide-sweeping tax law changes that will impact our provision for income taxes. Certain provisions included in the legislation, primarily related to the taxation of non-U.S. income, do not contain sufficient details for us to determine the specific financial impact on the Company in future years. The future guidance or interpretations of the new law could result in an increase to our U.S. tax liability and a resulting negative impact on our future operating results.abroad.
Tax audits may also negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to continued examination of our income tax returns, and tax authorities may disagree with our tax positions and assess additional tax. We regularly evaluate the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuing examinations will not have a negative impact on our future financial condition and operating results.
Certain tax policy efforts, including the OrganisationOrganization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s ("OECD") Base Erosion and Profit Shifting ("BEPS") Project, the European Commission’s state aid investigations, and other initiatives could have an adverse effect on the taxation of international businesses. Furthermore, many of the countries where we are subject to taxes, including the U.S, are independently evaluating their tax policy and we may see significant changes in legislation and regulations concerning taxation. Certain countries have already enacted legislation which could affect international businesses, and other countries have become more aggressive in their approach to audits and enforcement of their applicable tax laws. Such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies, or practices, could increase our effective tax rates in many of the countries where we have operations and have an adverse effect on our overall tax rate, along with increasing the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance, all of which could impact our operating results, cash flows and financial condition.
Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, retain and prepare succession plans for senior management and key employees.
The performance of our CEO, senior management and other key employees is critical to our success. If we are unable to retain talented, highly-qualified senior management and other key employees or attract them when needed, it could negatively impact our business. We rely on the experience of our senior management, most of whom have been with the Company for many years and as a result have specific knowledge relating to us and our industry that is difficult to replace and competition for management with experience in the communications industry is intense. A loss of the CEO, a member of senior management or key employee particularly to a competitor could also place us at a competitive disadvantage. Further, if we fail to adequately plan for the succession of our CEO, senior management and other key employees, our business could be negatively impacted.
It may be difficult for us to recruit and retain the types of engineers and other highly-skilled employees that are necessary to remain competitive and layoffs of such skilled employees as a result of divestitures, restructuring activities or cost reductions may benefit our competitors.
Competition for key technical personnel in high-technology industries is intense. As we expand our solutions and services business, we now have increased demand for technical personnel in areas like software development, which is an area of particularly high demand for skilled employees. We believe that our future success depends in large part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate, retain and leverage the skills of qualified engineers and other highly-skilled personnel needed to develop successful new products or services. We may not be as successful as our competitors at recruiting, assimilating, retaining and utilizing these highly-skilled personnel, which could have a negative impact on our business. In addition, as we have divested


businesses and restructured our operations we have, in some cases, had to layoff engineers and other highly-skilled employees. If these employees were to go to work for our competitors it could have a negative impact on our business.
Returns on pension and retirement plan assets and interest rate changes could affect our earnings and cash flows in future periods.
Although we made a voluntary contribution into the U.S. pension plan in early 2018, we continue to have large underfunded pension obligations, in part resulting from the fact that we retained almost all of the U.S. pension liabilities and a major portion of our non-U.S. pension liabilities following our divestitures, including the distribution of Motorola Mobility, the sale of our Networks business and the sale of our Enterprise business. The funding position of our pension plans is affected by the performance of the financial markets, particularly the equity and debt markets, and the interest rates used to calculate our pension obligations for funding and expense purposes. Minimum annual pension contributions are determined by government regulations and calculated based upon our pension funding status, interest rates, and other factors. If the financial markets perform poorly, we have been and could be required to make additional large contributions. The equity and debt markets can be volatile, and therefore our estimate of future contribution requirements can change dramatically in relatively short periods of time. Similarly, changes in interest rates can affect our contribution requirements. In volatile capital market environments, the uncertainty of material changes in future minimum required contributions increases.
Changes in our operations or sales outside the U.S. markets could result in lost benefits in impacted countries and increase our cost of doing business.
We have entered into various agreements with non-U.S. governments, agencies or similar organizations under which we receive certain benefits relating to its operations and/or sales in the jurisdiction. If our circumstances change, and operations or sales are not at levels originally anticipated, we may be at risk of having to reimburse benefits already granted, and losing some or all of these benefits and increasing our cost of doing business.
We transferred a significant portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, to Motorola Mobility and Zebra and we are unable to leverage these intellectual property rights as we did prior to the distribution of Motorola Mobility or the sale of our Enterprise business.
We contributed approximately 17,200 granted patents and approximately 8,000 pending patent applications worldwide to Motorola Mobility in connection with the distribution. We also transferred approximately 2,700 granted patents and approximately 800 pending patent applications to Zebra in connection with the sale of the Enterprise business. Although we have a worldwide, perpetual, royalty-free license to these patents and other intellectual property rights, we no longer own them. As a result we are unable to leverage these intellectual property rights for purposes of generating licensing revenue or entering into favorable licensing arrangements with third-parties. As a result we may incur increased license fees or litigation costs. Although we cannot predict the extent of such unanticipated costs, it is possible such costs could negatively impact our financial results.
We are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental laws that continue to expand and could impact our ability to grow our business, could subject us to unexpected costs and liabilities and could impact our financial performance.
Our operations and the products we manufacture are subject to a wide range of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental laws. Compliance with such existing or future laws could subject us to future costs or liabilities, impact our production capabilities, constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities, restrict what products and services we can offer, and generally impact our financial performance. Some of these laws are environmental and relate to the use, disposal, clean up of, and exposure to certain substances. For example, in the U.S., laws often require parties to fund remedial studies or actions regardless of fault and often times in response to action or omissions that were legal at the time they occurred. We continue to incur disposal costs and have ongoing remediation obligations. Changes to environmental laws or our discovery of additional obligations under these laws could have a negative impact on our financial performance.
Laws focused on: (i) the energy efficiency of electronic products and accessories, (ii) recycling of both electronic products and packaging, (iii) reducing or eliminating certain hazardous substances in electronic products, and (iv) the use and transportation of batteries continue to expand significantly. Laws pertaining to accessibility features of electronic products, standardization of connectors and power supplies, the use and transportation of lithium-ion batteries and other aspects of our products are also proliferating. There are also demanding and rapidly changing laws around the globe related to issues such as product safety, radio interference, radio frequency radiation exposure, medical related functionality, use of products with video functionality, and consumer and social mandates pertaining to use of wireless or electronic equipment. These laws, and changes to these laws, could have a substantial impact on whether we can offer certain products, solutions and services, on product costs, and on what capabilities and characteristics our products or services can or must include.
These laws could impact our products and negatively affect our ability to manufacture and sell products competitively. We expect these trends to continue. In addition, we anticipate that we will see increased demand to meet voluntary criteria related to reduction or elimination of certain constituents from products, increasing energy efficiency, and providing additional accessibility.






We may be unable to obtain components and parts that are verified to be Democratic Republic of Congo ("DRC") Conflict-Free, which could result in reputational damage if we disclose that our products include minerals that have been identified as “not found to be DRC Conflict-Free” or if we disclose that we are unable to determine whether such minerals are included in our products.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act included disclosure requirements regarding the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold (which are defined as “conflict minerals”) in our products and if the origin of these materials were from the DRC or an adjoining country. If the minerals originated from the DRC or an adjoining country then a company must disclose the measures it has taken to exercise due diligence and chain of custody to prevent the sourcing of such minerals that have been found to be financing conflict in the DRC. There is a limited pool of suppliers who can provide verifiable DRC Conflict-Free components and parts, particularly since our supply chain is complex. As a result, we may be required to publicly disclose that we are not currently able to determine if the products we manufactured in 2018 are DRC Conflict-Free. For future reporting years, if the industry systems that we are relying on are not mature enough for us to make a definitive Conflict-Free determination, we may have to declare our products as “not found to be DRC Conflict-Free,” or such other definitional standard as determined by the SEC and/or the judicial system and we may face reputational challenges with our customers, other stockholders and the activist community as a result. In addition, the E.U. has passed conflict minerals legislation which may have an impact on our reporting obligations and compliance programs in Europe.
Any system or network disruption could have a negative impact on our operations, sales and operating results.
We rely extensively on our information systems to manage our business operations. Our systems are subject to damage or interruption from various sources, including power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cybersecurity breaches, vandalism, severe weather conditions, catastrophic events, terrorism, and human error, and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities. If our systems are damaged, fail to function properly, or otherwise become compromised or unavailable, we may incur substantial costs to repair or replace them, and we may experience loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability to perform critical functions, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. While we have significantly reduced our reliance on a number of older legacy information systems that are harder to maintain we could negatively impact our operations and financial results. In addition, as we have outsourced more of our business operations we have increased our dependence on the IT systems of our outsourced business partners which are not under our direct management or control. Any disruption to either those outsourced systems or the communication links between Motorola Solutions and the outsourced supplier, may negatively impact our ability to manufacture, distribute, or repair products. We may incur additional costs to remedy the damages caused by these disruptions.
Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments
None.

Item 2: Properties
Motorola Solutions' Global Headquarters office is located at 500 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Motorola Solutions also operates manufacturing facilities and sales offices in other U.S. locations and in many other countries.
As of December 31, 2018, we: (i) owned twoFebruary 1, 2021, the material properties that we used in connection with our business, serving all segments, are as follows:
LocationApproximate Size in Sq. Ft.
(In thousands)
Owned vs. LeasedPurpose
Schaumburg, Illinois, U.S.345LeasedResearch & development and customer support
Elgin, Illinois, U.S.301LeasedManufacturing and distribution
Krakow, Poland301LeasedResearch & development and corporate administrative
Penang, Malaysia300LeasedManufacturing and distribution, research & development and corporate administrative
Plantation, Florida, U.S.209LeasedCorporate administrative
Chicago, Illinois, U.S.206LeasedCorporate administrative (global headquarters)
Tel Aviv, Israel202LeasedResearch & development and corporate administrative
Basingstoke, UK167OwnedCorporate administrative
British Columbia, Canada152LeasedManufacturing and distribution and corporate administrative
Allen, Texas, U.S.138OwnedManufacturing and distribution and corporate administrative
Richardson, Texas, U.S.136LeasedManufacturing and distribution
In addition to the properties described in the table, as of February 1, 2021, we leased 233 facilities, (manufacturing and office), both103 of which were located in Europe, (ii) leased 239 facilities, 132North America and 130 of which were located in the Americas region and 107outside of which were located in other countries and (iii) primarily utilized three major facilities for the manufacturing and distribution of our products, located in: Penang, Malaysia; Elgin, Illinois; and Berlin, Germany. Motorola Solutions sold its Penang, Malaysia facility and manufacturing operations to Sanmina Corporation ("Sanmina") on February 1, 2016.North America.
We generally consider the productive capacity of our manufacturing facilities to be adequate and sufficient for our requirements. The extent of utilization of each manufacturing facility varies throughout the year.
In 2018, approximately 40% of our products were manufactured in Illinois and approximately 55% of our products were manufactured in Penang. We rely on third-party providers in order to enhance our ability to lower costs and deliver products that meet demand. If manufacturing in Penang or Illinois were disrupted, our overall productive capacity could be significantly reduced.
22


Item 3: Legal Proceedings
We are a defendant in various lawsuits, claims, and actions, which arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position liquidity, or results of operations.liquidity. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information is obtained that changes management's opinion of the ultimate disposition.

Item 4: Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.



Information about our Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following are the persons who wereare the executive officers of Motorola Solutions,the Company, their ages, and their current titles as of February 15, 201912, 2021 and the positions they have held during the last five years with the Company or as otherwise noted:
Gregory Q. Brown; age 58;60; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since May 3, 2011.
Gino A. Bonanotte; age 54; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 13, 2013.
Mark S. Hacker; age 47;49; Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer since January 21, 2015; and Senior Vice President and General Counsel from June 2013 to January 2015.
Kelly S. Mark; age 47;49; Executive Vice President, Software and Services & Software since August 28, 2018; Senior Vice President, Managed &and Support Services from July 2017 to August 2018; and Corporate Vice President, Managed &and Support Services from August 2015 to July 2017; and Corporate Vice President, Strategy from May 2011 to August 2015.2017.
John P. "Jack" Molloy; age 47;49; Executive Vice President, Products &and Sales since August 28, 2018; Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Services from July 2017 to August 2018; and Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales from January 2016 to July 2017; Executive Vice President, Americas Sales & Services from November 2015 to January 2016; Senior Vice President, The Americas Sales & Marketing from September 2015 to November 2015; and Senior Vice President, North America Sales from January 2014 to August 2015.2017.
Rajan S. Naik; age 47;49; Senior Vice President, Chief Strategy & Innovation Officerand Ventures, since December 2017; and Corporate Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer from March 2016 to December 2017; and Senior Vice President, Chief Strategy Officer, Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. from January 2012 to February 2015.2017.
Daniel G. Pekofske; age 42;44; Corporate Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer since September 10, 2018; and Vice President and Treasurer from January 2016 to September 2018;2018.
Jason J. Winkler; age 46; Executive Vice President and Assistant TreasurerChief Financial Officer since July 1, 2020; Senior Vice President, Finance from March 2015September 2018 to January 2016;June 2020; Corporate Vice President, Finance, Global Sales & Services from February 2016 to September 2018; and Vice President and Assistant ControllerDirector, North America, Finance from FebruaryJanuary 2014 to March 2015; and Senior Director, Finance from December 2012 to February 2014.2016.
Cynthia M. Yazdi; age 54;56; Senior Vice President, Chief of Staff, Marketing &and Communications and Motorola Solutions Foundation since August 28, 2018; Corporate Vice President, Chief of Staff to the Chairman and CEO, Global Marketing and Communications from February 2018 to August 2018; Vice President, Chief of Staff, Global Marketing and Communications from September 2016 to February 2018; and Vice President, Chief of Staff from August 2015 to September 2016; and Senior Director, Sales Operations for Asia Pacific from January 2013 to August 2015.2016.
The above executive officers will serve as executive officers of Motorola Solutionsthe Company until the regular meeting of the Board of Directors in May 20192021 or until their respective successors are elected. There is no family relationship between any of the executive officers listed above.


23


PART II
Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Motorola Solutions' common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange.Exchange and trades under the symbol "MSI." The number of stockholders of record of its common stock on February 1, 20192021 was26,760.21,690. This figure does not include a substantially greater number of “street name” holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.
Information regarding securities authorizedDuring 2020, we declared regular quarterly dividends of $0.64 per share of our common stock for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference toeach of the information under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information”first three quarters of Motorola Solutions’ Proxy Statementfiscal 2020, and $0.71 per share of our common stock for the 2019 Annual Meetingfourth quarter of Stockholders. The remainderfiscal 2020. While we expect to continue to pay comparable regular quarterly dividends in 2021, any future dividend payments will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our profits, financial requirements and other factors, including legal restrictions on the response to this Item incorporates by reference Note 16, “Quarterlypayment of dividends, general business conditions and Other Financial Data (unaudited)”such other factors as our Board of the notes to consolidated financial statements appearing under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.’’Directors deems relevant.
The following table provides information with respect to acquisitions by the Company of shares of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2018.2020.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Period
(a) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
 
(b) Average Price
Paid per
Share (1)
 
(c) Total Number
of Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Program (2)
 
(d) Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Program (2)
09/27/18 to 10/24/18
 $
 
 $1,642,593,206
10/25/18 to 11/20/18485,945
 $125.97
 485,945
 $1,581,377,757
11/21/18 to 12/27/1840,254
 $124.23
 40,254
 $1,576,377,038
Total526,199
 $125.84
 526,199
  
Period(a) Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
(b) Average Price
Paid per
Share (1)
(c) Total Number
of Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Program (2)
(d) Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Program (2)
09/24/20 to 10/21/20248,983 $156.39 248,983 $780,660,139 
10/22/20 to 11/18/20243,631 $165.48 243,631 $740,343,034 
11/19/20 to 12/29/20545,846 $168.10 545,846 $648,585,495 
Total1,038,460 $164.68 1,038,460 
(1)
(1)Average price paid per share of common stock repurchased is the execution price, including commissions paid to brokers.
(2)Through a series of actions,As originally announced on July 28, 2011, and subsequently amended, the board of directors has authorized the Company to repurchase an aggregate amount of up to $14.0 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had used approximately $12.4$13.4 billion, including transaction costs, to repurchase shares.

24





PERFORMANCE GRAPHPerformance Graph
The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total returns of Motorola Solutions, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Communications Equipment Index.
This graph assumes $100 was invested in the stock or the indices on December 31, 20132015 and reflects the payment of dividends.
msi-20201231_g1.jpg
chart-362b8ae9349a5c0f987.jpg

Years EndedDecember 31, 2015December 31, 2016December 31, 2017December 31, 2018December 31, 2019December 31, 2020
Motorola Solutions$100.00 $123.90 $138.08 $179.00 $254.52 $273.33 
S&P 500$100.00 $111.95 $136.38 $130.39 $171.44 $202.96 
S&P Communications$100.00 $118.92 $151.16 $173.96 $197.28 $198.53 

25


Item 6: Selected Financial Data
The following selected financial data is derived from the consolidated financial statements. The data below should be read in conjunction with “Part II. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and the consolidated financial statements and notes included in Part II. Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Years Ended December 31Years Ended December 31
(In millions, except per share amounts)2018 2017 2016 2015 2014(In millions, except per share amounts)20202019201820172016
Operating Results         Operating Results
Net sales$7,343
 $6,380
 $6,038
 $5,695
 $5,881
Net sales$7,414 $7,887 $7,343 $6,380 $6,038 
Operating earnings1,255
 1,284
 1,048
 916
 900
Operating earnings1,383 1,581 1,255 1,284 1,048 
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax*966
 (155) 560
 640
 (697)
Earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.Earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.949 868 966 (155)560 
Per Share Data (in dollars)         Per Share Data (in dollars)
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per common share*$5.62
 $(0.95) $3.24
 $3.17
 $(2.84)
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share*5.62
 (0.95) 3.24
 3.02
 5.29
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share*$5.45 $4.95 $5.62 $(0.95)$3.24 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions)172.0
 162.9
 173.1
 201.8
 245.6
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (in millions)174.1 175.6 172.0 162.9 173.1 
Dividends declared per share$2.13
 $1.93
 $1.70
 $1.43
 $1.30
Dividends declared per share$2.63 $2.35 $2.13 $1.93 $1.70 
Balance Sheet         Balance Sheet
Total assets$9,409
 $8,208
 $8,463
 $8,346
 $10,423
Total assets$10,876 $10,642 $9,409 $8,208 $8,463 
Total debt5,320
 4,471
 4,396
 4,349
 3,400
Total debt5,175 5,129 5,320 4,471 4,396 
Other Data         Other Data
Capital expenditures$197
 $227
 $271
 $175
 $181
Capital expenditures$217 $248 $197 $227 $271 
% of sales2.7% 3.6% 4.5% 3.1% 3.1%% of sales2.9 %3.1 %2.7 %3.6 %4.5 %
Research and development expenditures$637
 $568
 $553
 $620
 $681
Research and development expenditures$686 $687 $637 $568 $553 
% of sales8.7% 8.9% 9.2% 10.9% 11.6%% of sales9.3 %8.7 %8.7 %8.9 %9.2 %
*Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders.

26



Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial position as of December 31, 20182020 and 20172019 and results of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018.2020. This commentary should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing under “Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
During the second quarter of 2018, we modified our internal reporting structure to better align the way financial information is reported to and analyzed by executive leadership in part as a result of recent acquisitions contributing to the growth within the newly-aligned Services and Software segment. Previously, we had two reporting segments: Products and Services. The changes in reporting structure consist of Systems Integration-related revenue and costs moving from the old Services segment into the newly-presented Products and Systems Integration segment and software-related revenue and costs moving from the old Products segment into the newly-presented Services and Software segment.
Executive Overview
Recent Acquisitions and Developments
On January 7, 2019, we announced that we acquired VaaS International Holdings, Inc. ("VaaS"), a "video analysis as a service" company that is a leading global provider of data and image analytics for vehicle location for a purchase price of $445 million. This acquisition expands our command center software portfolio.
We have reached an agreement with the U.K. Home Office on terms for the new direction of the U.K. Emergency Services Network (“ESN”) that we expect to sign in early 2019. During the fourth quarter of 2018, we signed an agreement to extend the Airwave contract through 2022 with substantially similar terms to the prior agreement.
On March 28, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Avigilon Corporation ("Avigilon"), a provider of advanced security and video solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, video cameras and access control solutions for a purchase price of $974 million.
On March 7, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Plant Holdings, Inc. ("Plant"), the parent company of Airbus DS Communications for a purchase price of $237 million. This acquisition expands our software portfolio in the command center with additional solutions for Next Generation 9-1-1.
On August 28, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Kodiak Networks, a provider of broadband push-to-talk for commercial customers, for a purchase price of $225 million.
On March 13, 2017, we completed the acquisition of Interexport, a managed service provider of communications systems to public safety and commercial customers in Chile, for a purchase price of $98 billion Chilean pesos, or approximately $147 million.
OnNovember 10, 2016, we completed the acquisition of Spillman Technologies ("Spillman"), a provider of comprehensive law enforcement and public safety software solutions, for a purchase price of$221 million. The acquisition expands our command center services and software portfolio and enables us to offer a full suite of solutions to a broader customer base.
On February 19, 2016, we completed the acquisition of Guardian Digital Communications Limited ("GDCL"), a holding company of Airwave Solutions Limited ("Airwave"), the largest private operator of a public safety network in the world. All of the outstanding equity of GDCL was acquired for the sum of £1, after which we invested into GDCL £698 million, net of cash acquired, or approximately $1.0 billion, to settle all third party debt.
Our Business
Motorola Solutions is a leading global providerleader in mission critical communications and analytics. Our technologies in Land Mobile Radio Mission Critical Communications ("LMR" or "LMR Mission Critical Communications"), Command Center Software and Video Security and Analytics, bolstered by managed and support services, make communities safer and help businesses stay productive and secure. We serve more than 100,000 public safety and commercial customers in over 100 countries, providing “purpose-built” solutions designed for their unique needs, and we have a rich heritage of mission-critical communications. innovation focusing on advancing global safety for more than 90 years.
We manage our business organizationally through two segments: “Products and Systems Integration” and “Software and Services.” Within these segments, the Company has principal product lines that also follow our three major technologies: LMR Mission Critical Communications, Command Center Software, and Video Security and Analytics.
The Company has invested across these three technologies, evolving the Company’s LMR focus to purposefully integrate software, video security and analytics solutions for public safety and enterprise customers globally.
Our strategy is to generate value through the integration of each technology platforms in communications,into our ecosystem, uniting voice, software, video and servicesanalytics to interoperate. While each technology individually strives to make citiesusers safer and more productive, we believe we can enable better outcomes between individuals, businesses and agencies united as one connected system. With our interplay of technologies, our goal is to help communitiesremove silos between systems, unify data, streamline workflows, simplify management and businesses thrive. At Motorola Solutions,support evolving technologies. Examples of such interplay include sharing video feeds from a school to a police command center and officers’ devices in the field to improve situational awareness, uploading field reports or crime scene photos directly into an agency’s evidence system to save administration time, and connecting teams across networks to ensure messages are easily shared and teams can work as one. Our goal is to integrate technologies according to customers’ desired operational outcomes so they can work faster, smarter and more safely. Across all three technologies, we are ushering in a new era in public safetyoffer cloud-based solutions, cybersecurity services and security. We serve our customers with a global footprint of sales in more than 100 countriesmanaged and 16,000 employees worldwide based on our industry leading innovation and a deep portfolio of products andsupport services.
We conduct our business globally and manage itThe principal products within each segment, by two segments:technology, are described below:
Products and Systems Integration: The Products and Systems Integration segment offers an extensive portfolioSegment
In 2020, the segment’s net sales were $4.6 billion, representing 63% of our consolidated net sales.
LMR Mission Critical Communications
Our LMR Mission Critical Communications technology includes infrastructure and devices accessories, video solutions,for LMR, public safety Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) and enterprise-grade private LTE. We are a global leader in the implementation, optimization, and integration of such systems, devices, and applications,two-way radio category, including the Company’s: (i) “ASTRO” products, which meet the Association of Public Safety Communications Officials Project 25 standard, (ii) “Dimetra” products which meet the European Telecommunications Standards Institute(“P25”), Terrestrial Trunked Radio “TETRA” standard, (iii) Professional(“TETRA”) and CommercialDigital Mobile Radio (“DMR”), as well as other professional and commercial radio (“PCR”) products, (iv)solutions. We also deliver LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including infrastructure and devices operating in 700 MHz, 900 MHz and Citizens’ Broadband Radio Service (“CBRS”) frequencies. Primary sources of revenue for this technology come from selling devices and building telecommunications networks, including infrastructure, installation and integration with our customers’ technology environments.
Our technology enables voice and multimedia collaborations across different two-way radio, WiFi or public LTE and private broadband technology products,networks. We believe that first responders continue to trust LMR communications because they are purpose-built and designed for reliability, availability, security and resiliency to withstand the most challenging conditions. By adding broadband data capabilities to our two-way radios, we strive to provide our customers greater functionality and access to the information and data they need in their workflows. Examples of such functionality include application services such as Long-Term Evolution (“LTE”),GPS location to better protect lone workers and (v) video solutions, such as video cameras. over-the-air programming and updates to optimize device uptime.
The primary customers ofLMR technology within the Products and Systems Integration segment arerepresented 86% of the net sales of the total segment in 2020.
Video Security and Analytics
Our Video Security and Analytics technology includes network video management infrastructure, fixed security and mobile video cameras (body-worn and in-vehicle) and access control solutions. We deploy video security solutions to thousands of government and commercial customers around the world including school campuses, transportation systems, healthcare centers, public venues, utilities, prisons, factories, casinos, airports, financial institutions, government facilities, state and local law enforcement agencies and retailers. Organizations such as these utilize video security to enable continuous monitoring that can improve situational awareness, particularly across large areas, and to visually verify critical events or incidents in real-time or investigate after they happen.
27


Our view is that government and public safety customers in particular are increasingly turning to video security technologies, including fixed street cameras, in-vehicle cameras and first-responderbody-worn cameras, to increase visibility, accountability and safety for citizens, communities and first responders alike.
We have built our video security and analytics technology through strategic acquisitions. We acquired Avigilon Corporation (“Avigilon”) in 2018. Avigilon access control solutions, in addition to cameras, sensors and infrastructure embedded with advanced video analytics, are designed to be simple and easy to use. We expanded our fixed video security technology through our acquisitions of IndigoVision Group plc and Pelco, Inc. in 2020. We grew our mobile video security technology in 2019 through our acquisitions of WatchGuard Inc., which provides body-worn cameras and in-vehicle video systems for North America law enforcement agencies, municipalities,and Edesix Ltd (acquired as part of the VaaS International Holdings acquisition), a provider of body-worn cameras in Europe for both law enforcement and commercial markets.
The Video Security and industrial customers who operate private communications networksAnalytics technology within the Products and video solutions typically managing a mobile workforce. Systems Integration segment represented 14% of the net sales of the total segment in 2020.
Softwareand Services Segment
In 2018,2020, the segment’s net sales were $5.1$2.8 billion, representing 69%37% of our consolidated net sales.
ServicesLMR Mission Critical Communications
LMR Mission Critical Communications services include support and Software: The Services and Software segment providesmanaged services, which offer a broad range of solution offerings for government, public safety and commercial communication networks. Services includes a continuum of service offerings


beginning withsupport for our customers. Support services include repair and replacement, technical support and maintenance. Morepreventative maintenance, and more advanced offerings includesuch as system monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed services range from partial to full operationoperational support of customercustomer-owned or Motorola Solutions-owned networks. Our customers’ systems often have multi-year or multi-decade lifespans that help drive demand for software upgrades, device and infrastructure refresh opportunities, as well as additional services to monitor, manage, maintain and secure these complex networks and solutions. We strive to deliver services to our customers that help improve performance across their systems, devices and applications for greater safety and productivity.
Given the mission-critical nature of our customers’ LMR networks, availability, security and resiliency are imperative, along with keeping pace with technological advancements. We have a comprehensive approach to system upgrades that addresses hardware, software and implementation services. As new system releases become available, we work with our customers to upgrade software, hardware, or both, with respect to site controllers, comparators, routers, LAN switches, servers, dispatch consoles, logging equipment, network management terminals, network security devices such as firewalls and intrusion detection sensors, and more, on-site or remotely.
The LMR technology within the Software and Services segment represented 72% of the net sales of the total segment in 2020.
Command Center Software
Our Command Center Software suite, CommandCentral, supports the complex process of the public safety workflow from "911 call to case closure," which involves an array of roles from the moment a citizen dials 911, such as dispatchers who route calls to police, fire and emergency medical services, first responders in the field, intelligence analysts who manage real-time operations, records specialists who preserve the integrity of information and evidence, crime analysts who identify patterns and accelerate investigations, and corrections officers who oversee jail and inmate management.
CommandCentral software supports these roles through the three phases of incident response: incident awareness, incident management and post-incident resolution. Incident awareness software includes community engagement applications for tip submissions, crime mapping and evidence submission, and 911 call-handling software (including multimedia) and next-generation core services for 911 call routing. Incident management software includes computer aided dispatch (“CAD”) for dispatch and coordinating first response, situational awareness software that shows a single, real-time view of video feeds and other alerts on a map, and field response and reporting to help frontline personnel collaborate, manage incident activity and file reports from the field. Post-incident resolution software includes centralized records and evidence management for record-keeping and judicial sharing, analytics including license plate recognition, and jail and inmate management to streamline the process and enable secure inter-agency information sharing.
As the public safety market continues to evolve toward software offerings that more efficiently run their operations, reduce response times and increase officer availability, we have focused on providing cloud-based software-as-a service (“SaaS”) with ancillary implementation and managed services in addition to on-premises solutions. Our PremierOne Cloud suite, hosted in Microsoft Azure Government, includes CAD, mobile and records in a single, integrated cloud-based offering. We believe that cloud deployment delivers agencies key benefits, including faster deployment, increased security, rapid scaling in the event of an emergency and a secure investment that keeps pace as technology advances.
Another area of public safety evolution is increasing adoption of Next Generation 911 Core Services (“NGCS”), a group of products and services needed to create infrastructure connectivity in order to process a 911 call using Next Generation (“NG”) technology. The NG infrastructure is an Emergency Service IP Network ("ESInet"), which can carry voice, data and multimedia. ESInet enables 911 call takers at public safety answering points to respond to text, video and data. Our NGCS can be offered as a managed service and includes call routing, ESInet, location services, Geographic Information Services, cybersecurity and our continuous network and security operations center dedicated to public safety. We believe that our solution is differentiated
28


through its integration with our CommandCentral software suite to simplify the agency’s workflow and ensure better incident management and real-time intelligence.
Additional Command Center Software includes interoperability software that ensures communication is not limited by coverage area, network technology or device type. Our solutions, including Kodiak, WAVE PTX and CriticalConnect, enable interoperability among devices across multiple networks. For example, a public safetytwo-way radio network can connect with an LTE network making it possible for individuals to communicate securely and enterprisemore easily across technologies.
The Command Center Software technology within the Software and Services segment represented 18% of the net sales of the total segment in 2020.
Video Security and Analytics
Video Security and Analytics software includes video network management software, digital evidence management software and advanced vehicle location data analysis software, including license plate recognition, each designed to complement respective video hardware systems.
Our video network management software is embedded with artificial intelligence (“AI”)-enabled analytics to deliver operational insights to our customers by bringing attention to important events within their video footage. Given the volume of video footage, we believe this is critical to monitor and manage to deliver meaningful, action-oriented insights. For example, AI-enabled analytics can detect unusual behavior such as a person at a facility out-of-hours, locate a missing child with our Appearance Search feature at a theme park, flag a blacklisted vehicle through license plate recognition at a school, or send an alert through access control if doors are propped open at a hospital.
Video Security and Analytics services include our video-as-service offering for law enforcement, simplifying procurement by bundling hardware and software into a single subscription. Body-worn cameras and in-car video systems can be paired with either on-premises or cloud-based digital evidence management software and complementary command center software suite, unified communications applications,products. Additionally, Avigilon fixed video systems connected to Avigilon Cloud Services (“ACS”) provide our customers with the ability to securely access video across their sites from a remote/central monitoring location and video software solutions, delivered both on premisemore easily integrate with their other systems.
The Video Security and “as a service.” In 2018,Analytics technology within the segment’sSoftware and Services segment represented 10% of the net sales were $2.2 billion, representing 31% of our consolidated net sales.the total segment in 2020.
20182020 Financial Results
Net sales were $7.3$7.4 billion in 20182020 compared to $6.4$7.9 billion in 2017 and grew in the Americas and EMEA.2019.
Operating earnings were $1.3$1.4 billion in both 2018 and 2017.2020 compared to $1.6 billion in 2019.
EarningsNet earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. were $966$949 million, or $5.62$5.45 per diluted common share in 2018,2020, compared to lossesearnings of $155$868 million, or $(0.95)$4.95 per diluted common share in 2017.2019.
Our operating cash flow decreased $271 million to $1.1was $1.6 billion in 2018. The decrease is driven by the $500 million contribution2020 compared to our U.S. pension plan, partially offset by higher earnings.$1.8 billion in 2019.
We returned $469 millionover $1.0 billion of capital to shareholders, in the form of $132$612 million in share repurchases and $337$436 million in dividends in 2018 and invested $1.2 billion in acquisitions.2020.
We increased our quarterly dividend by 10%11% to $0.57$0.71 per share in November 2018.2020.
Ended 2018We ended 2020 with a backlog position of $10.6$11.4 billion, up $988$175 million compared to 2017.2019.
Segment Financial Highlights
In the Products and Systems Integration segment, net sales were $5.1$4.6 billion in 2018, an increase2020, a decrease of $587$695 million, or 13%, compared to $4.5$5.3 billion in 2017.2019. On a geographic basis, net sales decreased in both North America and International primarily driven by lower public safety LMR and PCR, partially offset by growth in Video Security and Analytics. Operating earnings were $656 million in 2020, compared to $994 million in 2019. Operating margins decreased in 2020 to 14.2% from 18.7% in 2019 primarily due to lower sales and gross margin contribution, partially offset by lower operating expenses primarily driven by: lower employee incentive costs, indirect expenses, and travel expenses, and a $50 million gain from the sale of a manufacturing facility in Europe. The overall reduction in operating expenses was partially offset by: (i) $23 million higher reorganization of business expenses, (ii) $11 million higher share-based compensation expenses, and (iii) higher operating expenses from acquisitions.
In the Software and Services segment, net sales were $2.8 billion in 2020, an increase of $222 million, or 9%, compared to $2.6 billion in 2019. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in the Americasboth North America and EMEA, partially offset by AP.International. Operating earnings were $854$727 million in 2018,2020, compared to $969$587 million in 2017. Operating margin decreased in 2018 to 16.7% from 21.5% in 2017 driven by costs related to the closure of certain supply chain operations in Europe, an increase to an existing environmental reserve related to a legacy business, and higher expenses related to acquisitions.
In the Services and Software segment, net sales were $2.2 billion in 2018, an increase of $376 million, or 20%, compared to $1.9 billion in 2017. On a geographic basis, net sales increased in every region. The increase in net sales was driven by growth excluding acquisitions in both Services and Software and also including the acquisitions of Plant, Kodiak Networks, and Interexport. Operating earnings were $401 million in 2018, compared to $315 million in 2017.2019. Operating margin increased in 20182020 to 17.9%26.2% from 16.9%22.9% in 2017 on2019 due to higher sales and gross margin.margin contribution, along with reduced operating expenses primarily driven by operating leverage, inclusive of lower employee incentive costs and travel expenses. The overall reduction in operating expenses was partially offset by: (i) $6 million higher reorganization of business expenses, (ii) $5 million higher intangible amortization driven by acquisitions, and (iii) higher operating expenses from acquisitions.
29


Looking ForwardCOVID-19
Entering 2019, we believe we are well-positioned for continued leadership in mission-critical communications. Our technology platforms in communications, video, services,In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been a broad number of governmental and software help make cities safercommercial actions taken to limit the spread of the virus, including social distancing measures, stay-at-home orders, travel restrictions, business shutdowns and enable communities and businesses to thrive. At Motorola Solutions, we are usheringslowdowns. These actions have resulted in a new erasignificant decline in public safetyglobal economic activity, and security. accordingly, we have assessed the impact on our employees, customers, communities, liquidity and financial position.
We arecontinue to abide by a leading providernumber of measures in an effort to protect the health and well-being of our employees and customers, including having office workers work remotely, suspending employee travel, withdrawing from certain industry events, increasing the frequency of cleaning services, encouraging face coverings, and using thermal scanning. We have continued to ensure customer continuity by fulfilling several emergency orders, completing remote software maintenance where possible, and continuing to service our mission-critical networks on-site as needed to ensure seamless operations. Our sales teams have also continued to improve virtual engagement with our customers. Additionally, our engineering teams have adapted our solutions that enableofferings to equip our customers with the latest technology in an effort to protect their workplaces from the spread of COVID-19. Specifically, in Video Security and Analytics, we have adapted our software and hardware offerings to provide analytics addressing occupancy counting, face mask detection, and thermal detection capabilities.
We believe our existing balances of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, along with other short-term liquidity arrangements, will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements associated with our existing operations. During the first responders, federalquarter of 2020, we proactively withdrew $800 million from our unsecured revolving credit facility, which we repaid during the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. We were in compliance with all applicable covenants in our unsecured revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2020. Additionally, we have no bond maturities until 2023.
We continue to evaluate our financial position during this economic slowdown. Specifically, in our Software and local governments, as well as commercial customers, to communicate in everydayServices segment, with the largely recurring nature of the business and extreme situations.
Our land mobile radio ("LMR") solutions are uniquely designed, built, and delivered for our customers’ specific needs, andstrong backlog position, we continue to expect that the impacts on net sales and operating margin will be limited in 2021. In our Products and Systems Integration segment, the impacts on net sales and operating margin were more significant during the first half of 2020 with reduced impact in the fourth quarter of 2020. Reduced demand, particularly in our PCR business, as well as delays in engagements with our state and local customers led to a decline in net sales for the Product and Systems Integration segment in 2020 as compared to 2019. Within the Products and Systems Integration segment, we are encouraged by strong LMR backlog, and the resiliency of the Video Security and Analytics technology, that has experienced growth in the year, as we enter 2021. In 2021, COVID-19 may continue to behave an impact on net sales and operating margins within our Products and Systems Integration segment. However, given the preferred solutionprioritization of mission critical communication solutions, we do not anticipate funding at the state and local levels to have a material, negative effect on our expected net sales for 2021. We have also taken actions in a number of areas to reduce our operating expenses, including lower variable employee compensation, travel costs, contractor spend and reducing our real estate footprint to limit the negative effect on operating margins for 2020; however, a portion of these expenses, primarily variable compensation and certain travel expenses are likely to return in 2021. In addition, our supply chain partners have been supportive and continue to work to fulfill the necessary service levels to the Company and its customers.
We continue to closely monitor the impact of COVID-19 on our business and geographies, including how it is impacting our customers, suppliers, and business partners. However, the future impact that COVID-19 will have on our financial position and operating results may be affected by numerous uncertainties, including the severity of the virus, the duration of the outbreak, governmental, business or other actions, impacts on our supply chain, the effect on customer demand, or changes to our operations. The impacts of a potential worsening of global economic conditions and the continued disruptions to, and volatility in, the years ahead.credit and financial markets, as well as other unanticipated consequences, remain unknown. Further, additional outbreaks of COVID-19 in fiscal 2021 or beyond would cause many of the impacts described herein to return or be exacerbated.
OurFor further information, please see “Part 1. Item 1. Business” and “Part 1. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K. The Company’s current expectations described above are forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ.
30


Recent Acquisitions
TechnologySegmentAcquisitionDescriptionPurchase PriceDate of Acquisition
Command Center SoftwareSoftware and ServicesCallyoProvider of cloud-based mobile applications for law enforcement in North America, including critical mobile technological capabilities that enable information to flow seamlessly from the field to the command center.$63 million, inclusive of share-based compensation of $3 millionAugust 28, 2020
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Pelco, Inc.Global provider of video security solutions, adding a broad range of products for a variety of commercial and industrial environments and use cases.$110 millionJuly 31, 2020
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
 IndigoVision Group plcProvider of video security solutions to enhance geographical reach across a wider customer base.$37 millionJune 16, 2020
LMRSoftware and ServicesUnnamed cybersecurity services businessProvider of vulnerability assessments, cybersecurity consulting, and managed services, including security monitoring of network operations.$32 millionApril 30, 2020
LMRSoftware and ServicesUnnamed cybersecurity services businessProvider of vulnerability assessments, cybersecurity consulting, managed services, and remediation and response capabilities.$40 million, inclusive of share-based compensation of $6 millionMarch 3, 2020
Video Security and AnalyticsSoftware and ServicesUnnamed data solutions business for vehicle location informationProvider of additional data to our existing license plate recognition database.$85 millionOctober 16, 2019
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
WatchGuard, Inc.Provider of in-car and body-worn video solutions.$271 million, inclusive of share-based compensation of $16 millionJuly 11, 2019
LMR
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Avtec, Inc.Provider of dispatch communications for U.S. public safety and commercial customers to communicate, coordinate resources, and secure their facilities.$136 millionMarch 11, 2019
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
VaaS International HoldingsGlobal provider of data and image analytics for vehicle location.$445 million, inclusive of share-based compensation of $38 millionJanuary 7, 2019
Video Security and Analytics
Products and Systems Integration
Software and Services
Avigilon CorporationProvider of advanced security and video solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, video cameras, and access control solutions.$974 millionMarch 28, 2018
Command Center SoftwareSoftware and ServicesPlant Holdings, Inc.Provider of next generation 911 solutions.$237 millionMarch 7, 2018

31


Change in Presentation
During the first quarter of 2020, the Company restructured to realize more operational efficiencies, combining our Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), Asia Pacific ("AP"), and Latin America ("LA") regions into one region, which is now reflected as "International." Accordingly, the Company now reports net sales in the following two geographic regions: North America, which includes the United States and Canada, and International. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company updated its presentation of major products and services to provide a more comprehensive view of our technologies within our reporting segments. Accordingly, the Company now reports net sales in the following three major products and software business supplementsservices: LMR Mission Critical Communications, Video Security, and Command Center Software. The Company has updated all periods presented to reflect this change in presentation. Refer to Note 2 of our LMR business. As communication networks have become increasingly complex, software-centric,Consolidated Financial Statements in "Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and data-driven, we have expandedSupplementary Data" of this Form 10-K for further information.

Looking Forward
We continue to focus on growth opportunities across our services offering to maintain, monitor, secure and manage our customers' networks. portfolio of technologies.
We expect continued growth within our global LMR installed base as a number of events such as natural disasters and large-scale incidents continue to reinforce the importance of having secure, reliable LMR for public safety. We believe our value-addedaugmentation of LMR with broadband solutions will also drive growth, as we expect our customers will look to integrate valuable data capabilities. We expect to provide additional services going forward.to existing LMR customers as communication networks become more complex, software-centric and data-driven.
As public safety needs continue to evolve, we anticipate growth opportunities within the command center as our Command Center Software suite covers the mission critical workflow, from 911 intake to case closure and management. We expect increased growth in our integrated software next generation core services and our cloud-based solutions, such as the PremierOne Cloud suite.
Within Video Security and Analytics, we expect growth across our portfolio of fixed and mobile security solutions embedded with advanced analytics, and access control solutions. We believe drivers include expansion of traditional video sales beyond commercial customers to government and public safety customers. Additionally, we have command center software solutions for the public safety workflow to serve the 6,000+ emergency call centers in North America. We have invested organically and via the acquisitions of Plant, Kodiak Networks and Spillman in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, to add new capabilities to our command center software offering. These investments help improve efficiency for first responders by enabling them to make use of rich data content such as pictures, video, and text messages. From shorter response times to new applications such as proactive incident management, we are providing new capabilities with command center software solutions increasingly delivered as a service. Next Generation 9-1-1 is an important and growing movement that the U.S. and other countries are expected to continue prioritizing for investment. We expect our overall revenue mixcustomers to continue to shift towards servicesembrace analytics that convert video into data and software over time.the scalability of the cloud to run their operations, and we also expect continued expansion of offerings such as video-as-a-service and Avigilon Cloud Services.
Our largest investmentFinally, we anticipate new opportunities from the investments we are making to integrate our LMR, Command Center Software and Video Security and Analytics technologies into one unified ecosystem. We have made go-to-market and research and development investments in 2018 was the acquisitionboth Video Security and Analytics and our Command Center Software technologies with growth in mind. We have made a number of Avigilonacquisitions and its video and analytics solutions, which are an increasingly powerful toolwe see opportunities to continue to rationalize costs within both segments of our business, further driving operating leverage in our businesses. We believe our integrated ecosystem for first responders. Video devices, video management, video analytics software, and access control solutions for both government and commercial customers is a large and expanding market. There are video cameras deployed across airports, rail, streets, and public and private buildings that use advanced tools including artificial intelligenceenterprise safety can enable strong collaboration by removing system silos, simplifying management and machine learningautomating workflows.
Refer to capture, analyze,“COVID-19” set forth in “Part II. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and use allAnalysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this content inForm 10-K for a meaningful way. Our offerings, including high-definition cameras, advanced video analytics,discussion of our outlook with respect to the continuing impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s financial condition and video management solutions provide a scalable architecture that allow for easier and faster deployments than other point solutions that are in the marketplace today.results of operations.
We remain committed to driving shareholder value with revenue growth, operating leverage, cash flow generation, and efficient capital deployment. Our framework for efficient capital deployment of cash flow from operations consists of approximately: (i) 50% for acquisitions or share repurchases, (ii) 30% for dividends, and (iii) 20% for investments in the business

32


through capital expenditures. We expect to continue a balanced approach in allocating capital through this framework. Our share repurchase program has approximately $1.6 billion of authority available as of December 31, 2018.




Results of Operations 
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)2018 % of
Sales **
 2017 % of
Sales **
 2016 % of
Sales **
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)2020% of
Sales **
2019% of
Sales **
2018% of
Sales **
Net sales from products$4,463
   $3,772
   $3,649
  Net sales from products$4,087 $4,746 $4,463 
Net sales from services2,880
   2,608
   2,389
  Net sales from services3,327 3,141 2,880 
Net sales7,343
   6,380
   6,038
  Net sales7,414 7,887 7,343 
Costs of product sales2,035
 45.6 % 1,686
 44.7 % 1,649
 45.2 %Costs of product sales1,872 45.8 %2,049 43.2 %2,035 45.6 %
Costs of services sales1,828
 63.5 % 1,670
 64.0 % 1,520
 63.6 %Costs of services sales1,934 58.1 %1,907 60.7 %1,828 63.5 %
Costs of sales3,863
 52.6 % 3,356
 52.6 % 3,169
 52.5 %Costs of sales3,806 51.3 %3,956 50.2 %3,863 52.6 %
Gross margin3,480
 47.4 % 3,024
 47.4 % 2,869
 47.5 %Gross margin3,608 48.7 %3,931 49.8 %3,480 47.4 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,254
 17.1 % 1,025
 16.1 % 1,044
 17.3 %Selling, general and administrative expenses1,293 17.4 %1,403 17.8 %1,254 17.1 %
Research and development expenditures637
 8.7 % 568
 8.9 % 553
 9.2 %Research and development expenditures686 9.3 %687 8.7 %637 8.7 %
Other charges334
 4.5 % 147
 2.3 % 224
 3.7 %Other charges246 3.3 %260 3.3 %334 4.5 %
Operating earnings1,255
 17.1 % 1,284
 20.1 % 1,048
 17.4 %Operating earnings1,383 18.7 %1,581 20.0 %1,255 17.1 %
Other income (expense):           Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net(222) (3.0)% (201) (3.2)% (205) (3.4)%Interest expense, net(220)(3.0)%(220)(2.8)%(222)(3.0)%
Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net16
 0.2 % 3
  % (6) (0.1)%Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net(2) %0.1 %16 0.2 %
Other53
 0.7 % (10) (0.2)% 7
 0.1 %Other13 0.2 %(365)(4.6)%53 0.7 %
Total other expense(153) (2.1)% (208) (3.3)% (204) (3.4)%Total other expense(209)(2.8)%(580)(7.4)%(153)(2.1)%
Net earnings before income taxes1,102
 15.0 % 1,076
 16.9 % 844
 14.0 %Net earnings before income taxes1,174 15.8 %1,001 12.7 %1,102 15.0 %
Income tax expense133
 1.8 % 1,227
 19.2 % 282
 4.7 %Income tax expense221 3.0 %130 1.6 %133 1.8 %
Net earnings (loss)969
 13.2 % (151) (2.4)% 562
 9.3 %
Net earningsNet earnings953 12.9 %871 11.0 %969 13.2 %
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests3
  % 4
 0.1 % 2
  %Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests4 0.1 %— %— %
Net earnings (loss)*$966
 13.2 % $(155) (2.4)% $560
 9.3 %
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share*:           
Net earnings*Net earnings*$949 12.8 %$868 11.0 %$966 13.2 %
Earnings per diluted common share*$5.62
   $(0.95)   $3.24
  Earnings per diluted common share*$5.45  $4.95  $5.62  
*    Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders.
**    Percentages may not add due to rounding.

Geographic Market Sales by Locale of End Customer
202020192018
North America68 %67 %64 %
International32 %33 %36 %
 100 %100 %100 %
33


 2018 2017 2016
Americas69% 68% 68%
EMEA22% 21% 21%
AP9% 11% 11%
 100% 100% 100%






Results of Operations—20182020 Compared to 20172019
Net Sales
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017 % Change(In millions)20202019% Change
Net sales from Products and Systems Integration$5,100
 $4,513
 13%Net sales from Products and Systems Integration$4,634 $5,329 (13)%
Net sales from Services and Software2,243
 1,867
 20%
Net sales from Software and ServicesNet sales from Software and Services2,780 2,558 %
Net sales$7,343
 $6,380
 15%Net sales$7,414 $7,887 (6)%
The Products and Systems Integration segment’s net sales represented 69%63% of our consolidated net sales in 2018,2020, compared to 71%68% in 2017.2019. The ServicesSoftware and SoftwareServices segment’s net sales represented 31%37% of our consolidated net sales in 2018,2020, compared to 29%32% in 2017.2019.
Net sales were up $963decreased by $473 million, or 15%6%, compared to 2017.2019. The increase13% decline in net sales within the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by an 11% decline in the AmericasNorth America region and EMEA withan 18% decline in the International region. The 9% increase in the Software and Services segment was driven by a 13%12% increase in the North America region and a 4% increase in the International region. The decrease in net sales included:
a decline in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of $119 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by a decline in public safety LMR and a 20%PCR, partially offset by growth in Video Security;
growth in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of $84 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by an increase in Video Security and Analytics, Command Center Software, and LMR services due to strong demand in the ServicesNorth America region; and Software segment. This growth includes:
$507 million of incremental revenue from the acquisitions of Avigilon and Plant in 2018 and Kodiak Networks and Interexport which were acquired during 2017;
$8312 million from the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 606 (see Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements); and
$32 million from favorableunfavorable currency rates.
Regional results include:included:
a 5% decline in the Americas grew 17% across all products within both the Products and Systems Integration and the Services and Software segments,North America region, inclusive of incremental revenue from acquisitions;acquisitions, driven by declines in public safety LMR and PCR, partially offset by growth in Video Security and Analytics, LMR services, and Command Center Software; and
EMEA grew 18% on broad-based growth within all offerings within our Products and Systems Integration and Services and Software segments,a 9% decline in the International region, inclusive of incremental revenue from acquisitions;acquisitions, driven by declines in public safety LMR and
AP was relatively flat with PCR, partially offset by growth in the ServicesVideo Security and Analytics, Command Center Software, segment offset by lower Products and Systems Integration revenue.LMR public safety services.
Products and Systems Integration
The 13% growthdecrease in the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by the following:
$318 million17% decline in public safety LMR and PCR, inclusive of incremental revenue from acquisitions, in both the acquisitions of AvigilonInternational and North America regions, primarily driven by a delay in 2018 and Interexport during 2017;
$78 million from the adoption of ASC 606;
Devices revenues were up significantlycustomer engagement due to the acquisitionCOVID-19 pandemic;
partially offset by $143 million, or 29%, growth in Video Security and Analytics, inclusive of Avigilon along with strong demandrevenue from acquisitions, in both the International and North America regions; and
$3 million from favorable currency rates.
Software and Services
The 9% increase in the AmericasSoftware and EMEA; and
Systems and Systems Integration revenues increased 10% in 2018, as compared to 2017 driven by incremental revenue from Avigilon, as well as system deployments in EMEA and AP.
Services and Software
The 20% growth in the Services and Software segment was driven by the following:
6% growth in LMR services, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by the North America region;
36% growth in Video Security and Analytics, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions;
7% growth in Command Center Software, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions; and
partially offset by $15 million from unfavorable currency rates.
Gross Margin
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019% Change
Gross margin$3,608 $3,931 (8)%


34


Gross margin was 48.7% of net sales in 2020 and 49.8% of net sales in 2019. The decrease was driven by:
lower gross margin contribution in Products and Systems Integration segment as a result of the decline in public safety LMR and PCR sales, as well as lower margins on projects driven by a delay in engagements from COVID-19, partially offset by lower incentive costs; and
partially offset by higher gross margins within the Software and Services segment, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by higher gross margin contribution from sales growth, driven by improved mix of service offerings and lower travel and incentive costs.
Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expenses
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019% Change
Selling, general and administrative expenses$1,293 $1,403 (8)%
SG&A expenses decreased 8% in 2020 compared to 2019. SG&A expenses were 17.4% of net sales in 2020 compared to 17.8% of net sales in 2019. The decrease in SG&A expenses was primarily due to reduced employee incentive costs, travel expenses, and indirect expenses. The overall reduction in SG&A expenses was partially offset by expenses associated with acquired businesses.
Research and Development ("R&D") Expenditures
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019% Change
Research and development expenditures$686 $687 — %
R&D expenditures remained consistent in 2020 compared to 2019. R&D expenditures were 9.3% of net sales in 2020 and 8.7% of net sales in 2019.
Other Charges
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019
Other charges$246 $260 
Other charges decreased by $16 million in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily due to the following:
$18950 million gain on sale of a manufacturing facility in Europe in 2020;
partially offset by $57 million of incremental revenue primarily from the acquisitionsnet reorganization of Plantbusiness charges in 2020 as compared to $40 million in 2019 (see Note 14 of our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and AvigilonSupplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information);
$215 million of amortization of intangibles in 20182020 compared to $208 million in 2019;
$9 million of legal settlements in 2020 compared to $3 million in 2019;
$9 million of charges for acquisition-related transaction fees in 2020 as compared to $3 million in 2019; and Kodiak Networks and Interexport during 2017;
$5 million from the adoption of ASC 606;fixed asset impairments.
Services were up $174Operating Earnings
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019
Operating earnings from Products and Systems Integration$656 $994 
Operating earnings from Software and Services727 587 
Operating earnings$1,383 $1,581 
Operating earnings decreased $198 million, or 9%13%, compared to 2019. The decrease in Operating earnings was due to:
Products and Systems Integration decreased by $338 million from 2020 to 2019 driven by lower sales and gross margin contribution, partially offset by lower operating expenses driven by lower employee incentive costs, indirect expenses, and travel expenses. The overall reduction in operating expenses was offset by: (i) $23 million higher reorganization of business expenses, (ii) $11 million higher share-based compensation expenses, and (iii) higher operating expenses from acquisitions.
35


Software and Services segment increased by $140 million from 2020 to 2019 driven by higher sales and gross margin contribution, along with reduced operating expenses due to operating leverage, inclusive of lower employee incentive costs and travel expenses. The overall reduction in operating expenses was partially offset by: (i) $6 million higher reorganization of business expenses, (ii) $5 million higher intangible amortization driven by acquisitions, and (iii) higher operating expenses from acquisitions.
Interest Expense, net
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019
Interest expense, net$(220)$(220)
Interest expense, net in 2020 compared to 2019 remained relatively consistent due to a one-time receipt of interest income related to a tax refund and lower interest rates on debt outstanding, offset by lower interest income earned on cash due to lower interest rates.
Gains (losses) on Sales of Investments and Businesses, net
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019
Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net$(2)$
The net gains (losses) in 2020 and 2019 were primarily related to the sales of various equity investments.
Other, net
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019
Other, net$13 $(365)
The change in net Other income in 2020 as compared to net Other expense in 2019 was primarily comprised of:
$359 million U.S pension settlement loss in 2019 (see Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information);
$25 million gain on derivatives in 2020 compared to an $8 million loss on derivatives in 2019;
$4 million of investment impairments in 2020 compared to $18 million in 2019;
partially offset by $44 million of foreign currency losses in 2020 compared to $22 million in 2019; and
$56 million of net losses from repurchases of long term debt in 2020 as compared to a loss of $46 million in 2019 (see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).
Effective Tax Rate
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20202019
Income tax expense$221 $130 
Income tax expense increased by $91 million in 2020 compared to 2019, for an effective tax rate of 18.8%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to:
$48 million of benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation; and
$28 million of benefits due to the recognition of increased prior and current R&D tax credits.
Our effective tax rate in 2019 was 13.0%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily related to:
a $77 million benefit due to the partial release of a valuation allowance to our U.S. foreign tax credit carryforward (see Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information); and
$27 million of benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation.


36



Results of Operations—2019 Compared to 2018
Net Sales
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20192018% Change
Net sales from Products and Systems Integration$5,329 $5,100 %
Net sales from Software and Services2,558 2,243 14 %
Net sales$7,887 $7,343 %
The Products and Systems Integration segment’s net sales represented 68% of our consolidated net sales in 2019, compared to 69% in 2018. The Software and Services segment’s net sales represented 32% of our consolidated net sales in 2019, compared to 31% in 2018.
Net sales increased by $544 million, or 7%, in 2019 compared to 2018. Net sales in the Software and Services segment increased approximately 14%, which was comprised of a 22% increase in the North America region and a 6% sales increase in the International region. Net sales in the Products and Systems Integration segment increased approximately 5%, which is comprised of a 10% increase in the North America region partially offset by an 8% decrease in the International region. The increase in net sales included:
an increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment, inclusive of $157 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by growth in both maintenanceLMR and managed service revenues,Video Security and incrementalAnalytics;
growth in the Software and Services segment, inclusive of $155 million of revenue from acquisitions, driven by an increase in Video Security and Analytics, Command Center Software, and LMR services due to strong demand in the North America region; and
partially offset by $113 million from unfavorable currency rates.
Regional results include:
13% increase in the North America region, inclusive of revenue from acquisitions, across Video Security and Analytics, LMR, and Command Center Software within both the Products and Systems Integration and the Software and Services segments; and
3% decline in the International region, inclusive of Interexportrevenue from acquisitions, driven by declines in public safety LMR and Plant;PCR, partially offset by growth in Video Security and Analytics and Command Center Software.
Products and Systems Integration
The 5% growth in the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by:
57% growth in Video Security and Analytics, inclusive of acquisitions, driven by growth in the North America and International regions;
1% growth in LMR, inclusive of acquisitions, driven by growth in the North America region and partially offset by a decline in the International region, which had two large system deployments completed in the Middle East and Africa in 2018; and
partially offset by $54 million foreign currency headwinds.
Software was up $202 million, or 89%, driven primarily by incremental revenue from the acquisitions of Plant, Avigilon, and Kodiak Networks, andServices
The 14% growth in our command center software suite.the Software and Services segment was driven by the following:

223% growth in Video Security and Analytics, inclusive of acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions;

26% growth in Command Center Software, inclusive of acquisitions, driven by both the North America and International regions;

4% growth in LMR services, inclusive of acquisitions, primarily driven by the North America region; and

partially offset by $59 million of foreign currency headwinds.



37



Gross Margin
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017 % Change(In millions)20192018% Change
Gross margin$3,480
 $3,024
 15%Gross margin$3,931 $3,480 13 %
Gross margin was 49.8% of net sales in 2019 and 47.4% of net sales in both 2018 and 2017.2018. The primary drivers of increases, with offsetting decreases, are as follows:increase was driven by:
higher margins within the Services and Software segment primarily driven by operational improvements and efficiencies in service delivery costs of our Services portfolio and higher margin contribution within our Software portfolio from acquisitions;
lower margins in the Products and Systems Integration segment primarily driven by lower margina favorable mix in SystemsLMR devices; and Systems Integration due to certain large projects where we have taken an integrator role, partially offset
higher margins within the Software and Services segment primarily driven by higher Devices volumes; and
$50 millionsoftware sales, inclusive of additional reorganization of business charges (see further detail in “Reorganization of Businesses” section) primarily associated with costs related to the closure of certain supply chain operations in Europe in 2018 as compared to 2017.acquisitions.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017 % Change(In millions)20192018% Change
Selling, general and administrative expenses$1,254
 $1,025
 22%Selling, general and administrative expenses$1,403 $1,254 12 %
SG&A expenses increased 22%12% in 2019 compared to 2017.2018. SG&A expenses were 17.8% of net sales in 2019 compared to 17.1% of net sales compared to 16.1% of net sales in 2017.
2018. The increase in SG&A expenditures isexpenses was primarily due to increased expenses associated with acquired businesses, $72 million relatedincluding the deployment of additional sales resources to the change in classification of our third-party sales commissions from the adoption of ASC 606,support Video Security and higher incentive compensation.Analytics growth initiatives.
Research and Development Expenditures
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017 % Change(In millions)20192018% Change
Research and development expenditures$637
 $568
 12%Research and development expenditures$687 $637 %
R&D expenditures increased 12%.8% in 2019 compared to 2018. R&D expenditures were 8.7% of net sales compared to 8.9%in each of net sales in 2017.2019 and 2018. The increase in R&D expenditures isexpenses was primarily due to increased expenses associated with acquired businesses.businesses, specifically in Video Security and Analytics, as well as new product launches.
Other Charges
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017(In millions)20192018
Other charges$334
 $147
Other charges$260 $334 
The decrease in Other charges in 20182019 as compared to 20172018 can be summarized as follows:
$188 million of amortization of intangibles in 2018 compared to $151 million in 2017, driven by 2018 acquisitions;
$61 million of net reorganization of business charges in 2018 as compared to $33 million in 2017, with higher charges coming in 2018 as we continue to integrate acquisitions (see further detail in “Reorganization of Businesses” section);
a $57 million charge in 2018 related to ongoing remediation efforts for an environmental clean-up incurred by a legacy business (see Note 34 of our consolidated financial statements)statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information);
a gain$40 million of $47net reorganization of business charges in 2019 as compared to $61 million in 2017, related to the recovery2018 (see Note 14 of our consolidated financial receivables owed to us by a former customerstatements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of a legacy business; andthis Form 10-K for further information);


$243 million of charges for acquisition-related transaction fees in 20182019 as compared to $1$24 million in 2017.2018; partially offset by
$208 million of amortization of intangibles in 2019 compared to $188 million in 2018.
Operating Earnings
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017(In millions)20192018
Operating earnings from Products and Systems Integration$854
 $969
Operating earnings from Products and Systems Integration$994 $854 
Operating earnings from Services and Software401
 315
Operating earnings from Software and ServicesOperating earnings from Software and Services587 401 
Operating earnings$1,255
 $1,284
Operating earnings$1,581 $1,255 
Operating earnings were down $29increased by $326 million, or 2%26%, in 2019 compared to 2017.2018. The decreaseincrease in Operating earnings was due to:
38


Software and Services segment increased by $186 million from 2018 to 2019 due to higher sales and gross margin, as well as lower operating expenses driven by: (i) $17 million lower environmental reserve expenses, (ii) $11 million lower acquisition-related transaction fees, and (iii) $5 million lower reorganization of business expenses, partially offset by $4 million higher intangible amortization driven by acquisitions.
Products and Systems Integration was down $115increased by $140 million from 20172018 to 2018,2019 due to higher sales and gross margin, as well as lower operating expenses driven by: (i) $69$40 million morelower environmental reserve expenses, (ii) $15 million lower reorganization of business expenses, (ii) environmental reserve expenses of $40and (iii) $10 million in 2018, (iii) $28lower acquisition-related transaction fees, partially offset by $16 million morehigher intangible amortization driven by acquisitions, and (iv) $12 million of acquisition-related transaction fees; andacquisitions.
partially offset by the Services and Software segment, which was up $86 million from 2017Interest Expense, net
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)20192018
Interest expense, net$(220)$(222)
Interest expense, net in 2019 compared to 2018 driven by higher sales and partially offset by: (i) environmental reserve expenses of $17 million in 2018, (ii) $9 million more reorganization of business expenses, (iii) $9 million more intangible amortization from 2018 acquisitions, and (iv) $11 million more of acquisition-related transactions fees.remained relatively consistent given the similar average outstanding debt balance.
Net Interest Expense
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017
Interest expense, net$(222) $(201)
The increase in net interest expense in 2018 compared to 2017 was a result of increases in outstanding debt:
$500 million of Senior notes due in 2028, that were used to make a voluntary contribution to the U.S. pension plan, issued during the first quarter of 2018;
$400 million term loan due in 2021 ("the Term Loan") that was issued during the first quarter of 2018 and was used to complete the acquisition of Avigilon;
$400 million borrowed under our revolving credit facility at the end of the first quarter of 2018 and repaid throughout the year; and
$200 million of follow-on Senior notes due in 2028, issued in the third quarter of 2018, which were used to repurchase $200 million of Convertible Notes.
Gains (losses) on Sales of Investments and Businesses, net
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017(In millions)20192018
Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net$16
 $3
Gains on sales of investments and businesses, netGains on sales of investments and businesses, net$5 $16 
The net gains in 20182019 and 20172018 were primarily related to the sales of various equity investments.
Other,
net
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017(In millions)20192018
Other income (expense)$53
 $(10)
Other, netOther, net$(365)$53 
The change in net Other expense in 2019 as compared to net Other income in 2018 as compared to 2017 was primarily comprised of:
$75359 million U.S. pension settlement loss in 2019 (see Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information); and
$46 million of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit in 2018 as compared to $46 million in 2017;
$48 millionlosses from repurchases of losses on settlements within our U.K. defined benefit plan during 2017 with no activity in 2018;
$11 million of favorable fair value adjustments to investments;


a $6 million gain from the repurchase of $200 million of our Convertible Notes in 2018,
foreign currency losses of $24 million in 2018 as compared to $31 million of losses in 2017; and
a $14 million loss on derivative instruments in 2018,long term debt as compared to a gain of $15$6 million in 2017.2018 (see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information).
Effective Tax Rate
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017(In millions)20192018
Income tax expense$133
 $1,227
Income tax expense$130 $133 
Income tax expense decreased by $1.1 billion$3 million in 2019 as compared to 2017,2018, for an effective tax rate of 12%. Our effective tax rate for 2018 was13.0%, which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to:
a $79$77 million benefit due to the partial release of a valuation allowance to our U.S. foreign tax credit carryforward (see Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements in “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for further information); and
$27 million of benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation.
Our effective tax rate in 2018 was 12.1% which is lower than the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily related to:
$79 million benefits related to updates of the provisional amounts on the impact of the Tax Act;Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017; and
a $30$30 million benefitof benefits due to the recognition of excess tax benefits on share-based compensation.
Our effective tax rate in 2017 was 114% primarily due to the implementation of Tax Act. As a result of the Tax Act we recorded $874 million of non-recurring charges, primarily related to:
a $471 million valuation allowance against U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards; and
income tax expense of $366 million from the remeasurement of our deferred tax balances at the lower federal tax rate of 21%.
Excluding the income tax effects from the Tax Act, our effective tax rate was lower than the 2017 U.S. statutory tax rate of 35% (see Note 6 of our consolidated financial statements).
Results of Operations—2017 Compared to 2016
Net Sales
39
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016 % Change
Net sales from Products and Systems Integration$4,513
 $4,394
 3%
Net sales from Services and Software1,867
 1,644
 14%
Net sales$6,380
 $6,038
 6%
The Products and Systems Integration segment’s net sales represented 71% of our consolidated net sales in 2017, compared to 73% in 2016. The Services and Software segment’s net sales represented 29% of our consolidated net sales in 2017, compared to 27% in 2016.
Net sales were up $342 million, or 6%, compared to 2016. The increase in net sales is reflective of growth in every region with a 3% increase in the Products and Systems Integration segment and a 14% increase in the Services and Software segment. The growth includes:
$186 million of incremental revenue from the acquisitions of Interexport and Kodiak Networks in 2017 and Spillman and Airwave which were acquired during 2016; and
$8 million from favorable currency rates.
Regional results include:
the Americas grew 7% due to increases in the Services and Software segment, inclusive of incremental revenue from acquisitions, as well as in Systems and System Integration, offset by a slight decrease in Device revenues;
EMEA grew 5% across all portfolios within our Products and Systems Integration segment, as well as within our Services and Software segment, inclusive of incremental revenues from Airwave; and
AP grew 1% due to increases in both Devices and Systems and Systems Integration within our Products and Systems Integration segment, partially offset by a slight decrease in our Services and Software segment.
Products and Systems Integration
The 3% growth in the Products and Systems Integration segment was driven by the following:
Systems and Systems Integration revenues increased 5% in 2017 as compared to 2016 driven by system deployments in the Americas and $19 million of incremental revenue from the acquisition of Interexport in 2017; and


an increase in Devices in every region.
Services and Software
The 14% growth in the Services and Software segment was driven by the following:
$167 million of incremental revenue from the acquisitions of Interexport and Kodiak Networks in 2017 and Spillman and Airwave in 2016;
Services were up $128 million, or 8%, driven by incremental revenue from the acquisitions of Interexport and Airwave as well as growth in maintenance services and managed service revenues; and
Software was up $95 million, or 72%, driven primarily by incremental revenue from the acquisitions of Spillman and Kodiak Networks, in addition to higher command center software sales not attributed to acquisitions.
Gross Margin


 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016 % Change
Gross margin$3,024
 $2,869
 5%
Gross margin was 47.4% of net sales compared to 47.5% of net sales in 2016. The primary drivers of the decrease are:
lower margins within the Services and Software segment driven by the acquisition of Interexport which is a managed services provider with lower gross margins than the segment total; partially offset by higher gross margin associated with the Spillman acquisition; and
lower margins within the Products and Systems Integration segment driven by a slight decline in our Devices margins due to product mix, partially offset by higher margins within our Systems and Systems Integration portfolio due to a favorable mix of projects.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016 % Change
Selling, general and administrative expenses$1,025
 $1,044
 (2)%
SG&A expenses decreased 2% compared to 2016. SG&A expenses were 16.1% of net sales compared to 17.3% of net sales in 2016.
The decrease in SG&A expenses is primarily due to cost savings initiatives, partially offset by higher expenses associated with acquired businesses.
Research and Development Expenditures
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016 % Change
Research and development expenditures$568
 $553
 3%
R&D expenditures increased 3% compared to 2016. R&D expenditures were 8.9% of net sales compared to 9.2% of net sales in 2016. The increase in R&D expenditures is primarily due to higher expenses associated with acquired businesses.
Other Charges
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016
Other charges$147
 $224
The decrease in Other charges in 2017 as compared to 2016 can be summarized as follows:
$33 million of reorganization of business charges in 2017 as compared to $97 million including a $17 million building impairment and a $3 million impairment of our corporate aircraft in 2016;
a gain of $47 million in 2017 related to the recovery of financial receivables owed to us by a former customer of a legacy business;


$1 million of acquisition related transaction fees in 2017 as compared to $13 million in 2016; and
partially offset by $151 million of amortization of intangibles in 2017 compared to $113 million in 2016, driven primarily by 2017 acquisitions.
Operating Earnings
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016
Operating earnings from Products and Systems Integration$969
 $762
Operating earnings from Services and Software315
 286
Operating earnings$1,284
 $1,048
Operating earnings were up $236 million, or 23%, compared to 2016. The increase in Operating earnings was due to the following:
Products and Systems Integration was up $207 million from 2016 to 2017, primarily driven by: (i) $73 million less reorganization of business expenses, (ii) $33 million of income related to the recovery of financial receivables owed to us by a former customer of a legacy business, (iii) higher earnings, and (iv) lower SG&A and R&D expenses; and
Services and Software was up $29 million from 2016 to 2017, primarily driven by: (i) higher earnings, (ii) $23 million less reorganization of business expenses, (iii) $14 million of income related to the recovery of financial receivables owed to us by a former customer of a legacy business, and (iv) $12 million less acquisition-related transaction fees, partially offset by $37 million more intangible amortization driven by acquisitions.
Net Interest Expense
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016
Interest expense, net$(201) $(205)
The decrease in net interest expense in 2017 compared to 2016 was a result of lower average outstanding debt balances in 2017 as compared to 2016, as a result of the repayment of our $675 million term loan in December 2016.
Gains (losses) on Sales of Investments and Businesses, net
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016
Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net$3
 $(6)
The net gains in 2017 were primarily related to the sales of various equity investments. The net losses in 2016 consisted primarily of:
a $19 million loss on the sale of an investment in U.K. treasury securities liquidated in order to purchase Airwave;
a $7 million loss from the sale of our Malaysia manufacturing operations; and
partially offset by$20 million of gains on the sales of equity investments.


Other
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016
Other income (expense)$(10) $7
The increase in net Other income (expense) in 2017 as compared to 2016 was primarily comprised of:
$48 million of losses on settlements within our U.K. defined benefit plan in 2017 compared to $26 million in 2016;
foreign currency losses of $31 million in 2017 compared to $46 million of gains in 2016;
a $46 million net periodic pension and postretirement benefit in 2017 compared to $45 million in 2016;
a $15 million gain on derivative instruments in 2017 compared to a $56 million loss in 2016; and
a $10 million foreign currency loss on British Pounds purchased and held in anticipation of the acquisition of Airwave in 2016.
Effective Tax Rate
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2017 2016
Income tax expense$1,227
 $282
Income tax expense increased by $945 million compared to 2016, for an effective tax rate of 114% primarily due to the effects of the Tax Act. As a result of the Tax Act we recorded $874 million of non-recurring charges that included the following:
a $471 million valuation allowance against U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards; and
income tax expense of $366 million from the remeasurement of our deferred tax balances at the lower federal tax rate of 21%.
Excluding the income tax effects from the Tax Act, our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate of 35%.
Our effective tax rate of 33% in 2016 was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate of 35% primarily due to lower tax rates on non-U.S. income (see Note 6 of our consolidated financial statements).
Reorganization of Businesses
In 2020, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $86 million relating to the separation of 1,200 employees, of which 400 were indirect employees and 800 were direct employees. The $86 million of charges included $29 million recorded to Cost of sales and $57 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $86 million are charges of $100 million for employee separation costs and $2 million for exit costs, partially offset by $16 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
During 2019, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $57 million relating to the separation of 700 employees, of which 500 were indirect employees and 200 were direct employees. The $57 million of charges included $17 million recorded to Cost of sales and $40 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $57 million were charges of $64 million for employee separation costs and $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $12 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
During 2018, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $120 million relating to the separation of 1,200 employees, of which 700 were indirect employees and 500 were direct employees. The $120 million of charges included $59 million recorded to Cost of sales and $61 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $120 million are charges of $122 million for employee separation costs and $16 million for exit costs, partially offset by $18 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
During 2017, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $42 million relating to Also, included in the separation of 400 employees, of which 300 were indirect employees and 100 were direct employees. The $42$120 million of charges included $9for 2018 was a $44 million recorded to Cost of sales and $33 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $42 million are charges of$43 million for employee separation costs and $8 million for exit costs, partially offset by $9 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
During 2016, we recorded net reorganization of business charges of $140 million relatingcharge related to the separationannouncement of 1,300 employees, of which 900 were indirect employees and 400 were direct employees. The $140 million of charges included $43 million recorded to Cost of sales and $97 million recorded to Other charges. Included in the aggregate $140 million are charges of: (i) $120 million for employee separation costs, (ii) $20 million for impairments, including $17 million for a building impairment and $3 million for the impairment of corporate aircraft, and (iii) $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $5 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
During 2018, 2017, and 2016 we continued to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. As a result, we communicated our plan to close one of our Europe manufacturing facilities in Europe during the fourth quarter of 2018, resulting in a charge of $44 million and impactingfacility which impacted 165 employees primarily within the Products and Systems Integration segment. The remainder of the initiatives impacted both of our segments and affected employees located in all geographic regions.





The following table displays the net charges incurred by business segment:segment due to such reorganizations:
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016Years ended December 31202020192018
Products and Systems Integration$101
 $32
 $107
Products and Systems Integration$69 $45 $101 
Services and Software19
 10
 33
Software and ServicesSoftware and Services17 12 19 
$120
 $42
 $140
86 $57 $120 
Cash payments for exit costs and employee severance in connection with the reorganization of business plans were $85 million, $63 million, and $65 million $93 million,in 2020, 2019, and $79 million in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The reorganization of business accruals for employee separation costs at December 31, 20182020 were $105$79 million of which $84 million relateswe expect to employee separation costs that are expected to be paidpay within one year and $21 million relates primarily to lease termination obligations that are expected to be paid over a number of years.year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Years Ended December 31Years Ended December 31
2018 2017 2016202020192018
Cash flows provided by (used for):     Cash flows provided by (used for):
Operating activities$1,075
 $1,346
 $1,165
Operating activities$1,613 $1,823 $1,075 
Investing activities(1,266) (448) (1,002) Investing activities(437)(934)(1,266)
Financing activities220
 (722) (1,042) Financing activities(966)(1,144)220 
Effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(40) 62
 (71)
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$(11) $238
 $(950)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents43 (1)(40)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalentsIncrease (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$253 $(256)$(11)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
At December 31, 2018, $7502020, $672 million of theour $1.3 billion cash and cash equivalents balance was held in the U.S. and $507$582 million was held by us or our subsidiaries in other countries, with approximately $147$203 million held in the United Kingdom. Restricted cash was approximately $11$2 million at December 31, 20182020 and $63 million at December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2018, restricted cash decreased from $63 million to $11 million due to the completion of a settlement related to our legacy Networks business.2019.
In 2018,2020, we repatriated approximately $502$395 million in cash to the U.S. from international jurisdictions. UndistributedWe routinely repatriate a portion of non-U.S. earnings that we intend to reinvest indefinitely, and for which no U.S. income taxeseach year. We have been provided for, except the tax effect of the Tax Act deemed repatriation, aggregate to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2018. We currently have no plans to repatriate the foreign earnings permanently reinvested. If circumstances change and it becomes apparent that some or all of the permanently reinvested earnings will be remitted to the U.S. in the foreseeable future, an additionalrecorded income tax charge may be necessary.expense for foreign withholding tax and distribution taxes on such earnings and, under current U.S. tax laws, do not expect to incur material incremental U.S. tax on repatriation.
Where appropriate, we may also pursue capital reduction activities; however, such activities can be involved and lengthy. While we regularly repatriate funds, and a portion of offshore funds can be repatriated with minimal adverse financial impact, repatriation of some of these funds may be subject to delay fordue to local country approvals and could have potential adverse cash tax consequences.approvals.
Operating Activities
The decrease in operating cash flows from 20172019 to 20182020 was driven by:
a reduction of operating earnings as a result of lower sales volume;
$43 million of higher income tax payments; and
partially offset by (see additional discussion under "Sales of Receivables" below):improvements in working capital.
a $500
40


The increase in operating cash flows from 2018 to 2019 was driven by:
$500 million debt-funded voluntary contribution to our U.S. pension plan in the first quarter of 2018 compared to no material contributions to our U.S. pension plansplan in 2017;2019;
a $51higher operating earnings in 2019 as compared to 2018;
$51 million payment out of restricted cash related to a settlement arising from a legacy business in 2018, as compared to the recovery of $472018; and
partially offset by $19 million of financial receivables owed to us by a former customer of a legacy business in 2017;
$28higher tax payments and $17 million of higher interest payments driven by additional debt issued in 2018 as2019 compared to 2017; and2018.
partially offset by higher earnings in 2018 as compared to 2017.
The increase in operating cash flows from 2016 to 2017 was driven by:
higher operating earnings in 2017 as compared to 2016;
improved net working capital in 2017 as compared to 2016; and
partially offset by $56 million of higher tax payments in 2017 as compared to 2016 when we received certain refunds in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions.


We do not expect to make any material contributions to our pension plans in 2019.
Investing Activities
The increase in net cash used by investing activities from 2017 to 2018 was primarily due to:
a $760 million increase in acquisitions and investments, primarily driven by the purchases of Avigilon and Plant Holdings for $903 million, and $237 million, respectively, as compared to 2017 when we made acquisitions of Kodiak Networks and Interexport for $225 million and $55 million, respectively; and
$88 million of lower proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, driven by the $60 million of excess cash withdrawn from company-sponsored life insurance investments in 2018, as compared to $183 million of cash received from short-term government securities that were previously maintained in foreign countries in 2017; and
partially offset by $30 million lower capital expenditures in 2018 as compared 2017, due to lower information technology ("IT") spend as we completed our ERP implementation in 2017, as well as lower facilities spend.
The decrease in net cash used by investing activities from 20162019 to 20172020 was primarily due to:
a $1.1 billion$422 million decrease in acquisitions and investments, driven by the purchaseacquisitions of Airwave for $1.0 billion and $217$287 million for Spillman in 2016, as2020 compared to 2017 when we made$709 million in 2019;
$56 million increase in proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment driven by the sale of a European manufacturing facility in 2020; and
$31 million decrease in capital expenditures in 2020 compared 2019 due to lower expenditures for the Airwave and ESN networks.
The decrease in net cash used by investing activities from 2018 to 2019 was primarily due to:
$455 million decrease in acquisitions and investments, primarily driven by acquisitions of Kodiak Networks and Interexport for $225$709 million and $55 million, respectively;in 2019 compared to $1.2 billion in 2018;
a $487$79 million decrease in proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, driven by the liquidation of $382$60 million of short-term government securities used to acquire Airwave, the sale of $242 million of short-term debtexcess cash received from Company-sponsored life insurance investments in 2018; and equity securities, and $46 million from the sale of our Penang, Malaysia supply chain operations to an outsourced manufacturer in 2016, as compared to the sale of $183 million of short-term government securities previously maintained in foreign countries;
a decrease in capital spending in 2017 from 2016 driven by lower facilities spend as we completed refresh activities around our regional and corporate headquarters, lower spend on customer networks, and partially offset by $51 million higher ITcapital expenditures as we worked towards the completion of our ERP implementation in 2017; and
a decrease in sales of property, plant, and equipment driven by proceeds received in 2016 of $73 million from the sale of buildings and land2019 compared 2018, due to higher spend associated with the sale ofrevenue-generating networks within our Schaumburg campusSoftware and the sale of our aging corporate aircraft.Services segment.
Financing Activities
The increasedecrease in cash providedused by financing activities in 2018 as2020 compared to 2017cash used by financing activities in 2019 was driven by (also see further discussion in "Debt," "Credit Facilities," "Share Repurchase Program" and "Dividends" in this section below):
$400 million used for the repayment of the term loan in 2019;
$1.0 billion received from the issuance of $5001.75% senior convertible notes due 2024 in 2019 which was subsequently used for the settlement of $1.1 billion of the 2.00% senior convertible notes, inclusive of the $326 million conversion premium in 2019;
$804 million net proceeds from the issuance of $800 million of 4.60% Senior4.6% senior notes due 20282029 in 2019, which was subsequently used to repurchase $614 million principal amount of long-term debt under a tender offer and $150 million principal amount for the first quarter3.5% senior notes due 2021 for a total purchase price of 2018, of which the proceeds were contributed to our U.S. pension plan;
we entered into the Term Loan for $400$809 million in 2019;
$892 million net proceeds from the first quarterissuance of 2018 with a maturity date$900 million of March 26, 2021 to complete the acquisition of Avigilon;
$400 million borrowing from our revolving credit facility in the first quarter of 2018 to complete the acquisition of Avigilon, repaying the full $400 million throughout 2018;
2.30% senior notes due 2030 in the third quarter of 2018, we issued an additional $200 million on the outstanding 4.60% Senior notes due in 2028, of2020, which the proceeds werewas subsequently used to repurchase $200$552 million principal amount of 2.75% senior notes due 2022 and $293 million principal amount of long-term debt under a tender offer for a total purchase price of $897 million in 2020;
$800 million net proceeds from the draw on our syndicated, unsecured revolving credit facility during 2020 which was subsequently repaid during the year; and
partially offset by $612 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program in 2020 as compared to $315 million in 2019; and
$436 million cash used for the payment of dividends in 2020 as compared to $379 million in 2019.
The increase in cash from financing activities in 2019, as compared to cash used in financing activities in 2018 was driven by:
$1.1 billion used for the settlement of the 2.00% senior convertible notes, inclusive of the $326 million conversion premium compared to the settlement of $369 million during 2018, inclusive of the $169 million conversion premium;
$400 million used in 2019 for the repayment of the term loan, compared to the $400 million of our outstanding convertible note with Silver Lake Partners;proceeds received from the issuance of the term loan in 2018;
$169379 million of cash was used duringfor the third quarterpayment of 2018dividends in 2019 as compared to pay the conversion premium on the repurchase of our convertible note with Silver Lake Partners;$337 million in 2018;
$76315 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program in 2019 as compared to $132 million in 2018; and
partially offset by $1.0 billion received from the fourth quarterissuance of 20181.75% senior convertible notes due 2024 in 2019;
41


$700 million of proceeds received from the issuance of 4.6% senior notes due 2028 in 2018;
$804 million net proceeds from the issuance of $800 million of 4.6% senior notes due 2029 in 2019, which was subsequently used to payrepurchase $614 million principal amount of long-term debt under a contractually-defined deferredtender offer and $150 million principal amount for the 3.5% senior notes due 2021 for a total purchase price of Airwave;$809 million in 2019; and
$168114 million of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock in connection with our employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans in 2018,2019, as compared to $82$168 million in 2017;
$337 million of cash used for the payment of dividends in 2018 as compared to $307 million in 2017; and
partially offset by $132 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program in 2018 as compared to $483 million in 2017.
The decrease in cash used for financing activities in 2017, as compared to 2016 was driven by:
$483 million used for purchases under our share repurchase program in 2017, as compared to $842 million in 2016;
a $675 million term loan issued in 2016 to complete the purchase of Airwave, of which the entire term loan was repaid by the end of 2016; and


partially offset by $307 million of cash used for the payment of dividends in 2017, as compared to $280 million in 2016.2018.
Sales of Receivables
We may choose to sell accounts receivable and long-term receivables to third-parties under one-time arrangements. We may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities for sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.
The following table summarizes the proceeds received from sales of accounts receivable and long-term receivables for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 2016:2018:
Years ended December 31202020192018
Contract-specific discounting facility$228 $— $— 
Accounts receivable sales proceeds74 34 77 
Long-term receivables sales proceeds181 265 270 
Total proceeds from receivable sales$483 $299 $347 
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016
Accounts receivable sales proceeds$77
 $193
 $51
Long-term receivables sales proceeds270
 284
 289
Total proceeds from receivable sales$347
 $477
 $340
During the year ended December 31, 2020, we utilized a new cost-efficient receivable discounting facility to neutralize the impact of increased payment terms under a renegotiated and extended long-term contract in Europe resulting in accounts receivable sales of $228 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The net benefit to our operating cash flow from the utilization of the new receivable discounting facility during 2020, was an inflow of $61 million when adjusted for amounts that would still be collected from the customer within the period in the absence of utilizing the discounting facility. The proceeds of our receivable sales are included in "Operating Activities" within our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
At December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had retained servicing obligations for $970$983 million of long-term receivables, compared to $873$984 million of long-term receivables at December 31, 2017.2019. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities related to the sales of accounts receivables and long-term receivables.
Debt
We had outstanding long-term debt of $5.3$5.2 billion and $4.5$5.1 billion, including the current portions of $31$12 million and $52$16 million, at December 31, 20182020 and December 31, 2017,2019, respectively.
To complete the acquisitionIn May of Avigilon during the quarter ended March 31, 2018, we entered into a Term Loan for $400 million with a maturity date of March 26, 2021. Interest on the Term Loan is variable, indexed to London Inter-bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), and paid monthly. The weighted average borrowing rate for amounts outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2018 was 3.47%. No additional borrowings are permitted and amounts borrowed and repaid or prepaid may not be re-borrowed.
In February of 2018,2019, we issued $500$650 million of 4.60% Seniorsenior notes due 2029. We received proceeds of $645 million after debt issuance costs and debt discounts. These proceeds were then used to repurchase $614 million in 2028.principal amount of our outstanding long-term debt for a purchase price of $654 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts, we recognized a loss of $43 million related to this repurchase in Other, net within Other income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In August of 2019, we issued a follow-on of $150 million to the outstanding 4.60% senior notes due 2029 bringing the total outstanding principal to $800 million. We recognized net proceeds of $497 million.$159 million after debt premiums and debt issuance costs. These proceeds were then used to makerepurchase the remaining $150 million principal amount of the 3.5% senior notes due 2021 for a $500purchase price of $155 million, contributionexcluding $2 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt issuance costs, we recognized a loss of $7 million related to this repurchase in Other, net within Other income (expense) in our U.S. pension plan.Consolidated Statements of Operations.
On August 25, 2015,September 5, 2019, in connection with our repurchase and settlement of the outstanding principal amount of 2.00% senior convertible notes due 2020 issued to Silver Lake Partners, we entered into an agreement with Silver Lake Partners to issue $1.0 billion of 2.0% Senior Convertible Notes1.75% senior convertible notes which mature in September 2020.2024 (the "New Senior Convertible Notes"). Interest on these notes is payable semiannually. The notes became fullyare convertible as of August 25, 2017.anytime on or after two years from their issuance date, except in certain limited circumstances. The notes are convertible based on a conversion rate of 14.8252, as may be adjusted for dividends declared,4.9140 per $1,000 principal amount (which is currently equal to a publishedan initial conversion price of $67.45$203.50 per share). The exercise price adjusts automatically for dividends. On September 5, 2018, we agreed with Silver Lake Partners to repurchase $200 million in principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration of $369 million in cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. As of December 31, 2018, we paid $369 million of cash to Silver Lake Partners. Of the $369 million paid to Silver Lake Partners, $169 million was paid during the third quarter of 2018 using cash on the balance sheet and the remaining $200 million was paid on October 15, 2018. The $200 million that was paid during the fourth quarter was from the additional $200 million issued on the outstanding 4.60% Senior notes due in 2028. We settled the issuance of the additional Senior notes on October 5, 2018 and received net proceeds of $196 million. In the event of an additional conversion, the notes may be settled in either cash or stock, at our discretion. Wewe intend to settle the principal amount of the New Senior Convertible Notes in cash. We recorded a debt liability associated with the New Senior Convertible Notes by determining the fair value of an equivalent debt instrument without a conversion option. Using a discount rate of 2.45%, which was determined based on a review of relevant market data, we calculated the debt liability to be $986 million, indicating a $14 million discount to be amortized over the expected life of the debt instrument. The remaining proceeds of $14 million were allocated to the conversion option and accordingly, increased our additional paid-in capital.
42


In connection with the completionAugust of 2020, we issued $900 million of 2.30% senior notes due 2030. We recognized net proceeds of $892 million after debt issuance costs and debt discounts. A portion of these proceeds were then used to redeem $552 million in principal amount outstanding of the acquisition3.75% senior notes due 2022 for a redemption price of Airwave,$582 million, excluding $7 million of accrued interest. The remaining proceeds were used to repurchase $293 million in principal amount outstanding of our long-term debt under a tender offer, for a purchase price of $315 million, excluding $5 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts, we entered intorecognized a term loan withloss of $56 million related to the redemption and the repurchase in Other, net within Other income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.
We have an initialunsecured commercial paper program, backed by the revolving credit facility described below, under which we may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $675 million. We repaid all amounts borrowed under this term loan as of December 31, 2016.
Credit Facilities
$2.2 billion outstanding at any one time. At maturity, the notes are paid back in full including the interest component. The notes are not redeemable prior to maturity. As of December 31, 2018,2020, we had no outstanding debt under the commercial paper program.
Credit Facilities
As of December 31, 2020, we had a $2.2 billion syndicated, unsecured revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in April 2022 which can be used for borrowing and letters of credit (the "2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement"). As of March 31, 2018, we borrowed $400 million under the facility to complete the Avigilon acquisition. The entire $400 million was re-paid during the year ended December 31, 2018. The "2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement"). The 2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement includes a $500 million letter of credit sub-limit with $450 million of fronting commitments. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the prime rate plus the applicable margin, or at a spread above LIBOR,the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), at our option. Following the turmoil in the financial markets caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, we borrowed $800 million under the facility to bolster our cash holdings out of precaution in the first quarter of 2020, of which the full $800 million was repaid during the year ended December 31, 2020. The weighted average borrowing rate for amounts outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2020 was 1.70%. An annual facility fee is payable on the undrawn amount of the credit line. The interest rate and facility fee are subject to adjustment if our credit rating changes. We must comply with certain customary covenants including a maximum leverage ratio, as defined in the 2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement.Agreement. We were in compliance with ourthe financial covenants as of December 31, 2018. No letters of credit were issued under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2018.2020.




Share Repurchase Program
Through a series of actions, the board of directors has authorized an aggregate share repurchase amount of up to $14.0 billion of our outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2018,2020, we have used approximately $12.4$13.4 billion of the share repurchase authority, including transaction costs, to repurchase shares, leaving approximately $1.6 billion$649 million of authority available for future repurchases.
Our share repurchases, including transaction costs, for 2020, 2019, and 2018 2017, and 2016 can beare summarized as follows:
YearShares Repurchased (in millions) Average Price Aggregate Amount (in millions)
20181.2
 $112.42
 $132
20175.7
 85.32
 483
201612.0
 70.28
 842
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company paid an aggregate of $125 million, including transaction costs, to repurchase 1.1 million shares at an average purchase price of $116.04 per share, leaving approximately $1.5 billion of authority available for future repurchases.
YearShares Repurchased (in millions)Average PriceAmount (in millions)
20203.9 $155.93 $612 
20192.3 137.35 315 
20181.2 112.42 132 
Dividends
We paid cash dividends to holders of our common stock of $436 million in 2020, $379 million in 2019, and $337 million in 2018, $307 million in 2017, and $280 million in 2016. Subsequent to quarter end,2018. On January 15, 2020, we paid an additional $93$120 million in cash dividends to holders of our common stock.
Adequate Internal Funding Resources
We believe that we have adequate internal resources available to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months as supported by the level of cash and cash equivalents in the U.S., the ability to repatriate funds from foreign jurisdictions, cash provided by operations, as well as liquidity provided by our commercial paper program backed by the $2.2 billion revolving credit facility. Refer also to “COVID-19” in this section of the Form 10-K for a discussion of the impact of COVID-19 on our liquidity.
43


Contractual Obligations and Other Purchase Commitments
Summarized in the table and text below are our obligations and commitments to make future payments under long-term debt obligations, lease obligations, purchase obligations and tax obligations as of December 31, 2018.2020. 
Payments Due by Period Payments Due by Period
(in millions)Total 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Uncertain
Timeframe
 Thereafter(in millions)Total20212022202320242025Uncertain
Timeframe
Thereafter
Long-term debt obligations, gross$5,382
 $31
 $801
 $810
 $767
 $604
 $
 $2,369
Long-term debt obligations, gross$5,228 $12 $$326 $1,588 $322 $— $2,976 
Lease obligations722
 131
 120
 112
 101
 54
 
 204
Lease obligations586 141 127 73 59 47 — 139 
Purchase obligations*124
 92
 16
 12
 3
 1
 
 
Purchase obligations*209 50 52 50 51 — — 
Tax obligations76
 11
 
 
 
 
 65
 
Tax obligations64 — — — — — 64 — 
Total contractual obligations$6,304
 $265
 $937
 $934
 $871
 $659
 $65
 $2,573
Total contractual obligations$6,087 $203 $183 $449 $1,698 $375 $64 $3,115 
*Amounts included represent firm, non-cancelable commitments.
Lease Obligations:  We lease certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, and other equipment, principally under non-cancelable operating leases. Our future minimum lease obligations netas of minimum sublease rentals,December 31, 2020 totaled $722$586 million. Rental expense, net of sublease income, was $128 million in 2020, $133 million in 2019, and $108 million in 2018, $94 million in 2017, and $84 million in 2016.2018.
Purchase Obligations:  During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and help ensure adequate component supply, we enter into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that either allow them to procure inventory based upon criteria as defined by us or establish the parameters defining our requirements. In addition, we have entered into software license agreements which are firm commitments and are not cancelable.cancellable. We hadhave entered into firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional commitments under such arrangements through 2023.2025. The total payments expected to be made under these agreements are $124 million,as of which $113 million relate to take-or-pay obligations from arrangements with suppliers for the sourcing of inventory supplies and materials.December 31, 2020 were $209 million. We do not anticipate the cancellation of any of our take or paytake-or-pay agreements in the future and estimate that purchases from these suppliers will exceed the minimum obligations during the agreement periods.
Tax Obligations:  We havehad approximately $76$64 million of unrecognized income tax benefits relating to multiple tax jurisdictions and tax years.years as of December 31, 2020. Based on the potential outcome of our global tax examinations, or the expiration of the statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will change within the next twelve


months. The associated net tax impact (within the next twelve months) on the effective tax rate, exclusive of valuation allowance changes, is estimated to be in the range ofup to a $10$13 million tax charge to a $30 million tax benefit, with cash payments not expected to exceed $20 million.benefit.
Commitments Under Other Long-Term Agreements:  We have entered into certain long-term agreements to purchase software, components, supplies and materials from suppliers which are not "take-or-pay" in nature. Most of the agreements extend for periods of one to three years (three to five years for software). Generally, these agreements do not obligate us to make any purchases, and many permit us to terminate the agreement with advance notice (usually ranging from 60 to 180 days). If we were to terminate these agreements, we generally would be liable for certain termination charges, typically based on work performed and supplier on-hand inventory and raw materials attributable to canceled orders. Our liability would only arise in the event we terminate the agreements for reasons other than “cause.”
We outsource certain corporate functions, such as benefit administration and information technology-related services, under third-party contracts, the longest of which is expected to expire in 2023. Our remaining payments under these contracts are approximately $114$41 million over the remaining life of the contracts;contracts as of December 31, 2020; however, these contracts can be terminated. Termination would result in penalties substantially less than the remaining annual contract payments. We would also be required to find another source for these services, including the possibility of performing them in-house.
As is customary in bidding for and completing certain projects and pursuant to a practice we have followed for many years, we have a number of performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and surety bonds outstanding (collectively, referred to as “Performance Bonds”), primarily relating to projects with our government customers. These Performance Bonds normally have maturities of multiple years and are standard in the industry as a way to give customers a convenient mechanism to seek resolution if a contractor does not satisfy certain requirements under a contract. Typically, a customer can draw on the Performance Bond only if we do not fulfill all terms of a project contract. If such an occasion occurred, we would be obligated to reimburse the institution that issued the Performance Bond for the amounts paid. In our long history, it has been rare for us to have a Performance Bond drawn upon. At December 31, 2018, outstandingOutstanding Performance Bonds totaled approximately $2.6 billion as ofDecember 31, 2020 and $2.5 billion compared to $2.4 billion atas of December 31, 2017.2019. Any future disruptions, uncertainty, or volatility in bank, insurance or capital markets, or a change in our credit ratings could adversely affect our ability to obtain Performance Bonds and may result in higher funding costs to obtain such Performance Bonds.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements:  At December 31, 2018,2020, we had no significant off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating leases and guaranteesthat have or are reasonably likely to third parties as described in Note 11 to thehave a material effect on our consolidated financial statements andcondition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources, other than our obligation to settle the embedded conversion option under the New Senior Convertible Notes described in Note 45 to the consolidated financial statements.statements “Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.
44


Other Contingencies
Potential Contractual Damage Claims in Excess of Underlying Contract Value:  In certain circumstances, we enter into contracts with customers pursuant to which the damages that could be claimed by the customer for failed performance might exceed the revenue we receive from the contract. Contracts with these types of uncapped damages provisions are fairly rare, but individual contracts could still represent meaningful risk. There is a possibility that a claim by a counterparty to one of these contracts could result in expenses that are far in excess of the revenue received from the counterparty in connection with the contract.
Indemnification Provisions:  We may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial and intellectual property and divestiture agreements. Historically, we have not made significant payments under these agreements, nor have there been significant claims asserted against us. However, there is an increasing risk in relation to intellectual property indemnities given the current legal climate. In indemnification cases, payment by us is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow us to challenge the other party’s claims. In some instances we may have recourse against third-parties for certain payments made by us. Further, our obligations under divestiture agreements for indemnification based on breach of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration, typically not more than 18 months, and for amounts not in excess of a percentage of the contract value.
Legal Matters:  We are a defendant in various lawsuits, claims, and actions, which arise in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position liquidity, or results of operations.liquidity. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information is obtained that changes management's opinion of the ultimate disposition.
Long-term Customer Financing Commitments
Outstanding Commitments:  Certain purchasers of our products and services may request that we provide long-term financing (defined as financing with a term of greater than one year) in connection with the sale of equipment. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the products and services. Our obligation to provide long-term financing may be conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of us by a reputable bank to support the purchaser's credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the long-term receivables from us. We had outstanding commitments to provide long-term financing to third-parties totaling $62$78 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $93 million2020 and at December 31, 2017.2019.


Outstanding Long-Term Receivables: We had non-current long-term receivables of $24 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $19 million at December 31, 2017. There were no allowances for losses in 2018 and 2017. These long-term receivables are generally interest bearing, with interest rates ranging from 0% to 8.46%.

Critical Accounting Policies
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, current economic and industry conditions and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. This forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes the following significant accounting policies require significant judgment and estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We enter into arrangements which consist of multiple promises to our customers. We evaluate whether the promised goods and services are distinct or a series of distinct goods or services. Where contracts contain multiple performance obligations, we generally allocate the total estimated consideration to each performance obligation based on applying an estimated selling price (“ESP”) as our best estimate of standalone selling price. We determine ESP by: (i) collecting all reasonably available data points including sales, cost and margin analyses of the product or services, and other inputs based on our normal pricing and discounting practices, (ii) making any reasonably required adjustments to the data based on market and Company-specific factors, and (iii) stratifying the data points, when appropriate, based on major product or service, type of customer, geographic market, and sales volume.
We account for certain system contracts on an over-time basis, electing an input method of estimated costs as a measure of performance completed. The selection of the measurement of progress using estimated costs was based on a thorough consideration of alternatives of various output and input measures, including contract milestones and labor hours. However, we have determined that other input and output measures are not an appropriate measure of progress as they do not accurately align with the transfer of control on our customized systems. The selection of costs incurred as a measure of progress aligns the transfer of control to the overall production of the customized system.
For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, we rely on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to be performed to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. We have a standard and disciplined quarterly process in which management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the best estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management
45


reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any quarterly adjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known. Adjustments to Estimated Costs at Completion were not significant to operating earnings for the years 2018, 2017, and 2016. When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed estimates of total revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded in the period in which the loss is determined.
Retirement Benefits
Our benefit obligations and net periodic pension costcosts (benefits) associated with our domestic noncontributory pension plans (“U.S. Pension Benefit Plans”), our foreign noncontributory pension plans (“Non-U.S. Plans”), as well as our domestic postretirement health care plan (“Postretirement Health Care Benefits”), are determined using actuarial assumptions. The assumptions are based on management’s best estimates, after consulting with outside investment advisors and actuaries.
Accounting methodologies use an attribution approach that generally spreads the effects of individual events over the service lives of the participants in the plan, or estimated average lifetime when almost all of the plan participants are considered "inactive." Examples of “events” are plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions such as discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and rate of compensation increases.
There are various assumptions used in calculating the net periodic cost (benefit)costs (benefits) and related benefit obligations. One of these assumptions is the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The required use of the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns. We use a five-year, market-related asset value method of recognizing asset related gains and losses.


We use long-term historical actual return experience with consideration of the expected investment mix of the plans’ assets, as well as future estimates of long-term investment returns, to develop our expected rate of return assumption used in calculating the net periodic pension cost (benefit) and the net retirementpostretirement health care expense.benefit. Our investment return assumption for the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans was 6.95%6.85% in both 2018each of 2020 and 2017.2019. Our investment return assumption for the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was 7.00%6.90% in both 2018each of 2020 and 2017.2019. Our weighted average investment return assumption for the Non-U.S. Plans was 5.18%4.66% in 20182020 and 5.20%5.23% in 2017. At December 31, 2018, the pension plans, including the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans and Non-U.S. Plans investment portfolios were comprised of approximately 28% equity investments, while the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was all comprised of approximately 31% equity investments.2019.
A second key assumption is the discount rate. The discount rate assumptions used for pension benefitsthe U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, the Non-U.S. Plans and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan reflects,reflect, at December 31 of each year, the prevailing market rates for high-quality, fixed-income debt instruments that, if the obligation was settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. Our discount rates for measuring our U.S. Pension Benefit Plan obligations were 4.47%2.63% and 3.79%3.32% at December 201831, 2020 and 2017,2019, respectively. Our weighted average discount rates for measuring our Non-U.S. Plans were 2.67%1.24% and 2.34%1.82% at December 201831, 2020 and 2017,2019, respectively. Our discount rates for measuring the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan obligation were 4.29%2.39% and 3.62%3.15% at December 31, 20182020 and 2017,2019, respectively.
Under relevant accounting rules, when almost all of the plan participants are considered inactive, the amortization period for certain unrecognized losses changes from the average remaining service period to the average remaining lifetime of the participant. As such, depending on the specific plan, we amortize gains and losses over periods ranging from ten to thirty-onethirty years. Prior service costs are being amortized over periods ranging from twoone to fivetwenty-nine years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method.
Valuation and Recoverability of Goodwill
We assess the recorded amount of goodwill for recovery on an annual basis in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Goodwill is assessed more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. We continually assess whether any such events and circumstances have occurred, which requires a significant amount of judgment. Such events and circumstances may include: (i) adverse changes in macroeconomic conditions, (ii) adverse changes in the industry or market in which we transact, (iii) changes in cost factors negatively impacting earnings and cash flows, (iv) negative or declining overall financial performance, (v) events affecting the carrying value or composition of a reporting unit, or (vi) a sustained decrease in share price, among others. Any such adverse event or change in circumstances could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
The goodwill impairment assessment is performed at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a “component”). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. When two or more components of an operating segment have similar economic characteristics, the components are aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit. An operating segment is deemed to be a reporting unit if all of its components are similar, if none of its components is a reporting unit, or if the segment comprises only a single component. Based on this guidance, we have determined that our Products and Systems Integration and ServicesSoftware and SoftwareServices segments are comprised of three and two reporting units, respectively. The Company performed a qualitative assessment to determine whether it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit was less than its carrying amount for the fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018. In performing this qualitative assessment we assessed relevant events and
46


circumstances including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in enterprise value, and entity-specific events. For fiscal years 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 2016,2018, we concluded it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.
Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Management makes assumptions, judgments and estimates to determine our current and deferred tax provision and also the deferred tax assets and liabilities. We evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine if adjustments to our valuation allowance are required based on the consideration of all available positive and negative evidence.
Our assumptions, judgments and estimates for computing the income tax provision takes into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax law and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. We believe such estimates to be reasonable; however, the final determination of any of thecertain audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, theSee “Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in “Part II. Item 8: Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-02, "Leases," which amends existing guidance to require lessees to recognize assetsStatements and liabilities on the balance sheet for the rights and obligations created by long-term leases and to disclose additional quantitative and qualitative information about leasing arrangements. This was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2018-01, “Land Easement Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic 842”; ASU No. 2018-10, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases”; and ASU No. 2018-11, “Targeted Improvements.” The new standard establishes a right-of-use ("ROU") model that requires a lessee to recognize a ROU asset


and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with an initial term longer than twelve months. Leases will be classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classificationSupplementary Data” of expense recognition in the income statement.
The ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2019. A modified retrospective transition approach is required, applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. An entity may choose to use either the effective date or the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements as its date of initial application. We will adopt the new standard on January 1, 2019 and use the effective date as the date of initial application. Consequently, financial information will not be updated and disclosures required under the new standard will not be provided for dates and periods before January 1, 2019.
The new standard provides for a number of optional practical expedients in transition. We will elect the practical expedients, which permit us to not reassess prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs under the new standard. We do not expect to elect the "use-of hindsight" practical expedient to determine the lease term or in assessing the likelihood that a lease purchase option will be exercised.
The new standard also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. We currently expect to elect the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify. This means, for those leases that qualify, we will not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities, and this includes not recognizing ROU assets or lease liabilities for existing short-term leases in transition. We also currently expect to elect the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all leases.
We are continuing to assess the impact of the ASU on our consolidated financial statements, required disclosures, and changes to internal controls. Based on the work completed, we expect to recognize additional operating lease liabilities ranging from $600 million to $650 million, with corresponding ROU assets of the same amount based on the present value of the remaining minimum rental payments determined under current leasing standards for existing operating leases less accumulated impairment losses.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General (Subtopic 715-20) - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans,” which modifies the disclosure requirements for the defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans. The ASU is effective for us on January 1, 2021 with early adoption permitted. The ASU requires a retrospective adoption method. We do not believe the ASU will have a material impact on our financial statement disclosures.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
We early adopted ASU No. 2017-12 "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities" on December 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method of adoption. The ASU requires a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption for the previously recorded ineffectiveness included in retained earnings related to existing net investment hedges as of the date of adoption. We did not record a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as no net investment hedges existed as of the ASU adoption date. New hedging relationships entered after the adoption date have been presented in the financial statements using the guidance of the ASU.There were no material changes to our financial statements from the adoption of the ASU.
We adopted ASU No. 2016-16, “Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory” on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method of adoption. We recognized $31 million related to the cumulative effect of applying the ASU as an adjustment to our opening retained earnings balance. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under accounting standards in effect in those periods. This ASU eliminates the prior application of deferring the income tax effect of intra-entity asset transfers, other than inventory, until the transferred asset is sold to a third party or otherwise recovered through use. Under the ASU, we will recognize tax expense when intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory occur.
We adopted ASU No. 2017-07, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715) - Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost” on January 1, 2018 using the retrospective method of adoption. The amendments in the ASU require that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net periodic cost (benefit) and report that component in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by employees during the period. The other components of net periodic cost (benefit) are required to be presented in the statement of operations separately from the service cost component and outside of operating earnings. We have restated our comparative period results to reflect the application of the presentation guidance of the ASU. As a result of the ASU, the presentation of net periodic cost (benefit) has been updated to classify all components of our net periodic benefit, with the exception of the service cost component, within Other in Other income (expense) on the statement of operations. We reclassified $75 million of benefits, $2 million of expense, and $19 million of benefits in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
We adopted ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," and all the related amendments (collectively “ASC 606”) on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. We recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue standard as an adjustment to our opening retained earnings. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect in those periods.
We have retained much of the same accounting treatment used to recognize revenue under ASC 606 as under accounting standards in effect in prior periods. Revenue on a significant portion of our Systems and Systems Integration contracts continues to be recognized under percentage of completion accounting, applying a cost-to-cost method. Services contracts continue to be


recognized ratably over relevant contract terms as we stand ready to perform. Finally, revenue on equipment sales continues to be recognized based on delivery terms as aligned with the transfer of control.
Under the new standard, we identified distinct promises to transfer goods and services within our contracts. For system contracts that are recognized under percentage of completion accounting, we have considered the factors used to determine whether promises made in the contract are distinct and determined that devices and accessories represent distinct goods. Accordingly, adoption of the new standard impacts our system contracts, with the result being revenue recognized earlier as control of devices and accessories transfers to the customer at a point in time rather than over time. For the remaining promised goods and services within our system contracts, we continue to recognize revenue on these contracts using a cost-to-cost method based on the continuous transfer of control to the customer over time.
Under the new standard, revenue recognition for software sales is accelerated based on when control of software licenses and related support services are transferred to the customer. Amounts deferred under previous software accounting rules due to lack of vendor-specific objective evidence have been recognized as an adjustment through opening retained earnings.
Historically, we presented transactions that involved a third-party sales representative on a net basis. After considering the control concept and the remaining three indicators of gross presentation under the new standard, we have determined that we are the principal in contracts that involve a third-party sales representative. Thus, under the new standard, we present associated revenues on a gross basis, with the affect being an equal increase to selling, general and administrative expenses for our cost of third-party commissions.
Under prior accounting standards, we expensed sales commissions and other costs to obtain a contract as incurred. However, under the new standard, we capitalize sales commissions and certain other costs as incremental costs to obtain a contract. Such costs are classified as non-current contract cost assets within Other assets and amortized over a period that approximates the timing of revenue recognition on the underlying contracts.
The new standard clarified the definition of a receivable and requires us to present our net position in a contract with a customer on the balance sheet. The position is presented as either a receivable, contract asset, or a contract liability. Under the new definition, accounts receivable are unconditional rights to consideration from a customer. Contract assets represent rights to consideration from a customer in exchange for transferred goods and services that are conditional on events other than the passage of time. Contract liabilities represent obligations to transfer goods and services for which we have received, or are due, consideration from a customer. We reclassified our customer positions to align with the new definitions and presentation guidance. Accordingly, Unbilled accounts receivable and Costs and earnings in excess of billings have been reclassified from Accounts receivable and Other current assets, respectively, and are presented as Contract assets. Accounts receivable which are not due from customers have been reclassified into Other current assets. Deferred revenue, Billings in excess of costs and earnings, and Customer downpayments have been reclassified from Accrued liabilities and are presented as Contract liabilities. Non-current deferred revenue has been reclassified from Deferred revenue to Non-current contract liabilities within Other liabilities.
Forward-Looking Statements
Except for historical matters, the matters discussed in this Form 10-K are forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable federal securities law. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and generally include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “aims,” “estimates” and similar expressions. We can give no assurance that any future results or events discussed in these statements will be achieved. Any forward-looking statements represent our views only as of today and should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date. Readers are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the statements contained in this Form 10-K. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings: (1) “Business,” about: (a) industry growth and demand, including opportunities resulting from such growth, (b) future product development and the demand for new products, (c) customer spending, (d) the impact of our strategy and focus areas, (e) the impact from the loss of key customers, (f) competitive position and our ability to maintain a leadership position in our core products, (g) increased competition, (h) the impact of regulatory matters, (i) the impact from the allocation and regulation of spectrum, particularly with respect to broadband spectrum, (j) the firmness of each segment's backlog, (k) the competitiveness of the patent portfolio, (l) the impact of research and development, (m) the availability of materials and components, energy supplies and labor, and (n) the seasonality of the business; (2) “Properties,” about the sufficiency of our manufacturing capacity and the consequences of a disruption in manufacturing; (3) “Legal Proceedings,” about the ultimate disposition of pending legal matters and timing; (4) “Management's Discussion and Analysis,” about: (a) the impact of acquisitions on our business, (b) market growth/contraction, demand, spending and resulting opportunities, (c) the impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations, (d) our continued ability to reduce our operating expenses, (e) the growth of our Services and Software segment and the resulting impact on consolidated gross margin, (f) the increase in public safety LTE revenues, (g) the return of capital to shareholders through dividends and/or repurchasing shares, (h) our ability to invest in capital expenditures and R&D, (i) the success of our business strategy and portfolio, (j) future payments, charges, use of accruals and expected cost-saving and profitability benefits associated with our reorganization of business programs and employee separation costs, (k) our ability and cost to repatriate funds, (l) future cash contributions to pension plans or retiree health benefit plans, (m) the liquidity of our investments, (n) our ability and cost to access the capital markets, (o) our ability to borrow and the amount available under our credit facilities, (p) our ability to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash, (q) our ability and cost to obtain Performance Bonds, (r) adequacy of internal resources to fund expected working capital and capital expenditure measurements, (s) expected payments pursuant to commitments under long-term agreements, (t) the ability to meet minimum purchase obligations, (u) our ability to sell accounts

47


receivable and the terms and amounts of such sales, (v) the outcome and effect of ongoing and future legal proceedings, (w) the impact of the loss of key customers, (x) the expected effective tax rate and deductibility of certain items, and (y) the impact of the adoption of accounting pronouncements on our retained earnings; and (5) “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” about: (a) the impact of foreign currency exchange risks, (b) future hedging activity and expectations of the Company, and (c) the ability of counterparties to financial instruments to perform their obligations.

Some of the risk factors that affect our business and financial results are discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors.” We caution the reader that the risk factors discussed in “Item 1A: Risk Factors,” and those described elsewhere in this report or in our other Securities and Exchange Commission filings, could cause our actual results to differ materially from those stated in the forward-looking statements.



Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our long-term debt as interest rate fluctuations impact the fair value of our long-term debt. As of December 31, 2018,2020, we have $5.3had $5.2 billion of long-term debt, including the current portion, of long-term debt, which is primarily priced at long-term, fixed interest rates. InterestA hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates as of the end of 2020 would have increased the fair value of our debt by approximately $37 million at December 31, 2020. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included in “Part II. Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K for more information on the $400 million Term Loan is variable and indexed to LIBOR. In addition, we have a subsidiary that has variable interest loans denominated in Chilean Peso.our long-term debt.
Foreign Currency Risk
We are exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of buying and selling in various currencies, our net investments in foreign entities, and monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. We use financial instruments to reduce our overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. Our policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate price fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.
Our strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against losses or gains on the underlying operational cash flows, net investments or monetary assets and liabilities based on our assessment of risk. We enter into derivative contracts for some of our non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. We typicallyOur policy permits us to use forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, we enter into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions or net investments in some of our overseas entities, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of our exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
At December 31, 2018,2020, we had outstanding foreign exchange contracts totaling $819 million,$1.2 billion, compared to $507 million$1.1 billion outstanding at December 31, 2017.2019. Management does not believe these financial instruments should subject it to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset gains and losses on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions.
The following table shows the five largest net notional amounts of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of December 31, 20182020 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2017:2019: 
 Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency2018 2017
British Pound$139
 $72
Euro89
 149
Australian Dollar(105) (64)
Chinese Renminbi(55) (73)
Brazilian Real(41) (45)
Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency20202019
Euro$177 $134 
British pound86 107 
Canadian dollar61 
Chinese renminbi(90)(79)
Australian dollar(88)(123)
Foreign exchange financial instruments that are subject to the effects of currency fluctuations, which may affect reported earnings, include derivative financial instruments and other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. DerivativeCurrently, our derivative financial instruments consist primarily of currency forward contracts. Other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, as well as accounts payable and accounts receivable. Accounts payable and receivable are reflected at fair value in the financial statements. Assuming the amounts of the outstanding foreign exchange contracts represent our underlying foreign exchange risk related to monetary assets and liabilities, a hypothetical unfavorable 10% movement in the foreign exchange rates from current levels,at December 31, 2020 would reduce the value of those monetary assets and liabilities by approximately $57$60 million. Our market risk calculation represents an estimate of reasonably possible net losses that would be recognized assuming hypothetical 10% movements in future currency market pricing and is not necessarily indicative of actual results, which may or may not occur. It does not represent the maximum possible loss or any expected loss that may occur, since actual future gains and losses will differ from those estimated, based upon, among other things, actual fluctuation in market rates, operating exposures, and the timing thereof. We believe, however, that any such loss incurred would be offset by the effects of market rate movements on the respective underlying derivative financial instruments transactions. The foreign exchange financial instruments are held for purposes other than trading.




48
® Reg. U.S. Patent & Trademark Office.

MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M Logo, as well as iDEN are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other products or service names are the property of their respective owners.



Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
and Stockholders of Motorola Solutions, Inc.:
OpinionOpinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company)“Company”) as of December 31, 20182020 and 2017,2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’of stockholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year periodthen ended, December 31, 2018, andincluding the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated“consolidated financial statements)statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20182020 and 2017,2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year periodthen ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S.accounting principles generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standardsUnited States of America. Also in our opinion, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’smaintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2020, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 15, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.COSO.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accountingthe manner in which it accounts for revenue recognitionleases in 2018 due to the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”.

2019.
Basis for OpinionOpinions
TheseThe Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, are the responsibilityfor maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the Company’s management.effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinionopinions on thesethe Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOBPublic Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our auditsin accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.opinions.
kpmga08.jpgDefinition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

49


Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue Recognition - Estimated Costs to Complete System Contracts
As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, $1.8 billion of the Company’s total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 was generated from System contracts. The Company recognizes revenue on a significant portion of System contracts on an over-time basis, electing an input method of estimated costs as a measure of performance completed. For contracts accounted for over-time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, the Company relies on estimates of the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. As disclosed by management, management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the best estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgments about the ability and the cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the Estimated Costs at Completion for System contracts is a critical audit matter are the significant judgments by management when developing the Estimated Costs at Completion, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s estimates related to management’s judgments about the cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the revenue recognition process, including controls over the determination of Estimated Costs at Completion. These procedures also included, among others, evaluating and testing management’s process for determining the Estimated Costs at Completion for a sample of contracts. Management’s process for determining the Estimated Costs at Completion was evaluated for reasonableness by (i) performing a comparison of the originally estimated and actual costs incurred on completed contracts; (ii) evaluating the timely identification of circumstances that may warrant a modification to Estimated Costs at Completion; and (iii) analyzing contracts and project schedules that support those estimates.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 12, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1959.2018.
50


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Motorola Solutions, Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects the results of operations of the Company and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP
We served as the Company’s auditor from 1959 to 2019.
Chicago, Illinois
February 15, 2019


51


Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions, except per share amounts)2018 2017 2016(In millions, except per share amounts)202020192018
Net sales from products$4,463
 $3,772
 $3,649
Net sales from products$4,087 $4,746 $4,463 
Net sales from services2,880
 2,608
 2,389
Net sales from services3,327 3,141 2,880 
Net sales7,343
 6,380
 6,038
Net sales7,414 7,887 7,343 
Costs of products sales2,035
 1,686
 1,649
Costs of products sales1,872 2,049 2,035 
Costs of services sales1,828
 1,670
 1,520
Costs of services sales1,934 1,907 1,828 
Costs of sales3,863
 3,356
 3,169
Costs of sales3,806 3,956 3,863 
Gross margin3,480
 3,024
 2,869
Gross margin3,608 3,931 3,480 
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,254
 1,025
 1,044
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,293 1,403 1,254 
Research and development expenditures637
 568
 553
Research and development expenditures686 687 637 
Other charges334
 147
 224
Other charges246 260 334 
Operating earnings1,255
 1,284
 1,048
Operating earnings1,383 1,581 1,255 
Other income (expense):     Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net(222) (201) (205)Interest expense, net(220)(220)(222)
Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net16
 3
 (6)Gains (losses) on sales of investments and businesses, net(2)16 
Other53
 (10) 7
Other, netOther, net13 (365)53 
Total other expense(153) (208) (204)Total other expense(209)(580)(153)
Net earnings before income taxes1,102
 1,076
 844
Net earnings before income taxes1,174 1,001 1,102 
Income tax expense133
 1,227
 282
Income tax expense221 130 133 
Net earnings (loss)969
 (151) 562
Net earningsNet earnings953 871 969 
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests3
 4
 2
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests4 
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$966
 $(155) $560
Earnings (loss) per common share:     
Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$949 $868 $966 
Earnings per common share:Earnings per common share:
Basic:$5.95
 $(0.95) $3.30
Basic:$5.58 $5.21 $5.95 
Diluted:5.62
 (0.95) 3.24
Diluted:5.45 4.95 5.62 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:     Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic162.4
 162.9
 169.6
Basic170.0 166.6 162.4 
Diluted172.0
 162.9
 173.1
Diluted174.1 175.6 172.0 
Dividends declared per share$2.13
 $1.93
 $1.70
Dividends declared per share$2.63 $2.35 $2.13 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

52



Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017 2016
Net earnings (loss)$969
 $(151) $562
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (Note 3):     
Foreign currency translation adjustments(91) 141
 (228)
Marketable securities(6) 6
 3
Defined benefit plans(106) (392) (226)
Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax(203) (245) (451)
Comprehensive income (loss)766
 (396) 111
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest3
 4
 2
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders$763
 $(400) $109
 Years ended December 31
(In millions)202020192018
Net earnings$953 $871 $969 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (Note 4):
Foreign currency translation adjustments50 34 (91)
Marketable securities0 (6)
Defined benefit plans(56)291 (106)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(6)325 (203)
Comprehensive income947 1,196 766 
Less: Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests4 
Comprehensive income attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$943 $1,193 $763 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53



Consolidated Balance Sheets 
December 31 December 31
(In millions, except par value)2018 2017(In millions, except par value)20202019
ASSETSASSETSASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents$1,246
 $1,205
Cash and cash equivalents$1,254 $1,001 
Restricted cash11
 63
Total cash and cash equivalents1,257
 1,268
Accounts receivable, net1,293
 1,523
Accounts receivable, net1,390 1,412 
Contract assets1,012
 
Contract assets933 1,046 
Inventories, net356
 327
Inventories, net508 447 
Other current assets354
 832
Other current assets242 272 
Total current assets4,272
 3,950
Total current assets4,327 4,178 
Property, plant and equipment, net895
 856
Property, plant and equipment, net1,022 992 
Operating lease assetsOperating lease assets468 554 
Investments169
 247
Investments158 159 
Deferred income taxes985
 1,023
Deferred income taxes966 943 
Goodwill1,514
 938
Goodwill2,219 2,067 
Intangible assets, net1,230
 861
Intangible assets, net1,234 1,327 
Other assets344
 333
Other assets482 422 
Total assets$9,409
 $8,208
Total assets$10,876 $10,642 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current portion of long-term debt$31
 $52
Current portion of long-term debt$12 $16 
Accounts payable592
 593
Accounts payable612 618 
Contract liabilities1,263
 
Contract liabilities1,554 1,449 
Accrued liabilities1,210
 2,286
Accrued liabilities1,311 1,356 
Total current liabilities3,096
 2,931
Total current liabilities3,489 3,439 
Long-term debt5,289
 4,419
Long-term debt5,163 5,113 
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities402 497 
Other liabilities2,300
 2,585
Other liabilities2,363 2,276 
Stockholders’ Equity   
Preferred stock, $100 par value
 
Preferred stock, $100 par value0 
Common stock, $.01 par value:2
 2
Common stock, $0.01 par value:Common stock, $0.01 par value:2 
Authorized shares: 600.0   Authorized shares: 600.0
Issued shares: 12/31/18—164.0; 12/31/17—161.6   
Outstanding shares: 12/31/18—163.5; 12/31/17—161.2   
Issued shares: 12/31/20—170.2; 12/31/19—171.0Issued shares: 12/31/20—170.2; 12/31/19—171.0
Outstanding shares: 12/31/20—169.4; 12/31/19—170.5Outstanding shares: 12/31/20—169.4; 12/31/19—170.5
Additional paid-in capital419
 351
Additional paid-in capital759 499 
Retained earnings1,051
 467
Retained earnings1,127 1,239 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2,765) (2,562)Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2,446)(2,440)
Total Motorola Solutions, Inc. stockholders’ equity (deficit)(1,293) (1,742)Total Motorola Solutions, Inc. stockholders’ equity (deficit)(558)(700)
Noncontrolling interests17
 15
Noncontrolling interests17 17 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(1,276) (1,727)Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(541)(683)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$9,409
 $8,208
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)$10,876 $10,642 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54



Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(In millions, except per share amounts)Shares Common Stock and Additional Paid-in Capital Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Retained Earnings Noncontrolling Interests(In millions, except per share amounts)SharesCommon Stock and Additional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)Retained EarningsNoncontrolling Interests
Balance as of January 1, 2016174.5
 $44
 $(1,866) $1,716
 $10
Net earnings
 
 

 560
 2
Other comprehensive loss
 
 (451) 
 
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised3.0
 93
 
 
 
Share repurchase program(12.0) 

 
 (842) 
Share-based compensation expense
 68
 
 
 
Dividends declared
 
 
 (286) 

Balance as of December 31, 2016165.5
 $205
 $(2,317) $1,148
 $12
Net earnings
 
 

 (155) 4
Other comprehensive income
 
 25
 
 
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised1.8
 82
 
 
 
Share repurchase program(5.7) 

 
 (483) 
Reclassification of stranded tax effects
 

 (270) 270 
Share-based compensation expense
 66
 
 
 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock
 
 
 
 (1)
Dividends declared
 
 
 (313) 

Balance as of December 31, 2017161.6
 $353
 $(2,562) $467
 $15
Balance as of January 1, 2018Balance as of January 1, 2018161.6 $353 $(2,562)$467 $15 
Net earnings
 
 
 966
 3
Net earnings966 
Other comprehensive loss
 
 (203) 
 
Other comprehensive loss(203)
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised3.6
 168
 
 
 
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercised3.6 168 
Share repurchase program(1.2) 
 
 (132) 
Share repurchase program(1.2)(132)
ASU 2016-16 modified retrospective adoption
 
 
 (31) 
ASU 2016-16 modified retrospective adoption(31)
Share-based compensation expense
 73
 
 
 
Share-based compensation expense73 
ASU 2014-09 modified retrospective adoption
 
 
 127 
ASU 2014-09 modified retrospective adoption127 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock        (1)Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock(1)
Dividends declared

 

 
 (346) 
Dividends declared(346)
Repurchase of senior convertible notes

 (173) 
 
 
Repurchase of senior convertible notes(173)
Balance as of December 31, 2018164.0
 $421
 $(2,765) $1,051
 $17
Balance as of December 31, 2018164.0 $421 $(2,765)$1,051 $17 
Net earningsNet earnings868 
ASU 2016-16 beginning balance adjustmentASU 2016-16 beginning balance adjustment30 
Other comprehensive incomeOther comprehensive income325 
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercisedIssuance of common stock and stock options exercised2.4 122 
Share repurchase programShare repurchase program(2.3)(315)
Issuances of common stock for acquisitionIssuances of common stock for acquisition1.4 160 
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense118 
Issuance of common stock for 2.00% senior convertible notesIssuance of common stock for 2.00% senior convertible notes5.5 988 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stockDividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock(3)
Equity component of 1.75% senior convertible notesEquity component of 1.75% senior convertible notes10 
Dividends declaredDividends declared(395)
Repurchase of 2.00% senior convertible notesRepurchase of 2.00% senior convertible notes(1,318)
Balance as of December 31, 2019Balance as of December 31, 2019171.0 $501 $(2,440)$1,239 $17 
Net earningsNet earnings949 
Other comprehensive lossOther comprehensive loss(6)
Issuance of common stock and stock options exercisedIssuance of common stock and stock options exercised3.1 131 
Share repurchase programShare repurchase program(3.9)(612)
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense129 
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stockDividends paid to noncontrolling interest in subsidiary common stock(4)
Dividends declaredDividends declared(449)
Balance as of December 31, 2020Balance as of December 31, 2020170.2 $761 $(2,446)$1,127 $17 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

55



Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years ended December 31 Years ended December 31
(In millions)2018 2017 2016(In millions)202020192018
Operating     Operating
Net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc.$966
 $(155) $560
Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests3
 4
 2
Net earnings (loss)969
 (151) 562
Net earningsNet earnings$953 $871 $969 
Adjustments to reconcile Net earnings (loss) to Net cash provided by operating activities:     Adjustments to reconcile Net earnings (loss) to Net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization360
 343
 295
Depreciation and amortization409 394 360 
Non-cash other charges56
 32
 54
Non-U.S. pension settlement loss
 48
 26
Non-cash other charges (income)Non-cash other charges (income)(13)35 56 
U.S. pension settlement lossU.S. pension settlement loss0 359 
Gain from the extinguishment of 2.00% senior convertible notesGain from the extinguishment of 2.00% senior convertible notes0 (4)(6)
Share-based compensation expense73
 66
 68
Share-based compensation expense129 118 73 
Loss (gains) on sales of investments and businesses, net(16) (3) 6
Loss (gain) from the extinguishment of long term debt(6) 
 2
Losses (gains) on sales of investments and businesses, netLosses (gains) on sales of investments and businesses, net2 (5)(16)
Losses from the extinguishment of long-term debtLosses from the extinguishment of long-term debt56 50 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions, dispositions, and foreign currency translation adjustments:     Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions, dispositions, and foreign currency translation adjustments:
Accounts receivable62
 (60) (6)Accounts receivable90 (79)62 
Inventories71
 (46) 6
Inventories(14)(74)71 
Other current assets and contract assets(251) (99) (185)Other current assets and contract assets167 49 (251)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and contract liabilities271
 160
 241
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and contract liabilities(116)198 271 
Other assets and liabilities(523) (44) (117)Other assets and liabilities(25)(5)(523)
Deferred income taxes9
 1,100
 213
Deferred income taxes(25)(84)
Net cash provided by operating activities1,075
 1,346
 1,165
Net cash provided by operating activities1,613 1,823 1,075 
Investing     Investing
Acquisitions and investments, net(1,164) (404) (1,474)Acquisitions and investments, net(287)(709)(1,164)
Proceeds from sales of investments95
 183
 670
Proceeds from sales of investments11 16 95 
Capital expenditures(197) (227) (271)Capital expenditures(217)(248)(197)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment
 
 73
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment56 
Net cash used for investing activities(1,266) (448) (1,002)Net cash used for investing activities(437)(934)(1,266)
Financing     Financing
Net proceeds from issuance of debtNet proceeds from issuance of debt892 1,804 1,090 
Repayment of debt(723) (21) (686)Repayment of debt(914)(2,039)(323)
Net proceeds from issuance of debt1,490
 10
 673
Issuance of common stock168
 82
 93
Purchase of common stock(132) (483) (842)
Settlement of conversion premium on convertible debt(169) 
 
Repayment of unsecured revolving credit facility drawRepayment of unsecured revolving credit facility draw(800)(400)
Proceeds from unsecured revolving credit facility drawProceeds from unsecured revolving credit facility draw800 400 
Issuances of common stockIssuances of common stock108 114 168 
Purchases of common stockPurchases of common stock(612)(315)(132)
Settlement of conversion premium on 2.00% senior convertible notesSettlement of conversion premium on 2.00% senior convertible notes0 (326)(169)
Payment of dividends(337) (307) (280)Payment of dividends(436)(379)(337)
Payment of dividends to non-controlling interest(1) (1) 
Payment of dividends to noncontrolling interestPayment of dividends to noncontrolling interest(4)(3)(1)
Deferred acquisition costs(76) (2) 
Deferred acquisition costs0 (76)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities220
 (722) (1,042)Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities(966)(1,144)220 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(40) 62
 (71)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(11) 238
 (950)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period1,268
 1,030
 1,980
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period$1,257
 $1,268
 $1,030
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalentsEffect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents43 (1)(40)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalentsNet increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents253 (256)(11)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of periodCash and cash equivalents, beginning of period1,001 1,257 1,268 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of periodCash and cash equivalents, end of period$1,254 $1,001 $1,257 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information     Supplemental Cash Flow Information   
Cash paid during the period for:     Cash paid during the period for:
Interest, net$204
 $176
 $191
Interest, net$217 $221 $204 
Income and withholding taxes, net of refunds119
 122
 66
Income and withholding taxes, net of refunds181 138 119 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

56



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in millions, except as noted)
1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation:The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (the “Company” or “Motorola Solutions”) and all controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 20182020 and 20172019 and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172020, 2019 and 2016,2018, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments and reclassifications) necessary to present fairly the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations, statements of comprehensive income, and statements of stockholders' equity and cash flows for all periods presented.
Use of Estimates:The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States ("U.S.") Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition:Net sales consist of a wide range of goods and services including the delivery of devices, systems and system integration and a full set of software and service offerings. The Company recognizes revenues when, or as, it transfersrevenue to reflect the transfer of control of promised goods or services to its customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which itthe Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for thosegoods or services.
The Products and Systems Integration segment is comprised of devices, systems, and systems integration for our LMR Mission Critical Communications and Video Security and Analytics technologies. Direct customers of the Products and Systems Integration segment are typically government, public safety agencies, procuring at state, local, and federal levels as well as large commercial customers with secure mission critical needs. Indirect customers are defined as customers purchasing professional commercial radios and video security, which are primarily sold through the Company's reseller partners to an end-customer base, composed of various industries where private communications networks and video security are used to secure operations and enable a mobile workforce. Contracts with the Company's customers are typically fixed fee, with consideration measured net of associated sales taxes, and, as it relates to our direct customers, funded through government appropriations. For Products and Systems Integration sales, the Company records consideration from shipping and handling on a gross basis within Net sales.
LMR and Video Security and Analytics devices include two-way portable and vehicle-mounted radios, fixed and mobile video cameras and accessories. Devices are considered capable of being distinct and distinct within the context of the Company's contracts. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of the devices to the customer at a point in time, typically consistent with delivery under the applicable shipping terms. Devices are sold by both the direct sales force and through reseller partners. Revenue is generally recognized upon transfer of devices to reseller partners, rather than the end-customer, except for limited consignment arrangements. Provisions for returns and reseller discounts are made on a portfolio basis using historical data.
The Products and Systems Integration segment includes both customized radio networks and video security solutions, including the integration of these networks with devices, software, and applications within both LMR and Video Security and Analytics technologies. The networks include the aggregation of promises to the customer to provide i) a radio network core and central processing software, base stations, consoles, and repeaters or ii) a video security solution including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, and access control solutions. The individual promises of the radio network are not distinct in the context of the contract, as the Company provides a significant service of integrating and customizing the goods and services. Refer to Note 2 for further discussionservices promised, while individual promises of the Company’s accounting policiesvideo security solution are capable of being distinct and distinct in the context of the contract. The radio network represents a distinct performance obligation for which revenue is recognized over time, as the Company creates an asset with no alternative use and has an enforceable right to payment for work performed. The Company's revenue recognition over time is based on an input measure of costs incurred, which depicts the transfer of control to its customers under its contracts. Products and Systems Integration revenue is recognized over an average duration of approximately one to two years. Video security solutions are traditionally sold through reseller partners, with contracts negotiated under fixed pricing. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of the video solution to the reseller partners, typically upon shipment.
The Software and Services segment provides a full set of offerings for government, public safety and commercial communication networks. Direct customers of the Software and Services segment are typically government, public safety and first-responder agencies and municipalities. Indirect customers are commercial customers who distribute broadband push-to-talk services to a final end customer base. Contracts with our customers are typically fixed fee, with consideration measured net of associated sales taxes, and, as it relates to our direct customers, funded through government appropriations.
Software offerings primarily include Command Center Software and Video Security and Analytics software and services which can be delivered either “as a service” or on-premise. Solutions delivered as a service consist of a range of promises including hosted software, technical support and the right to unspecified future software enhancements. Software is not distinct from the hosting service since the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software at any time during the term of the arrangement. The hosted software, technical support, and right to unspecified future software enhancements each represent a series of distinct services that are delivered concurrently using the same over-time method. As such, the promises are accounted for as a single performance obligation with revenue recognized on a straight-line basis.
57


On-premise offerings consist of multiple promises primarily including software licenses and post-contract customer support. The promises are each distinct and distinct within the context of the contract as the customer benefits from each promise individually without any significant integration or interrelationship between the promises. On-premise software revenue is recognized at the point in time when the customer can benefit from the software which generally aligns with the beginning of the license period. Revenue for post-contract customer support is recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the services on a straight-line basis.
Services include a continuum of service offerings beginning with repair, technical support and maintenance. More advanced offerings include: monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed service offerings range from partial to full operation of customer-owned or Motorola Solutions-owned networks. Services are provided across all technologies and are both distinct and capable of being distinct in the context of the contract, representing a series of recurring services that the Company stands ready to perform over the contract term. Since services contracts typically allow for customers to terminate for convenience or for non-appropriations of fiscal funding, the contract term is generally considered to be limited to a monthly or annual basis, subject to customer renewal. While contracts with customers are typically fixed fee, certain managed services contracts may be subject to variable consideration related to the achievement of service level agreement performance measurements. The Company has not historically paid significant penalties under service level agreements, and accordingly, it does not constrain its customers.contract price. Certain contracts may also contain variable consideration driven by the number of users. Revenue is typically recognized on services over time as a series of services performed over the contract term on a straight-line basis.
The Company enters into arrangements which consist of multiple promises to our customers. The Company evaluates whether the promised goods and services are distinct or a series of distinct goods or services. Where contracts contain multiple performance obligations, the Company generally allocates the total estimated consideration to each performance obligation based on applying an estimated selling price (“ESP”) as our best estimate of standalone selling price. The Company determines ESP by: (i) collecting all reasonably available data points including sales, cost and margin analyses of the product or services, and other inputs based on its normal pricing and discounting practices, (ii) making any reasonably required adjustments to the data based on market and Company-specific factors, and (iii) stratifying the data points, when appropriate, based on major product or service, type of customer, geographic market, and sales volume.
The Company accounts for certain system contracts on an over-time basis, electing an input method of estimated costs as a measure of performance completed. The selection of the measurement of progress using estimated costs was based on a thorough consideration of alternatives of various output and input measures, including contract milestones and labor hours. However, the Company has determined that other input and output measures are not an appropriate measure of progress as they do not accurately align with the transfer of control on its customized systems. The selection of costs incurred as a measure of progress aligns the transfer of control to the overall production of the customized system.
For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, the Company relies on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to be performed to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. The Company has a standard and disciplined quarterly process in which management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the best estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any quarterly adjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known. When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed estimates of total revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded in the period in which the loss is determined. For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $1.8 billion, compared to $1.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.
Cash Equivalents:The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash was $11$2 million at both December 31, 20182020 and $63 million at December 31, 2017.2019.
Investments:Investments in debt securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income. Certain investments arewill be accounted for using the equity method if the Company has significant influence over the issuing entity.
The Company assesses declines in the fair value of debt securities and equity method investments to determine whether such declines are other-than-temporary. This assessment is made considering all available evidence, including changes in general market conditions, specific industry and individual company data, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and the near-term prospects of the entity issuing the security, and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment until recovery. Other-than-temporary impairments of investments are recorded to Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period in which they become impaired.
58


Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in Other, net within Other income (expense). Equity securities without readily determinable fair values are carried at cost, less impairments, if any, and adjusted for observable price changes for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. The Company performs a qualitative impairment assessment to determine if such investments are impaired. The qualitative assessment considers all available information, including declines in the financial performance of the issuing entity, the issuing entity’s operating environment, and general market conditions. Impairments of equity securities without readily determinable fair values are recorded in Other, net within Other income (expense).
Inventories:Inventories are valued at the lower of average cost (which approximates cost on a first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value.
Property, Plant and Equipment:Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis, based on the estimated useful lives of the assets (leasehold improvements, fiveone to twenty years; machinery and equipment, twoone to ten years)fifteen years and commences once the assets are ready for their intended use. When certain events or changes in operating conditions occur, useful lives of the assets may be adjusted or an impairment assessment may be performed on the recoverability of the carrying value.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets:Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit, or more frequently if events or circumstances occur that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value level. The Company performs its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, typically through a qualitative assessment. Indicators of impairment include: (i) macroeconomic conditions, (ii) industry and market conditions, (iii) cost factors, including product and SG&Aselling, general and administrative costs, (iv) overall financial performance of the Company, (v) changes in share price, and (vi) other relevant company-specific events. If it’sit is determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company will perform the first step of thea quantitative goodwill impairment process,test, which compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its bookcarrying value. If the fair valuecarrying amount of thea reporting unit is less thanexceeds its bookfair value, the Company performs a hypothetical purchase price allocation based onwould recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit's fair value to determine the fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill.unit. Fair value is determined using a combination of present value techniques and market prices of comparable businesses.


Intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their respective estimated useful lives ranging from one to twenty years. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.
Leases:The Company leases certain office, factory and warehouse space, land and other equipment, principally under non-cancelable operating leases.
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract. The Company’s key considerations in determining whether a contract is or contains a lease include establishing whether the supplier has the ability to use other assets to fulfill its service or whether the terms of the agreement enable the Company to control the use of a dedicated asset during the contract term. In the majority of the Company’s contracts where it must identify whether a lease is present, it is readily determinable that the Company controls the use of the assets and obtains substantially all of the economic benefit during the term of the contract. In those contracts where identification is not readily determinable, the Company has determined that the supplier has either the ability to use another asset to provide the service or the terms of the contract give the supplier the right to operate the asset at its discretion during the term of the contract.
Right-of-use ("ROU") assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. The Company’s lease payments are typically fixed or contain fixed escalators. The Company has elected to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its current lease categories and therefore, all consideration is included in lease payments. For the Company’s leases consisting of land and other equipment (i.e. “communication network sites”), future payments are subject to variability due to changes in indices or rates. The Company values its ROU assets and lease liabilities based on the index or rate in effect at lease commencement. Future changes in the indices or rates are accounted for as variable lease costs. Other variable lease costs include items that are not fixed at lease commencement including property taxes, insurance, and operating charges that vary based on usage. ROU assets also include lease payments made in advance and are net of lease incentives.
As the majority of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rates based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The Company’s incremental borrowing rates are based on the term of the lease, the economic environment of the lease, and the effect of collateralization.
The Company's lease terms range from one to twenty-one years and may include options to extend the lease by one to ten years or terminate the lease after the initial non-cancelable term. The Company does not include options in the determination of the lease term for the majority of leases as sufficient economic factors do not exist that would compel it to continue to use the underlying asset beyond the initial non-cancelable term. However, for the Company's communication network site leases that are necessary to provide services to customers under managed service arrangements, the Company includes options in the lease term to the extent of the customer contracts to which those leases relate.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:Long-lived assets, which include intangible assets, held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of an asset (group) to future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the asset (group). If an asset (group) is considered
59


to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is equal to the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset (group) exceeds the asset's (group's) fair value calculated using a discounted future cash flows analysis or market comparable analysis. Assets held for sale, if any, are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
Income Taxes:The Company records deferred income tax assets and liabilities based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial and tax bases of assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws. The Company's deferred and other tax balances are based on management's interpretation of the tax regulations and rulings in numerous tax jurisdictions. Income tax expenseexpenses and liabilities recognized by the Company also reflect its best estimates and assumptions regarding, among other things, the level of future taxable income, the effect of the Company's various tax planning strategies, and uncertain tax positions. Future tax authority rulings and changes in tax laws, changes in projected levels of taxable income, and future tax planning strategies could affect the actual effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company.
Long-termLong-Term Receivables:Long-term receivables include trade receivables where contractual terms of the note agreement are greater than one year. The Company estimates credit losses on accounts receivable based on historical losses and then takes into account estimates of current and future economic conditions. Long-term receivables are considered impaired when management determines collection of all amountspast due if payments have not been received according to the contractual terms of the note agreement, including principal and interest, is no longer probable.interest. Impaired long-term receivables are valued based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the receivable’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the receivable is collateral dependent. Interest income and late fees on impaired long-term receivables are recognized only when payments are received. Previously impaired long-term receivables are no longer considered impaired and are reclassified to performing when they have performed under restructuring for four consecutive quarters.
Environmental Liabilities:The Company maintains a liability related to ongoing remediation efforts of environmental media such as groundwater, soil, and soil vapor, as well as related legal fees for a designated Superfund site under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (commonly known as the “Superfund Act”) incurred by a legacy business. It is the Company’s policy to re-evaluate the reserve when certain events become known that will impact the future cash payments. When the timing and amount of the future cash payments are fixed or reliably determinable, the Company discounts the future cash flows used in estimating the accrual using a risk-free treasury rate. The current portion of the estimated environmental liability is included in the “Accrued liabilities” statement line and the non-current portion is included in the “Other liabilities” statement line within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Foreign Currency:Certain non-U.S. operations within the Company use their respective local currency as their functional currency. Those operations that do not have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency translate assets and liabilities at current rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are included as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For those operations that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, transactions denominated in the local currency are measured in U.S. dollars using the current rates of exchange for monetary assets and liabilities and historical rates of exchange for nonmonetary assets. Gains and losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities are included in Other within Other income (expense) within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.
The Company’s strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against gains or losses on the underlying operational cash flows, net investments or monetary assets and liabilities based on the Company's assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of its non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company typically uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company has entered into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions or net investments in some of its overseas entities, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
Derivative Instruments:Gains and losses on hedging instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recorded immediately in Other income (expense) within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses pertaining to instruments designated as net investment hedges that qualify for hedge accounting are recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Components excluded from the assessment of hedge ineffectiveness in net investment hedges are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at their initial value and amortized into Interest expense, net on a straight-line basis.
Fair Value Measurements: The Company holds certain fixed income securities, equity securities and derivatives, which are recognized and disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date and is measured using the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy prescribes valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to each measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while
60


unobservable inputs reflect the Company's assumptions about current market conditions. The prescribed fair value hierarchy and related valuation methodologies are as follows:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations, in which all significant inputs are observable, in active markets.
Level 3 — Valuations derived from valuation techniques, in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.
Earnings Per Share:The Company calculates its basic earnings (loss) per share based on the weighted-average number of common shares issued and outstanding. Net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. is divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period to arrive at the basic earnings (loss) per share. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net earnings (loss) attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. by the sum of the weighted averageweighted-average number of common shares used in the basic earnings (loss) per share calculation and the weighted averageweighted-average number of common shares that would be issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, excluding those securities that would be anti-dilutive to the earnings (loss) per share calculation. Both basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share amounts are calculated for net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. for all periods presented.
Share-Based Compensation Costs:The Company grants share-based compensation awards and offers an employee stock purchase plan. The amount of compensation cost for these share-based awards is generally measured based on the fair value of the awards as of the date that the share-based awards are issued and adjusted to the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. The fair values of stock options and stock appreciation rights are generally determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model which incorporates assumptions about expected volatility, risk freerisk-free rate, dividend yield, and


expected life. Performance-based stock options, performance-contingent stock options, and market stock units vest based on market conditions and are therefore measured under a Monte Carlo simulation in order to simulate a range of possible future unit prices for Motorola Solutions over the performance period. Compensation cost for share-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
Defined Benefit Plans:The Company records annual expenses relating to its defined benefit plans based on calculations which include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed asset rates of return, compensation increases, and turnover rates. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends. The effectsUnder relevant accounting rules, when almost all of the plan participants are considered inactive, the amortization period for certain unrecognized gains and losses and prior service costs and credits are amortized either overchanges from the average remaining service life or overperiod to the average remaining lifetime of the participants,participants. As such, depending on the number of active employees inspecific plan, the plan. Company amortizes gains and losses over periods ranging from ten to thirty years. Prior service costs will be amortized over periods ranging from one to twenty-nine years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method.
The funded status, or projected benefit obligation less plan assets, for each plan, is reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets using a December 31 measurement date.
The benefit obligation and plan assets for the Company's U.S. Pension Benefit Plan and Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan are measured as of December 31, 2020. The Company utilizes a five-year, market-related asset value method of recognizing asset related gains and losses.
Recent AcquisitionsAcquisitions:
On August 28, 2020, we acquired the Callyo business ("Callyo"), a cloud-based mobile applications provider for law enforcement in North America for $63 million, inclusive of share-based compensation withheld at a fair value of $3 million that will be expensed over an average service period of two years. The acquisition was settled with $61 million in cash, net of cash acquired. This acquisition adds to our existing Command Center Software suite critical mobile technological capabilities that enable information to flow seamlessly from the field to the command center. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.
On July 31, 2020, we acquired Pelco, Inc. ("Pelco"), a global provider of video security solutions for a purchase price of $110 million. The acquisition was settled with $108 million of cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition demonstrates our continued investment in Video Security and Analytics, adding a broad range of products that can be used in a variety of commercial and industrial environments and use cases. The business is part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.
On June 16, 2020 we acquired IndigoVision Group plc ("IndigoVision") for a purchase price of $37 million. The acquisition was settled with $35 million of cash, net of cash acquired and debt assumed. The acquisition complements our Video Security and Analytics technology, providing enhanced geographical reach across a wider customer base. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.
On April 30, 2020, we acquired a cybersecurity services business for $32 million of cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition expands our ability to assist customers with cybersecurity needs through vulnerability assessments, cybersecurity consulting, and managed services including security monitoring of network operations. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.
61


On March 3, 2020, we acquired a cybersecurity services business for $40 million, inclusive of share-based compensation withheld at a fair value of $6 million that will be expensed over a service period of two years. The acquisition was settled with $33 million of cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition expands our ability to assist customers with cybersecurity needs through vulnerability assessments, cybersecurity consulting, managed services and remediation and response capabilities. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment.
On October 16, 2019, we acquired a data solutions business for vehicle location information for a purchase price of $85 million, net of cash acquired. The acquisition enhances our Video Security and Analytics technology by adding data to our existing license plate recognition (“LPR”) database within our Software and Services segment.
On July 11, 2019, we acquired WatchGuard, Inc. ("WatchGuard"), a provider of in-car and body-worn video solutions for $271 million, inclusive of share-based compensation withheld at a fair value of $16 million that will be expensed over an average service period of two years. The acquisition was settled with $250 million of cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition expands our Video Security and Analytics technology within both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.
On March 11, 2019, we acquired Avtec, Inc. ("Avtec"), a provider of dispatch communications for U.S. public safety and commercial customers for a purchase price of $136 million in cash, net of cash acquired. This acquisition expands our commercial portfolio with new capabilities, allowing us to offer an enhanced platform for customers to communicate, coordinate resources and secure their facilities. The business is part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.
On January 7, 2019, the Companywe announced that itwe acquired VaaS International Holdings ("VaaS"), a company that is a leading global provider of data and image analytics for vehicle location for $445 million, inclusive of share-based compensation withheld at a fair value of $38 million that will be expensed over an average service period of one year. The acquisition was settled with $231 million of cash, net of cash acquired, and 1.4 million of shares issued at a fair value of $160 million for a purchase price of $445$391 million. This acquisition expands Video Security and Analytics within both the Company's command center software portfolio.Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.
On March 28, 2018, the Companywe completed the acquisition of Avigilon Corporation ("Avigilon"), a provider of advanced security and video solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, video cameras and access control solutions, for a purchase price of $974 million. The acquisition expands Video Security and Analytics within both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment.
On March 7, 2018, the Companywe completed the acquisition of Plant Holdings, Inc. ("Plant"), the parent company of Airbus DS Communications, for a purchase price of $237 million. This acquisition expands the Company's softwareour Command Center Software portfolio in the command center with additional solutions for Next Generation 9-1-1.next generation 911 within our Software and Services segment.
On August 28, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Kodiak Networks, a provider of broadband push-to-talk for commercial customers, for a purchase price of $225 million.
On March 13, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Interexport, a managed service provider of communications systems to public safety and commercial customers in Chile, for a purchase price of $98 billion Chilean pesos, or approximately $147 million.
OnNovember 10, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Spillman Technologies ("Spillman"), a provider of comprehensive law enforcement and public safety software solutions, for a purchase price of$221 million. The acquisition expands the Company's command center software and services portfolio and enables it to offer a full suite of solutions to a broader customer base.
On February 19, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Guardian Digital Communications Limited ("GDCL"), a holding company of Airwave Solutions Limited ("Airwave"), the largest private operator of a public safety network in the world. All of the outstanding equity of GDCL was acquired for the sum of £1, after which the Company invested into GDCL £698 million, net of cash acquired, or approximately $1.0 billion, to settle all third party debt.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements:
In February 2016,August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-02, "Leases,2020-06, "Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) - Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity," which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments. The new guidance removes the separation models for convertible debt with a cash conversion feature or a beneficial conversion feature. In addition, the new standard provides guidance on calculating the dilutive impact of convertible debt on earnings per share. The ASU clarifies that the average market price should be used to calculate the diluted earnings per share denominator when the exercise price or the number of shares that may be issued is variable. The ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2022, including interim periods, with early adoption permitted. The ASU permits the use of either a full or modified retrospective method of adoption. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of this ASU on its financial statements and disclosures.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740),” which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and streamlining other areas of accounting for income taxes. The ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2021 with early adoption permitted. Portions of the amendment within the ASU require retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective adoption methods. The Company has determined that the adoption of this ASU will not have a material impact on its financial statement disclosures.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, "Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans," which amends existing guidanceASC 715-20, Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General. This ASU modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans by removing and adding certain disclosures for these plans. The eliminated disclosures include the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to require lessees to recognize assetsbe recognized in net periodic benefit costs over the next fiscal year and liabilitiesthe effects of a one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates on the balance sheetnet periodic benefit costs and the benefit obligation for postretirement health care benefits. The new disclosures also require an explanation of significant gains and losses related to changes in benefit obligations. The Company adopted ASU No. 2018-14 for the rightsyear ended December 31, 2020 and obligations created by long-term leases andapplied the
62


required retrospective transition method. The adoption, which is limited to disclose additional quantitative and qualitative information about leasing arrangements. This was subsequently amended bydisclosures only, did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-01, “Land Easement Practical Expedient2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” which requires the Company to measure and recognize expected credit losses for Transition to Topic 842”;financial assets held and not accounted for at fair value through net income. In November 2018, April 2019, May 2019 and November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10,2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases”;326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses,” ASU No. 2019-04, "Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments," ASU No. 2019-05, "Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief," and ASU No. 2018-11, “Targeted Improvements.2019-11,"Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses,respectively, which collectively provided additional implementation guidance regarding ASU No. 2016-13. The newCompany adopted ASU No. 2016-13 as of January 1, 2020 using a modified retrospective transition approach for all credit losses. Consequently, financial information was not updated and disclosures required under ASU No. 2016-13 are not provided for dates and periods before January 1, 2020.
The Company considered the impact of adoption of ASU No. 2016-13 by reviewing historical losses in conjunction with current and future economic conditions on the following financial assets: i) cash equivalents, ii) accounts receivable, iii) contract assets, and iv) long-term receivables. Historical losses for these financial assets were previously insignificant with the exception of accounts receivable. The Company estimates credit losses on accounts receivable based on historical losses and then takes into account estimates of current and future economic conditions. The Company’s historical loss model is based on past due customer receivable balances and considers past collection experience, historical write-offs as well as the customer’s overall financial condition. Customer receivables are considered past due if payments have not been received within the agreed invoice terms. These historical losses are aggregated based on the type of customer (direct and indirect) and the geographic region (North America region and International region). The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact to the Company's financial statements.
The following table displays the rollforward of the allowance for credit losses on the Company's trade receivables:
Balance at
January 1, 2020
Charged to
Earnings
UsedAdjustments*Balance at
December 31, 2020
Allowance for credit losses$63 $47 $(34)$(1)$75 
*Adjustments include translation adjustments
We adopted ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases,” and all the related amendments (collectively “ASC 842”) on January 1, 2019. ASC 842 establishes a right-of-use model ("ROU") that requires a lessee to recognize a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with an initial term longer than twelve months. Leases will beare classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classificationpresentation of expense recognition in the income statement.
The ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. A modified retrospective transition approach is required, applying the new standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. An entity may choose to use either the effective date or the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements as its date of initial application. The Company will adopt the new standard on January 1, 2019 and use the effective date as the date of initial application. Consequently, financial information will not be updated and disclosures required under the new standard will not be provided for dates and periods before January 1, 2019.
The new standardASC 842 provides for a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company will electWe elected the practical expedients, which permits the Companypermit us to not reassess prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs under the new standard. The Company doesASC 842. We did not expect to elect the "use-of hindsight" practical expedient to determine the lease term or in assessing the likelihood that a lease purchase option will be exercised.exercised, allowing us to carry forward the lease term as determined prior to adoption of ASC 842. Finally, we also elected the practical expedient related to land easements, which enabled us to continue our accounting treatment for land easements on existing agreements as of January 1, 2019.
The new standardASC 842 also provides practical expedients for an entity’s ongoing accounting. The Company currently expects to electWe elected the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify. This means, forA short-term lease is one with a term of 12 months or less, including any optional periods that are reasonably certain of exercise. For those leases that qualify, The Company willthe exemption allows us to not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities, and this includesincluding not recognizing ROU assets or lease liabilities for existing short-term leases inat transition. The CompanyShort-term lease costs are recognized as rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term consistent with our prior accounting. We also currently expects to electelected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all leases.current lease categories.


The Company is continuing to assess the impactAs of the ASU on its consolidated financial statements, required disclosures, and changes to internal controls. Based on the preliminary work completed, the Company expects to recognize additionalJanuary 1, 2019, we recognized operating lease liabilities ranging from $600of $648 million to $650 million, with corresponding ROU assets of the same amount based on the present value of the remaining minimum rental payments determined under current leasingprior lease accounting standards for existingand corresponding ROU assets of $588 million. The $60 million difference between operating leases less accumulated impairment losses.lease liabilities and ROU assets recognized is due to deferred rent and exit cost accruals recorded under prior accounting standards. ASC 842 requires such balances to be reclassified against ROU assets at transition.
In August 2018,For arrangements where we are the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General (Subtopic 715-20) - Changes tolessor, the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans,” which modifies the disclosure requirements for the defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans. The ASU is effective for the Company on January 1, 2021 with early adoption permitted. The ASU requires a retrospective adoption method. The Company doesof ASC 842 did not believe the ASU will have a material impact on itsour financial statement disclosures.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:The Company early adopted ASU No. 2017-12 "Derivativesstatements as the majority of our leases are operating leases embedded within managed services contracts. ASC 842 provides a practical expedient for lessors in which the lessor may elect, by class of underlying asset, to not separate non-lease components from the associated lease component and, Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvementsinstead, to Accountingaccount for Hedging Activities" on December 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method of adoption. The ASU requiresthese components as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings assingle component if both of the beginningfollowing are met: (i) the timing and pattern of transfer of the fiscal year of adoptionnon-lease component(s) and associated lease component are the same and (ii) the lease component, if accounted for separately, would be classified as an operating lease. The accounting under the previously recorded ineffectiveness included in retained earnings related to existing net investment hedges as of the date of adoption. The Company did not record a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as no net investment hedges existed as of the ASU adoption date. New hedging relationships entered after the adoption date have been presentedpractical expedient depends on which component(s) is predominant in the financial statements usingcontract. If the guidance ofnon-lease component is predominant, the ASU. There were no material changes to the Company’s financial statements from the adoption of the ASU.
The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-16, “Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory” on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method of adoption. The Company recognized $31 million related to the cumulative effect of applying the ASU as an adjustment to its opening retained earnings balance. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reportedsingle component is accounted under accounting standards in effect in those periods. This ASU eliminates the prior application of deferring the income tax effect of intra-entity asset transfers, other than inventory, until the transferred asset is sold to a third party or otherwise recovered through use. Under the ASU, the Company will recognize tax expense when intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory occur.
The Company adopted ASU No. 2017-07, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715) - Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost” on January 1, 2018 using the retrospective method of adoption. The amendments in the ASU require that an employer disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net periodic cost (benefit) and report that component in the same line item as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by employees during the period. The other components of net periodic cost (benefit) are required to be presented in the statement of operations separately from the service cost component and outside of operating earnings. The Company has restated its comparative period results to reflect the application of the presentation guidance of the ASU. As a result of the ASU, the presentation of net periodic cost (benefit) has been updated to classify all components of the Company’s net periodic benefit, with the exception of the service cost component, within Other in Other income (expense) on the statement of operations. The Company reclassified $75 million of benefits, $2 million of expense, and $19 million of benefits in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The Company adopted ASU No. 2014-09,ASC Topic 606 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers,"Customers" and all the related amendments (collectively “ASC 606”) on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. The Company recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue standard as an adjustment to its opening retained earnings. The comparative information has not been restatedaccounting and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect in those periods.
The Company has retained much of the same accounting treatment used to recognize revenuedisclosure under ASC 606 as under accounting standards in effect in prior periods. Revenue on a significant portion of its Systems and Systems Integration contracts continues to be recognized under percentage of completion accounting, applying a cost-to-cost method. Services contracts continue to be recognized ratably over relevant contract terms as842 is not applicable. We have elected the Company stands ready to perform. Finally, revenue on equipment sales continues to be recognized based on delivery terms as aligned with the transfer of control.
Under the new standard, the Company identified distinct promises to transfer goods and services within its contracts. For system contracts that are recognized under percentage of completion accounting, the Company has considered the factors used to determine whether promises made in the contract are distinctabove practical expedient and determined that devicesnon-lease components are predominant and, accessories represent distinct goods. Accordingly, adoption of the new standard impacts the Company's system contracts, with the result being revenue recognized earlier as control of devices and accessories transfers to the customer at a point in time rather than over time. For the remaining promised goods and services within the Company's system contracts, it continues to recognize revenue on these contracts using a cost-to-cost method based on the continuous transfer of control to the customer over time.
Under the new standard, revenue recognition for software sales is accelerated based on when control of software licenses and related support servicesaccordingly, are transferred to the customer. Amounts deferred under previous software accounting rules due to lack of vendor-specific objective evidence have been recognized as an adjustment through opening retained earnings.
Historically, the Company presented transactions that involved a third-party sales representative on a net basis. After considering the control concept and the remaining three indicators of gross presentation under the new standard, the Company has determined that it is the principal in contracts that involve a third-party sales representative. Thus, under the new standard, the Company presents associated revenues on a gross basis, with the affect being an equal increase to selling, general and administrative expenses for its cost of third-party commissions.


Under prior accounting standards, the Company expensed sales commissions and other costs to obtain a contract as incurred. However, under the new standard, the Company capitalizes sales commissions and certain other costs as incremental costs to obtain a contract. Such costs are classified as non-current contract cost assets within Other assets and amortized over a period that approximates the timing of revenue recognition on the underlying contracts.
The new standard clarified the definition of a receivable and requires the Company to present its net position in a contract with a customer on the balance sheet. The position is presented as either a receivable, contract asset, or a contract liability. Under the new definition, accounts receivable are unconditional rights to consideration from a customer. Contract assets represent rights to consideration from a customer in exchange for transferred goods and services that are conditional on events other than the passage of time. Contract liabilities represent obligations to transfer goods and services for which the Company has received, or is due, consideration from a customer. The Company reclassified its customer positions to align with the new definitions and presentation guidance. Accordingly, Unbilled accounts receivable and Costs and earnings in excess of billings have been reclassified from Accounts receivable and Other current assets, respectively, and are presented as Contract assets. Accounts receivable which are not due from customers have been reclassified into Other current assets. Deferred revenue, Billings in excess of costs and earnings, and Customer downpayments have been reclassified from Accrued liabilities and are presented as Contract liabilities. Non-current deferred revenue has been reclassified from Deferred revenue to Non-current contract liabilities within Other liabilities.
The cumulative effect of the changes made to our consolidated opening balance sheet as of January 1, 2018 due to the modified retrospective method of adoption of ASC 606 is as follows:
Balance Sheet (Selected captions)
(In millions)December 31,
2017
 Reclassification of Contract Assets Reclassification of Non-customer receivables Reclassification of Contract Liabilities Impact of Adoption on Open Contracts January 1,
2018
           (Unaudited)
ASSETS
Accounts receivable, net$1,523
 $(297) $(24) $
 $(4) $1,198
Contract assets
 846
 
 
 85
 931
Inventories, net327
 
 
 
 1
 328
Other current assets832
 (549) 24
 
 (23) 284
Deferred income taxes1,023
 
 
 
 (41) 982
Other assets333
 
 
 
 85
 418
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Contract liabilities$
 $
 $
 $1,099
 $(17) $1,082
Accrued liabilities2,286
 
 
 (1,099) 
 1,187
Other liabilities2,585
 
 
 
 (7) 2,578
Stockholders’ Equity           
Retained earnings467
 
 
 
 127
 594

The impact of the adoption of ASC 606 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 issingle components as follows:managed service contracts under ASC Topic 606.
Statements of Operations (Selected captions)
63


 Year Ended
(In millions)December 31, 2018 Adjustments due to ASC 606 December 31, 2018 Balances Under ASC 605
Net sales$7,343
 $(83) $7,260
Gross margin3,480
 (82) 3,398
Selling, general and administrative expenses1,254
 (64) 1,190
Operating earnings1,255
 (18) 1,237
Net earnings before income taxes1,102
 (18) 1,084
Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions Inc.966
 (18) 948




Balance Sheet (Selected captions)
(In millions)December 31,
2018
 Adjustments due to ASC 606 December 31, 2018 Balances Under ASC 605
ASSETS
Accounts receivable, net$1,293
 $416
 $1,709
Contract assets1,012
 (1,012) 
Other current assets354
 531
 885
Deferred income taxes985
 41
 1,026
Other assets344
 (99) 245
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Contract liabilities$1,263
 $(1,263) $
Accrued liabilities1,210
 1,275
 2,485
Other liabilities2,300
 10
 2,310
Stockholders’ Equity     
Retained earnings1,051
 (145) 906

There is no impact to the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) or the Statements of Cash Flows, with the exception of changes to Net earnings and changes within assets and liabilities as presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and disclosed above.
2.    Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In accordance with ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue to reflect the transfer of control of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for goods or services. The Company records revenue following the five steps below:
1.Identify the contract with customers: A contract is an agreement between two or more parties that creates enforceable rights and obligations and specifies that enforceability is a matter of law. Contracts shall be accounted for when: (i) the parties to the contract have approved the contract (in writing, orally, or in accordance with other customary business practices) and are committed to perform their respective obligations, (ii) the Company can identify each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred, (iii) the Company can identify the payment terms for the goods or services to be transferred, (iv) the contract has commercial substance (that is, the risk, timing, or amount of the Company’s future cash flow is expected to change as a result of the contract), and (v) it is probable that the Company will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer. It is the Company’s customary business practice to obtain a signed legal document as evidence of an arrangement.
2.Identify performance obligations in contracts: The goods or services promised in a contract must be evaluated at inception to identify as a performance obligation each promise to transfer to the customer either: (i) a distinct good or service, or (ii) a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer.
3.Determine the transaction price: The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties. In determining the transaction price, the Company considers the following components: (i) variable consideration, (ii) significant financing, (iii) non-cash consideration, and (iv) consideration payable to a customer.
4.Allocate the transaction price: For a contract that has more than one distinct performance obligation, the Company must allocate the transaction price to each distinct performance obligation in an amount that depicts the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for satisfying that specific performance obligation.
5.Recognize revenue when or as the entity satisfies a performance obligation: The Company recognizes revenue when, or as, it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer.




Disaggregation of Revenue
During the first quarter of 2020, the Company restructured to realize more operational efficiencies, combining our Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA"), Asia Pacific ("AP"), and Latin America ("LA") regions into one region, which is now reflected as "International." Accordingly, the Company now reports net sales in the following 2 geographic regions: North America, which includes the United States and Canada, and International. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company updated its presentation of major products and services to provide a more comprehensive view of technologies within our reporting segments. Accordingly, the Company now reports net sales in the following three major products and services (which we refer to as "technologies" in this Form 10-K): LMR Mission Critical Communications, Video Security and Analytics, and Command Center Software. The Company has updated all periods presented to reflect this change in presentation.
The following table summarizes the disaggregation of our revenue by segment, geography, major product and service type and customer type for the year ended December 31, 2018,2020, consistent with the information reviewed by our chief operating decision maker for evaluating the financial performance of operatingreportable segments:
Years Ended
202020192018
(in millions)Products and Systems IntegrationSoftware and ServicesTotalProducts and Systems IntegrationSoftware and ServicesTotalProducts and Systems IntegrationSoftware and ServicesTotal
Regions
North America$3,418 $1,606 $5,024 $3,846 $1,430 $5,276 $3,488 $1,176 $4,664 
International1,216 1,174 2,390 1,483 1,128 2,611 1,612 1,067 2,679 
$4,634 $2,780 $7,414 $5,329 $2,558 $7,887 $5,100 $2,243 $7,343 
Major Products and Services
LMR$3,992 $2,008 $6,000 $4,830 $1,891 $6,721 $4,783 $1,815 $6,598 
Video Security and Analytics642 285 927 499 210 709 317 65 382 
Command Center Software0 487 487 457 457 363 363 
$4,634 $2,780 $7,414 $5,329 $2,558 $7,887 $5,100 $2,243 $7,343 
Customer Type
Direct$2,991 $2,558 $5,549 $3,441 $2,395 $5,836 $3,317 $2,134 $5,451 
Indirect1,643 222 1,865 1,888 163 2,051 1,783 109 1,892 
$4,634 $2,780 $7,414 $5,329 $2,558 $7,887 $5,100 $2,243 $7,343 
(in millions)Products and Systems Integration Services and Software
Regions   
Americas$3,743
 $1,320
EMEA845
 755
Asia Pacific512
 168
   Total$5,100
 $2,243
    
Major Products and Services   
Devices$3,216
 $
Systems and Systems Integration1,884
 
Services
 1,815
Software
 428
   Total$5,100
 $2,243
    
Customer Type   
Direct$3,317
 $2,134
Indirect1,783
 109
   Total$5,100
 $2,243

Products and Systems Integration:The Products and Systems Integration segment is comprised of Systems, Devices and Systems Integration. Direct customers of the Products and Systems Integration segment are typically government, public safety and first-responder agencies, procuring at state, local, and federal levels as well as large commercial customers with secure mission-critical needs. Indirect customers are defined as customers purchasing professional commercial radios and Avigilon video solutions, which are primarily sold through the Company's reseller partners to an end-customer base, composed of various industries where private communications networks and video solutions are used to secure operations and enable a mobile workforce. Contracts with the Company's customers are typically fixed fee, with consideration measured net of associated sales taxes, and, as it relates to our direct customers, funded through government appropriations. On the Company's Products and Systems Integration sales, it records consideration from shipping and handling on a gross basis within Net sales.
Devices:Devices includes two-way portable and vehicle-mounted radios, accessories, software features, and upgrades. Devices also includes video cameras sold by Avigilon. Devices are considered capable of being distinct and distinct within the context of our contracts. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of the devices to the customer at a point in time, typically consistent with delivery under the applicable shipping terms. Devices are sold by both the direct sales force and through reseller partners. Revenue is generally recognized upon transfer of devices to reseller partners, rather than the end-customer, except for limited consignment arrangements. Provisions for returns and reseller discounts are made on a portfolio basis using historical data.
Systems and Systems Integration:Systems and Systems Integration include customized radio network, video solutions and implementation, optimization, and integration of networks, devices, software, and applications. Radio network includes the aggregation of promises to the customer to provide the radio network core and central processing software, base stations, consoles, and repeaters. These individual promises are not distinct in the context of the contract, as the Company provides a significant service of integrating and customizing the goods and services promised. The radio network represents a distinct performance obligation for which revenue is recognized over time, as the Company creates an asset with no alternative use and has an enforceable right to payment for work performed. The Company's revenue recognition over time is based on an input measure of costs incurred, which depicts the transfer of control to its customers under its contracts. Systems and Systems Integration revenue is recognized over an average duration of approximately one to two years.
Systems also include Avigilon security and video solutions including: video analytics, network video management hardware and software, and access control solutions, which are capable of being distinct and distinct in the context of the contract. Avigilon security and video solutions are traditionally sold through reseller partners, with contracts negotiated


under fixed pricing. Provisions for returns are determined on a portfolio basis using historical data. Revenue is recognized upon the transfer of control of the video solution to the reseller partners, typically upon shipment.
Services and Software: The Services and Software segment provides a full set of offerings for government, public safety and commercial communication networks. Direct customers of the Services and Software segment are typically government, public safety and first-responder agencies and municipalities. Indirect customers are commercial customers who distribute broadband push-to-talk services to a final end customer base. Contracts with our customers are typically fixed fee, with consideration measured net of associated sales taxes, and, as it relates to our direct customers, funded through government appropriations.
Services: Services includes a continuum of service offerings beginning with repair, technical support and maintenance. More advanced offerings include: monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed service offerings range from partial to full operation of customer or Motorola Solutions-owned networks. Services are provided across all radio network technologies. Services are both distinct and capable of being distinct in the context of the contract, representing a series of recurring services that the Company stands ready to perform over the contract term. Since services contracts typically allow for customers to terminate for convenience or for non-appropriations of fiscal funding, the contract term is generally considered to be limited to a monthly or annual basis, subject to customer renewal. While contracts with customers are typically fixed fee, certain managed services contracts may be subject to variable consideration related to the achievement of service level agreement performance measurements. The Company has not historically paid significant penalties under service level agreements, and accordingly, it does not constrain its contract price. Certain contracts may also contain variable consideration driven by the number of users. Revenue is typically recognized on services over time as a series of services performed over the contract term on a straight-line basis.
Software:Software offerings include public safety and enterprise command solutions, unified communications applications, and video software solutions delivered either “as a service” or on-premise. Solutions delivered as a service consist of a range of promises including hosted software, technical support and the right to unspecified future software enhancements. Software is not distinct from the hosting service since the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software at any time during the term of the arrangement. The hosted software, technical support, and right to unspecified future software enhancements each represent a series of distinct services that are delivered concurrently using the same over time method. As such, the promises are accounted for as a single performance obligation with revenue recognized on a straight-line basis.
 On-premise offerings consist of multiple promises primarily including software licenses and post-contract customer support. The promises are each distinct and distinct within the context of the contract as the customer benefits from each promise individually without any significant integration or interrelationship between the promises. On-premise software revenue is recognized at the point in time when the customer can benefit from the software which generally aligns with the beginning of the license period. Revenue for post-contract customer support is recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the services on a straight-line basis.
Significant Judgments
The Company enters into arrangements which consist of multiple promises to our customers. The Company evaluates whether the promised goods and services are distinct or a series of distinct goods or services. Where contracts contain multiple performance obligations, the Company generally allocates the total estimated consideration to each performance obligation based on applying an estimated selling price (“ESP”) as our best estimate of standalone selling price. The Company determines ESP by: (i) collecting all reasonably available data points including sales, cost and margin analyses of the product or services, and other inputs based on its normal pricing and discounting practices, (ii) making any reasonably required adjustments to the data based on market and Company-specific factors, and (iii) stratifying the data points, when appropriate, based on major product or service, type of customer, geographic market, and sales volume.
The Company accounts for certain system contracts on an over-time basis, electing an input method of estimated costs as a measure of performance completed. The selection of the measurement of progress using estimated costs was based on a thorough consideration of alternatives of various output and input measures, including contract milestones and labor hours. However, the Company has determined that other input and output measures are not an appropriate measure of progress as they do not accurately align with the transfer of control on its customized systems. The selection of costs incurred as a measure of progress aligns the transfer of control to the overall production of the customized system.
For system contracts accounted for over time using estimated costs as a measure of performance completed, the Company relies on estimates around the total estimated costs to complete the contract (“Estimated Costs at Completion”). Total Estimated Costs at Completion include direct labor, material and subcontracting costs. Due to the nature of the efforts required to be performed to meet the underlying performance obligation, determining Estimated Costs at Completion may be complex and subject to many variables. We have a standard and disciplined quarterly process in which management reviews the progress and performance of open contracts in order to determine the best estimate of Estimated Costs at Completion. As part of this process, management reviews information including, but not limited to, any outstanding key contract matters, progress towards completion, the project schedule, identified risks and opportunities, and the related changes in estimates of costs. The risks and opportunities include management’s judgment about the ability and cost to achieve the project schedule, technical requirements, and other contract requirements. Management must make assumptions and estimates regarding labor productivity and availability, the complexity of work to be performed, the availability and cost of materials, and performance by subcontractors, among other variables. Based on this analysis, any quarterly adjustment to net sales, cost of sales, and the


related impact to operating income are recorded as necessary in the period they become known. When estimates of total costs to be incurred on a contract exceed estimates of total revenue to be earned, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded in the period in which the loss is determined.
Remaining Performance Obligations
Remaining performance obligations represent the revenue that is expected to be recognized in future periods related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied, or partially unsatisfied, as of the end of a period. The transaction pricevalue associated with remaining performance obligations which are not yet satisfied as of December 31, 2018 is2020 was $7.2 billion. A total of $3.2$3.1 billion is from Products and Systems Integration performance obligations that are not yet satisfied, of which $1.7$1.5 billion is expected to be recognized in the next 12twelve months. The remaining amounts will generally be satisfied over time as systems are implemented. A total of $4.0$4.1 billion is from ServicesSoftware and SoftwareServices performance obligations that arewere not yet satisfied as of December 31, 2018.2020. The determination of ServicesSoftware and SoftwareServices performance obligations that are not satisfied takes into account a contract term that may be limited by the customer’s ability to terminate for convenience. Where termination for convenience exists in the Company's Servicesservices contracts, its disclosure of the remaining performance obligations that are unsatisfied assumes the contract term is limited until renewal. The Company expects to recognize $1.2$1.5 billion from unsatisfied ServicesSoftware and SoftwareServices performance obligations over the next 12twelve months, with the remaining performance obligations to be recognized over time as services are performed and software is implemented.
Contract Balances
(in millions)December 31, 2018
 January 1, 2018
Receivables$1,293
 $1,198
Contract assets1,012
 931
Contract liabilities1,263
 1,082
Non-current contract liabilities214
 162
Contract assets consist of amounts formerly classified as Costs and earnings in excess of billings and Unbilled accounts receivable where the Company does not yet have an unconditional right to bill. Contract liabilities consist of amounts formerly classified Billings in excess of costs and earnings recognized, Customer downpayments and Deferred revenue.
Payment terms on system contracts are typically tied to implementation milestones associated with progress on contracts, while revenue recognition is over time based on a cost-to-cost method of measuring performance. The Company may recognize a contract asset or contract liability, depending on whether revenue has been recognized in excess of billings or billings in excess of revenue. Services contracts are typically billed in advance, generating Contract liabilities until the Company has performed the services. The Company does not record a financing component to contracts when it expects, at contract inception, that the period between the transfer of a promised good or service and related payment terms are less than a year.
64


Contract Balances
(in millions)202020192018
Accounts receivable, net$1,390 $1,412 $1,293 
Contract assets933 1,046 1,012 
Contract liabilities1,554 1,449 1,263 
Non-current contract liabilities283 274 214 
Revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2020 was $946 million, compared to $854 million of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2019, and $836 million of revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018 which was previously included in Contract liabilities as of January 1, 2018 was $836 million.2018. Revenue of $15$53 million was reversed during the year ended December 31, 20182020 related to performance obligations satisfied, or partially satisfied, in previous periods, primarily driven by changes in the estimates of progress on system contracts.contracts, compared to $50 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 and $15 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.
There have been no0 material impairmentexpected credit losses recognized on contract assets during the year ended December 31, 2018.

2020.
Contract Cost Balances
(in millions)202020192018
Current contract cost assets$23 $24 $30 
Non-current contract cost assets105 107 98 
(in millions)December 31, 2018
 January 1, 2018
Current contract cost assets$30
 $62
Non-current contract cost assets98
 85
Contract cost assets represent incremental costs to obtain a contract, primarily related to the Company's sales incentive plans, and certain costs to fulfill contracts. Contract cost assets are amortized into expense over a period that follows the passage of control to the customer over time. Incremental costs to obtain a contract with the Company's sales incentive plans are accounted for under a portfolio approach, with amortization ranging from one to four years to approximate the recognition of revenues over time. Where incremental costs to obtain a contract will be recognized in one year or less, the Company applies a practical expedient around expensing amounts as incurred. Amortization of contract cost assets was $44$49 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $42 million as of the year ended December 31, 2019 and $44 million as of the year ended December 31, 2018.




3.    Leases
Components of Lease Expense
(in millions)December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Lease expense:
Operating lease cost$130 $133 
Finance lease cost
Amortization of right-of-use assets11 12 
Interest on lease liabilities1 
Total finance lease cost12 14 
Short-term lease cost3 
Variable cost37 35 
Sublease income(5)(4)
Net lease expense$177 $182 
Rental expense, net of sublease income, for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $108 million.


65


Lease Assets and Liabilities
(in millions)Statement Line ClassificationDecember 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Assets:
Operating lease assetsOperating lease assets$468 $554 
Finance lease assetsProperty, plant, and equipment, net30 41 
$498 $595 
Current liabilities:
Operating lease liabilitiesAccrued liabilities$126 $122 
Finance lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of long-term debt11 13 
$137 $135 
Non-current liabilities:
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities$402 $497 
Finance lease liabilitiesLong-term debt5 16 
$407 $513 
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company exercised a break option reducing the term of an International office lease by five years. This resulted in a reduction to both the Operating lease asset and Operating lease liabilities by approximately $47 million.
Other Information Related to Leases
(in millions)December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Supplemental cash flow information:
Net cash used for operating activities related to operating leases$144 $140 
Net cash used for operating activities related to finance leases1 
Net cash used for financing activities related to finance leases12 14 
Assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities:
Operating leases$84 $86 
(in millions)December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Weighted average remaining lease terms (years):
Operating leases67
Finance leases22
Weighted average discount rate:
Operating leases3.30 %3.61 %
Finance leases4.21 %4.28 %
Future Lease Payments
As of December 31, 2020 (in millions)Operating LeasesFinance LeasesTotal
2021$141 $12 $153 
2022127 132 
202373 73 
202459 59 
202547 47 
Thereafter139 139 
Total lease payments$586 $17 $603 
Less: Interest58 59 
Present value of lease liabilities$528 $16 $544 

66


4.    Other Financial Data
Statement of Operations Information
Other Charges (Income)
Other charges (income) included in Operating earnings consist of the following:
Years ended December 312018
2017 2016
Other charges (income):     
Intangibles amortization (Note 14)$188
 $151
 $113
Reorganization of businesses (Note 13)61
 33
 77
Loss (gain) on legal settlements3
 (1) 
Asset impairments1
 10
 21
Environmental reserve expense57
 
 
Gain on the recovery of financial receivables
 (47) 
Acquisition-related transaction fees24
 1
 13
 $334
 $147
 $224
Years ended December 31 (in millions)202020192018
Other charges (income):
Intangibles amortization (Note 15)$215 $208 $188 
Reorganization of businesses (Note 14)57 40 61 
Losses on legal settlements9 
Asset impairments5 
Gain on sale of property, plant, and equipment(50)
Environmental reserve expense0 57 
Operating lease ROU asset impairment0 
Acquisition-related transaction fees9 24 
Other1 
 $246 $260 $334 
During 2020, the year ended December 31,Company recorded a $50 million gain on the sale of a manufacturing facility in Europe.
During 2018, the Company became aware of additional remediation requirements for the Superfund site, resulting in arecorded an environmental reserve charge of $57 million primarilyrelating to a designated Superfund site due to: (i) changes inchanging the expected timeline of the remediation activities to 30 years and (ii) additional costs for further remediation efforts, increasing the reserve to $107 million. The current portion of the estimated environmental liability is included in the “Accrued liabilities” statement line and the non-current portion is included in the “Other liabilities” statement line within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company expensed $24 million of acquisition-related transaction fees related to the acquisitions of Avigilon, Plant, and VaaS compared to $1 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, and $13 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 related to the acquisition of Airwave.
During the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company recognized $1 million, $10 million and $21 million, respectively, of asset impairments. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the impairments were primarily related to building impairments from the sale of various corporate and manufacturing facilities.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized a net gain of $47 million related to the recovery, through legal procedures to seize and liquidate assets, of financial receivables owed to the Company by a former customer of its legacy Networks business. The net gain of $47 million was based on $57 million of proceeds received, net $10 million of fees owed to third parties for their involvement in the recovery.



Other Income (Expense)
Interest expense, net, and Other both included in Other income (expense) consist of the following: 
Years ended December 31 (in millions)202020192018
Interest expense, net:
Interest expense$(233)$(237)$(240)
Interest income13 17 18 
$(220)$(220)$(222)
Other:
Net periodic pension and postretirement benefit (Note 8)$81 $78 $75 
Losses from the extinguishment of long-term debt (Note 5)(56)(50)
Gains from the extinguishment of 2.00% senior convertible notes (Note 5)0 
Investment impairments(4)(18)(5)
Foreign currency loss(44)(22)(24)
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments25 (8)(14)
Gains on equity method investments3 
Fair value adjustments to equity investments6 (3)11 
U.S. pension settlement (Note 8)0 (359)
Other2 10 
 $13 $(365)$53 
67

Years ended December 312018 2017 2016
Interest expense, net:     
Interest expense$(240) $(215) $(225)
Interest income18
 14
 20
 $(222) $(201) $(205)
Other:     
Net periodic pension and postretirement benefit (Note 7)$75
 $46
 $45
Non-U.S. pension settlement loss (Note 7)
 (48) (26)
Gain (loss) from the extinguishment of long-term debt (Note 4)6
 
 (2)
Investment impairments(5) 
 (4)
Foreign currency gain (loss)(24) (31) 46
Gain (loss) on derivative instruments(14) 15
 (56)
Gains on equity method investments1
 1
 5
Fair value adjustments to equity investments11
 
 
Realized foreign currency loss on acquisition
 
 (10)
Other3
 7
 9
 $53
 $(10) $7

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized a foreign currency loss of $24 million, primarily driven by the Brazilian real, the Australian dollar and the Argentinian peso. In addition, the Company recognized a $14 million loss on derivative instruments related to foreign currency derivatives put in place to minimize the exposure to the Canadian dollar related to the purchase of Avigilon as well as $5 million of impairments on strategic investments. These losses were offset by an $11 million gain related to an increase in the fair value of common stock held in a strategic investment.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized a foreign currency loss of $31 million, primarily driven by the Euro and British pound, partially offset by a gain of $15 million, on derivative instruments put in place to minimize the foreign exchange risk related to currency fluctuations.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized foreign currency gain of $46 million, primarily driven by the British pound, offset by a loss of $56 million on derivative instruments put in place to minimize the foreign exchange risk related to currency fluctuations. The Company also realized a $10 million foreign currency loss on currency purchased and held in anticipation of the acquisition of Airwave during the year ended December 31, 2016.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic and diluted earnings per common share from net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. are computed as follows: 
Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders
 Net Earnings
Years ended December 31202020192018
Basic earnings per common share:
Earnings$949 $868 $966 
Weighted average common shares outstanding170.0 166.6 162.4 
Per share amount$5.58 $5.21 $5.95 
Diluted earnings per common share:
Earnings$949 $868 $966 
Weighted average common shares outstanding170.0 166.6 162.4 
Add effect of dilutive securities:
Share-based awards4.1 4.7 4.2 
2.00% senior convertible notes0 4.3 5.4 
1.75% senior convertible notes0 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding174.1 175.6 172.0 
Per share amount$5.45 $4.95 $5.62 
 Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders
 Net Earnings (loss)
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016
Basic earnings per common share:     
Earnings (loss)$966
 $(155) $560
Weighted average common shares outstanding162.4
 162.9
 169.6
Per share amount$5.95
 $(0.95) $3.30
Diluted earnings per common share:     
Earnings (loss)$966
 $(155) $560
Weighted average common shares outstanding162.4
 162.9
 169.6
Add effect of dilutive securities:     
Share-based awards4.2
 
 2.7
Senior Convertible Notes5.4
 
 0.8
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding172.0
 162.9
 173.1
Per share amount$5.62
 $(0.95) $3.24


In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2020, the assumed exercise of 0.4 million options, including 0.1 million subject to market-based contingent option agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2019, the assumed exercise of 0.3 million options, including 0.1 million subject to market-based contingent option agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2018, the assumed exercise of 0.8 million options, including 0.6 million subject to market-based contingent option agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded a net loss and, accordingly, the basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are equal because any increase to the basic shares would be antidilutive, including the assumed exercise of 8.7 million stock options, the assumed vesting of 1.4 million RSUs, and 3.1 million shares related to the Senior Convertible Notes. In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2016, the assumed exercise of 2.8 million stock options and the assumed vesting of 0.3 million RSUs, including 2.0 million subject to market-based contingent option agreements, were excluded because their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
On August 25, 2015,September 5, 2019, the Company issued $1.0 billion of 2.0% Senior Convertible Notes1.75% senior convertible notes which mature inon September 2020 (the "Senior15, 2024 ("New Senior Convertible Notes"). The notes became fullyare convertible asbased on a conversion rate of August 25, 2017. On September 5, 2018, the Company agreed with Silver Lake Partners4.9140 per $1,000 principal amount (which is equal to re-purchase $200 million principalan initial conversion price of the convertible notes for aggregate consideration of $369 million in cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. The Company paid the $369 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.$203.50 per share). In the event of an additional conversion, the Company intends to settle the principal amount of the New Senior Convertible Notes in cash. SinceBecause of the Company’s intention is to settle the par value of the New Senior Convertible Notes in cash, uponMotorola Solutions does not reflect any shares underlying the New Senior Convertible Notes in its diluted weighted average shares outstanding until the average stock price per share for the period exceeds the conversion onlyprice. Only the number of shares that would be issuable (under the treasury stock method of accounting for share dilution) arewill be included, in our computation of diluted earnings per share. The conversion pricewhich is adjusted for dividends declared through the date of settlement. Diluted earnings per share has been calculated based upon the amount by which the average stock price exceeds the conversion price of $203.50. For the period ended December 31, 2020, there was no dilutive effect of the New Senior Convertible Notes on diluted earnings per share attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. as the average stock price for the period outstanding was below the conversion price. See further discussion in Note 5.
Balance Sheet Information
Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable, net, consists of the following: 
December 3120202019
Accounts receivable$1,465 $1,475 
Less allowance for credit losses(75)(63)
 $1,390 $1,412 
68

December 312018 2017
Accounts receivable$1,344
 $1,568
Less allowance for doubtful accounts(51) (45)
 $1,293
 $1,523

During the year ended December 31, 2018, $297 million of Unbilled accounts receivable were reclassified to Contract assets and $24 million of non-customer miscellaneous receivables were reclassified to Other current assets as a result of the adoption of ASC 606.
Inventories, Net
Inventories, net, consist of the following: 
December 312018 2017December 3120202019
Finished goods$206
 $178
Finished goods$271 $209 
Work-in-process and production materials293
 282
Work-in-process and production materials360 374 
499
 460
631 583 
Less inventory reserves(143) (133)Less inventory reserves(123)(136)
$356
 $327
$508 $447 
Other Current Assets
Other current assets consist of the following:
December 312018 2017
Costs and earnings in excess of billings (Note 1)$
 $549
Current contract cost assets (Note 2)30
 62
Tax-related refunds receivables and prepayments138
 90
Other186
 131
 $354
 $832







December 3120202019
Current contract cost assets (Note 2)$23 $24 
Tax-related deposits52 77 
Other167 171 
 $242 $272 
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment, net, consist of the following: 
December 312018 2017December 3120202019
Land$10
 $11
Land$6 $15 
Leasehold improvements362
 316
Leasehold improvements439 410 
Machinery and equipment1,886
 2,122
Machinery and equipment2,276 2,051 
2,258
 2,449
2,721 2,476 
Less accumulated depreciation(1,363) (1,593)Less accumulated depreciation(1,699)(1,484)
$895
 $856
$1,022 $992 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 2017,was $194 million, $186 million and 2016 was $172 million, $192 million and $182 million, respectively.
Property, plant and equipment, net includes capital leases of $56 million, net of accumulated depreciation of $23 million, as of December 31, 2018.
Investments
Investments consist of the following:
December 3120202019
Common stock$19 $25 
Strategic investments, at cost46 40 
Company-owned life insurance policies77 74 
Equity method investments16 20 
 $158 $159 
December 312018 2017
Corporate bonds$1
 $2
Common stock19
 13
Strategic investments, at cost62
 78
Company-owned life insurance policies75
 141
Equity method investments12
 13
 $169
 $247
The Company’s common stock portfolio reflects investments in publicly-traded companies within the communications services sector and is valued utilizing active market prices for similar instruments. The Company did not recognize any significant fair value adjustments to the investments during the year ended December 31, 2020.
Strategic investments include investments in non-public technology-driven startup companies. Strategic investments do not have a readily determinable fair value and are recorded at cost, less any impairment, and adjusted for changes resulting from observable, orderly transactions for identical or similar securities. The Company did not recognize any significant adjustments to the recorded cost basis during the year ended December 31, 2018.2020.
The Company’s common stock portfolio reflects an investment inCompany recorded a publicly-traded company within$2 million loss on the communications services sectorsale of investments and is valued utilizing active market pricesbusinesses during the year ended December 31, 2020 and gains on the sale of investments and businesses of $5 million and $16 million for similar instruments.the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2018,2019, the Company recognized $11received $6 million in Other income (expense)cash for the sale of $3 million of net assets related to an increasea two-way communications rental business, resulting in the fair valuegain on sale of the investments.
Company-owned life insurance policies are recorded at their cash surrender value. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company withdrew $60 milliona business of excess cash from its company-sponsored life insurance investments.$3 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, Gains on2020, the saleCompany recorded investment impairment charges of investments and businesses were $16$4 million, compared to $3$18 million during the year ended December 31, 2017,2019 and losses of $6$5 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded investment impairment charges of $5 million, compared to $4 million during the year ended December 31, 2016, representing other-than-temporary declines in the value of the Company’s strategic equity investment portfolio. There were no investment impairments recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017. Investment impairment charges are included in Other within Other income (expense) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
69


Other Assets
Other assets consist of the following: 
December 312018 2017
Defined benefit plan assets$135
 $133
Tax receivable39
 101
Non-current contract cost assets (Note 2)98
 
Other72
 99
 $344
 $333





December 3120202019
Defined benefit plan assets (Note 8)$283 $223 
Non-current contract cost assets (Note 2)105 107 
Other94 92 
 $482 $422 
Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following: 
December 3120202019
Compensation$291 $347 
Tax liabilities (Note 7)147 95 
Dividend payable120 110 
Trade liabilities164 161 
Operating lease liabilities (Note 3)126 122 
Other463 521 
 $1,311 $1,356 
December 312018 2017
Deferred revenue (Note 1)$
 $613
Compensation324
 273
Billings in excess of costs and earnings (Note 1)
 428
Tax liabilities (Note 6)111
 107
Deferred consideration on Airwave acquisition (Note 14)
 83
Dividend payable93
 84
Trade liabilities185
 151
Other497
 547
 $1,210
 $2,286
The deferred consideration in conjunction with the acquisition of Airwave was paid during the fourth quarter of 2018.
Other Liabilities
Other liabilities consist of the following: 
December 312018 2017
Defined benefit plans (Note 7)$1,557
 $2,019
Non-current contract liabilities (Note 2)214
 
Deferred revenue (Note 1)
 169
Unrecognized tax benefits (Note 6)51
 54
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)201
 115
Other277
 228
 $2,300
 $2,585
December 3120202019
Defined benefit plans (Note 8)$1,578 $1,524 
Non-current contract liabilities (Note 2)283 274 
Unrecognized tax benefits (Note 7)49 53 
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)180 184 
Other273 241 
 $2,363 $2,276 
Stockholders’ Equity Information
Share Repurchase Program:Through a series of actions, the board of directors has authorized the Company to repurchase in the aggregate up to $14.0 billion of its outstanding shares of common stock (the “share repurchase program”). The share repurchase program does not have an expiration date. As of December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had used approximately $12.4$13.4 billion of the share repurchase authority, including transaction costs, to repurchase shares, leaving $1.6 billion$649 million of authority available for future repurchases.
The Company's share repurchases, including transaction costs, for 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 20162018 can be summarized as follows:
YearShares Repurchased (in millions)Average PriceAmount (in millions)
20203.9 $155.93 $612 
20192.3 137.35 315 
20181.2 112.42 132 
YearShares Repurchased (in millions) Average Price Aggregate Amount (in millions)
20181.2
 $112.42
 $132
20175.7
 85.32
 483
201612.0
 70.28
 842
Payment of Dividends: On November 15, 2018,19, 2020, the Company announced that its board of directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend from $0.52$0.64 per share to $0.57$0.71 per share of common stock.During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 20162018 the Company paid $337$436 million, $307$379 million, and $280$337 million, respectively, in cash dividends to holders of its common stock. On January 15, 2021, the Company paid an additional $120 million in cash dividends to holders of our common stock.

70



Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The following table displays the changes in Accumulated other comprehensive loss, including amounts reclassified into income, and the affected line items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 2016:2018:
Years ended December 31
202020192018
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments:
Balance at beginning of period$  (410)$(444)$  (353)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment55 35 (94)
Tax benefit (expense)(5)(1)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax50 34 (91)
Balance at end of period$(360)$(410)$(444)
Available-for-Sale Securities:
Balance at beginning of period$0 $$
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment0 (8)
Tax benefit0 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax0 (6)
Balance at end of period$0 $$
Defined Benefit Plans:
Balance at beginning of period$(2,030)$(2,321)$(2,215)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment(130)337 (200)
Tax benefit (expense)30 (85)46 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment, net of tax(100)252 (154)
Reclassification adjustment - Actuarial net losses into Other income (expense)76 65 76 
Reclassification adjustment - Prior service benefits into Other income (expense)(18)(15)(15)
Tax benefit(14)(11)(13)
Reclassification adjustments into Net earnings, net of tax44 39 48 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(56)291 (106)
Balance at end of period$(2,086)$(2,030)$(2,321)
Total Accumulated other comprehensive loss$(2,446)$(2,440)$(2,765)


71
 Years ended December 31
 2018 2017 2016
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments:     
Balance at beginning of period$(353) $(494) $(266)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment(94) 133
 (227)
Tax benefit (expense)3
 8
 (1)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(91) 141
 (228)
Balance at end of period$(444) $(353) $(494)
Available-for-Sale Securities:     
Balance at beginning of period$6
 $
 $(3)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment(8) 8
 
Tax benefit (expense)2
 (2) 
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification adjustment, net of tax(6) 6
 
Reclassification adjustment into Losses (Gains) on sales of investments and businesses
 
 5
Tax benefit
 
 (2)
Reclassification adjustment into Net earnings, net of tax
 
 3
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax(6) 6
 3
Balance at end of period$
 $6
 $
Defined Benefit Plans:     
Balance at beginning of period$(2,215) $(1,823) $(1,597)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification adjustment(200) (260) (368)
Tax benefit (expense)46
 (213) 98
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification adjustment, net of tax(154) (473) (270)
Reclassification adjustment - Actuarial net losses into Other income (expense)76
 65
 53
Reclassification adjustment - Prior service benefits into Other income (expense)(15) (18) (27)
Reclassification adjustment - Non-U.S. pension settlement loss into Other income (expense)
 48
 26
Tax benefit(13) (14) (8)
Reclassification adjustments into Net earnings, net of tax48
 81
 44
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax(106) (392) (226)
Balance at end of period$(2,321) $(2,215) $(1,823)
      
Total Accumulated other comprehensive loss$(2,765) $(2,562) $(2,317)


During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reclassified $270 million of stranded tax effects out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss and into Retained earnings. The stranded tax effects remained a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss as a result of the remeasurement of our deferred tax assets related to our U.S. Pension Plans through the statement of operations, to the U.S. federal tax rate of 21%. As a result, stranded tax effects within Accumulated other comprehensive loss which would not be realized at the established historical tax rates have been adjusted through equity.


4.5.    Debt and Credit Facilities
Long-Term Debt 
December 3120202019
3.75% senior notes due 2022$0 $550 
3.5% senior notes due 2023323 597 
4.0% senior notes due 2024583 593 
1.75% senior convertible notes due 2024995 988 
6.5% debentures due 202570 72 
7.5% debentures due 2025252 254 
4.6% senior notes due 2028692 691 
6.5% debentures due 202824 24 
4.6% senior notes due 2029803 804 
2.3% senior notes due 2030892 
6.625% senior notes due 203737 37 
5.5% senior notes due 2044396 396 
5.22% debentures due 209792 91 
Other long-term debt18 35 
5,177 5,132 
Adjustments for unamortized gains on interest rate swap terminations(2)(3)
Less: current portion(12)(16)
Long-term debt$5,163 $5,113 
December 312018 2017
2.0% Senior Convertible Notes due 2020$800
 $1,000
Term Loan due 2021399
 
3.5% senior notes due 2021397
 396
3.75% senior notes due 2022748
 747
3.5% senior notes due 2023596
 594
4.0% senior notes due 2024591
 590
6.5% debentures due 2025118
 118
7.5% debentures due 2025346
 346
4.6% senior notes due 2028690
 
6.5% debentures due 202836
 36
6.625% senior notes due 203754
 54
5.5% senior notes due 2044396
 396
5.22% debentures due 209791
 91
Other long-term debt62
 108
 5,324
 4,476
Adjustments for unamortized gains on interest rate swap terminations(4) (5)
Less: current portion(31) (52)
Long-term debt$5,289
 $4,419
In May of 2019, the Company issued $650 million of 4.60% senior notes due 2029. The Company received proceeds of $645 million after debt issuance costs and debt discounts. These proceeds were then used to repurchase $614 million in principal amount of its outstanding long-term debt for a purchase price of $654 million, excluding $3 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts, the Company recognized a loss of $43 million related to this repurchase in Other, net within Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In August of 2019, the Company issued a follow-on offering of $150 million to the outstanding 4.60% senior notes due 2029 bringing the total outstanding principal to $800 million. The Company recognized net proceeds of $159 million after debt premiums and debt issuance costs. These proceeds were then used to repurchase the remaining $150 million principal amount of the 3.5% senior notes due 2021 for a purchase price of $155 million, excluding $2 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt issuance costs, the Company recognized a loss of $7 million related to this repurchase in Other, net within Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
On August 25, 2015,September 5, 2019, in connection with the Company's repurchase and settlement of the outstanding principal amount of 2.00% senior convertible notes due 2020 issued to Silver Lake Partners, the Company entered into an agreement with Silver Lake Partners to issue $1.0 billion of 2.0% Senior Convertible Notes1.75% senior convertible notes which mature in September 2020.2024 (the "New Senior Convertible Notes"). Interest on these notes is payable semiannually. The notes became fullyare convertible as of August 25, 2017.anytime on or after two years from their issuance date, except in certain limited circumstances. The notes are convertible based on a conversion rate of 14.8252, as may be adjusted for dividends declared,4.9140 per $1,000 principal amount (which is currently equal to aan initial conversion price of $67.45$203.50 per share). The exercise price adjusts automatically for dividends. AsIn the event of August 25, 2015,conversion, the Company intends to settle the principal amount of the New Senior Convertible Notes in cash. The Company recorded a long-term debt liability associated with the New Senior Convertible Notes by determining the fair value of an equivalent debt instrument without a conversion option. Using a discount rate of 2.4%2.45%, which was determined based on a review of relevant market data, the Company calculated the fair value of the debt liability to be $992$986 million, indicating an $8a $14 million discount to be amortized over the expected life of the debt instrument. AsThe remaining proceeds of December 31, 2018, the remaining unamortized debt discount has been fully amortized as a component of interest expense.
On September 5, 2018, the Company agreed with Silver Lake Partners$14 million were allocated to repurchase $200 million in principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes for aggregate consideration of $369 million in cash, inclusive of the conversion premium. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded a gain of $6 million from the extinguishment of the convertible debt. Of the $369 million paid to Silver Lake Partners, $169 million was paid during the third quarter of 2018option and the remaining $200 million was paid on October 15, 2018. The $200 million that was paid during the fourth quarter was from the additional $200 million issued on the outstanding 4.60% Senior notes due in 2028. The Company settled the issuance of these notes on October 5, 2018 and received net proceeds of $196 million. The value by which the Senior Convertible Notes exceeded their principal amount if converted as of December 31, 2018 was $673 million. In the event of an additional conversion, the Company intends to settle the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes in cash. For the year ended December 31, 2018, total interest expense relating to both the contractual interest coupon and amortization of the debt discount was $20 million, compared to $23 million for the year December 31, 2017 and $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.accordingly, increased Additional paid-in capital.
In FebruaryAugust of 2018,2020, the Company issued $500$900 million of 4.60% Senior2.30% senior notes due 2028.2030. The Company recognized net proceeds of $497$892 million after debt issuance costs and debt discounts. TheseA portion of these proceeds were then used to makeredeem $552 million in principal amount outstanding of the 3.75% senior notes due 2022 for a $500redemption price of $582 million, contributionexcluding $7 million of accrued interest. The remaining proceeds were used to repurchase $293 million in principal amount outstanding of its long-term debt under a tender offer, for a purchase price of $315 million, excluding $5 million of accrued interest. After accelerating the amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts, the Company recognized a loss of $56 million related to the Company's U.S. pension planredemption and the repurchase in Other, net within Other income (expense) in the first quarterConsolidated Statements of 2018.Operations.
The Company has an unsecured commercial paper program, backed by the 2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement (defined below), under which the Company may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $2.2 billion outstanding at any one time. At maturity, the notes are paid back in full including the interest component. The notes are not redeemable prior to maturity. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 0 outstanding debt under the commercial paper program.
72


Aggregate requirements for long-term debt maturities during the next five years are as follows: 2019—$31 million; 2020—$801 million; 2021—$81012 million; 2022—$7674 million; 2023—$326 million; 2024—$1.6 billion; and 2023—2025—$604322 million.
Credit Facilities
As of December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had a $2.2 billion syndicated, unsecured revolving credit facility scheduled to mature in April 2022, which can be used for borrowing and letters of credit (the "2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement"). As of March 31, 2018, the Company borrowed $400 million under the facility to complete the Avigilon acquisition which was re-paid by December 31, 2018. The 2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement includes a $500 million letter of credit sub-limit with $450 million of fronting commitments. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the prime rate plus the applicable margin, or at a spread above the London Inter-bankInterbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), at the Company's option. Following the turmoil in the financial markets caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company borrowed $800 million under the facility to bolster its cash holdings out of precaution in the first quarter of 2020 which was repaid as of December 31, 2020. The weighted average borrowing rate for amounts outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2020 was 1.70%. An annual facility fee is payable on the undrawn amount of the credit line. The interest rate and facility fee are subject to adjustment if the Company's credit rating changes. The Company must comply with certain customary covenants including a maximum leverage ratio, as defined in the


2017 Motorola Solutions Credit Agreement. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants as of December 31, 2018. No letters of credit were issued under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2018.2020.
Also in conjunction with the Avigilon acquisition in the first quarter of 2018, the Company entered into a term loan for $400 million with a maturity date of March 26, 2021 (the “Term Loan”). Interest on the Term Loan is variable, indexed to LIBOR, and paid monthly. The weighted average borrowing rates for amounts outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2018 was 3.47%. No additional borrowings are permitted and amounts borrowed and repaid or prepaid may not be re-borrowed.

5.6.    Risk Management
Foreign Currency Risk
The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of buying and selling in various currencies, our net investments in foreign entities, and monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the legal entity holding the instrument. The Company uses financial instruments to reduce its overall exposure to the effects of currency fluctuations on cash flows. The Company’s policy prohibits speculation in financial instruments for profit on exchange rate fluctuations, trading in currencies for which there are no underlying exposures, or entering into transactions for any currency to intentionally increase the underlying exposure.
The Company’s strategy related to foreign exchange exposure management is to offset the gains or losses on the financial instruments against gains or losses on the underlying operational cash flows, net investments or monetary assets and liabilities based on the Company's assessment of risk. The Company enters into derivative contracts for some of its non-functional currency cash, receivables, and payables, which are primarily denominated in major currencies that can be traded on open markets. The Company typically uses forward contracts and options to hedge these currency exposures. In addition, the Company has entered into derivative contracts for some forecasted transactions or net investments in some of its overseas entities, which are designated as part of a hedging relationship if it is determined that the transaction qualifies for hedge accounting under the provisions of the authoritative accounting guidance for derivative instruments and hedging activities. A portion of the Company’s exposure is from currencies that are not traded in liquid markets and these are addressed, to the extent reasonably possible, by managing net asset positions, product pricing and component sourcing.
At December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had outstanding foreign exchange contracts with notional amounts totaling $819 million,$1.2 billion, compared to $507 million$1.1 billion outstanding at December 31, 2017.2019. The Company does not believe these financial instruments should subject it to undue risk due to foreign exchange movements because gains and losses on these contracts should generally offset gains and losses on the underlying assets, liabilities and transactions.
The following table shows the Company's five largest net notional amounts of the positions to buy or sell foreign currency as of December 31, 20182020 and the corresponding positions as of December 31, 2017:2019:
 Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency20202019
Euro$177 $134 
British pound86 107 
Canadian dollar61 
Chinese renminbi(90)(79)
Australian dollar(88)(123)
 Notional Amount
Net Buy (Sell) by Currency2018 2017
British Pound$139
 $72
Euro89
 149
Australian Dollar(105) (64)
Chinese Renminbi(55) (73)
Brazilian Real(41) (45)
Net Investment Hedges
During the year ended December 31, 2018, theThe Company entered intouses foreign exchange forward contracts with contract terms of 12 to sell €85 million, that expire in December 2019 as well as15 months to sell €10 million, that will expire in January 2020. The forward contracts have been designated ashedge against the effect of the British pound and the Euro exchange rate fluctuations against the U.S. dollar on a portion of its net investment hedges which are in place to partially hedge the Company's Euro foreign currency exposure on its net investments in certain foreign subsidiaries that are Euro-denominated.European operations. The gains and losses on the Company's net investments in Euro-denominated foreign operations, driven byCompany recognizes changes in foreign exchange rates, are economically offset by movements in the fair values of the forward contracts designated as net investment hedges. Any changes in fair value of the net investment hedges are reflected as a component of Accumulatedforeign currency translation adjustments within other comprehensive income (loss) withto offset a portion of the exceptionchange in translated value of the net investment being hedged, until the investment is sold or liquidated. The Company has elected to exclude the difference between the spot rate and the forward rate of the forward contract from its assessment of hedge effectiveness. The effect of the excluded component whichcomponents will be amortized on a straight-line basis to Interest expense, net.and recognized through interest expense. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had €100 million of net investment hedges in certain Euro functional subsidiaries and £100 million of net investment hedges in certain British pound functional subsidiaries. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company amortized $3 million of income from the excluded components through interest expense.
Counterparty Risk
The use of derivative financial instruments exposes the Company to counterparty credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties. However, the Company’s risk is limited to the fair value of the instruments when the derivative is in an asset position. The Company actively monitors its exposure to credit risk. As of December 31, 2018,2020, all of the counterparties havehad investment grade credit ratings. As of December 31, 2018,2020, the credit risk with all derivative counterparties was approximately $5$14 million.

73



Derivative Financial Instruments
The following tables summarize the fair values and location in the Consolidated Balance Sheet of all derivative financial instruments held by the Company at December 31, 20182020 and 2017:2019: 
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments AssetsLiabilities
Assets Liabilities
December 31, 2018Fair
Value
 Balance
Sheet
Location
 Fair
Value
 Balance
Sheet
Location
December 31, 2020December 31, 2020Fair
Value
Balance
Sheet
Location
Fair
Value
Balance
Sheet
Location
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contractsForeign exchange contracts$Other assets$Accrued liabilities
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:    Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts$5
 Other assets $4
 Accrued liabilitiesForeign exchange contracts$14 Other assets$Accrued liabilities
 
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments AssetsLiabilities
Assets Liabilities
December 31, 2017Fair
Value
 Balance
Sheet
Location
 Fair
Value
 Balance
Sheet
Location
December 31, 2019December 31, 2019Fair
Value
Balance
Sheet
Location
Fair
Value
Balance
Sheet
Location
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:    Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts$
 Other assets $3
 Accrued liabilitiesForeign exchange contracts$Other assets$Accrued liabilities
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:    Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts$5
 Other assets $2
 Accrued liabilitiesForeign exchange contracts$Other assets$Accrued liabilities
Total derivatives$5
   $5
  
The following table summarizes the effect of derivatives designated as hedging instruments, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172020, 2019 and 2016:2018: 
December 31Financial Statement Location December 31Financial Statement Location
Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments2018 2017 2016Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments202020192018
Foreign exchange contracts$
 $(3) $
Other comprehensive income (loss)Foreign exchange contracts$(7)$$Other comprehensive income (loss)
The following table summarizes the effect of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172020, 2019 and 2016:2018: 
 December 31Financial Statement Location
Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments202020192018
Foreign exchange contracts$25 $(8)$(14)Other income (expense)



 December 31Financial Statement Location
Gain (Loss) on Derivative Instruments2018 2017 2016
Interest agreements$
 $
 $1
Other income (expense)
Foreign exchange contracts(14) 15
 (57)Other income (expense)
Total derivatives$(14) $15
 $(56) 

6.7.     Income Taxes
Components of Income Tax Expense
Components of earnings (loss) before income taxes are as follows:
Years ended December 31202020192018
United States$1,029 $714 $980 
Other nations145 287 122 
 $1,174 $1,001 $1,102 
74

Years ended December 312018 2017 2016
United States$980
 $959
 $651
Other nations122
 117
 193
 $1,102
 $1,076
 $844



Components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016Years ended December 31202020192018
United States$16
 $43
 $20
United States$117 $94 $16 
Other nations88
 75
 31
Other nations98 93 88 
States (U.S.)20
 9
 18
States (U.S.)31 27 20 
Current income tax expense124
 127
 69
Current income tax expense246 214 124 
United States39
 1,078
 180
United States(21)(61)39 
Other nations(18) (8) 36
Other nations8 (22)(18)
States (U.S.)(12) 30
 (3)States (U.S.)(12)(1)(12)
Deferred income tax expense9
 1,100
 213
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)Deferred income tax expense (benefit)(25)(84)
Total income tax expense$133
 $1,227
 $282
Total income tax expense$221 $130 $133 
Differences between income tax expense (benefit) computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% and income tax expense (benefit) as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are as follows:
Years ended December 31202020192018
Income tax expense at statutory rate$246 21.0 %$210 21.0 %$231 21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal benefit39 3.3 %32 3.2 %11 1.0 %
U.S. tax expense (benefit) on undistributed non-U.S. earnings(2)(0.2)%0.6 %0.5 %
Non-U.S. tax expense on non-U.S. earnings5 0.5 %0.4 %0.6 %
U.S. tax reform0 0 %%(79)(7.2)%
Reserve for uncertain tax positions0 0 %(3)(0.3)%0.2 %
Other tax expense (benefit)5 0.4 %(3)(0.3)%0.7 %
Research credits(28)(2.4)%(10)(1.0)%(9)(0.8)%
Stock compensation(48)(4.1)%(27)(2.7)%(30)(2.7)%
Valuation allowances4 0.3 %(79)(7.9)%(14)(1.3)%
 $221 18.8 %$130 13.0 %$133 12.0 %
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016
Income tax expense at statutory rate$231
21.0 % $377
35.0 % $295
35.0 %
Non-U.S. tax expense (benefit) on non-U.S. earnings7
0.6 % (28)(2.6)% (25)(3.0)%
State income taxes, net of federal benefit11
1.0 % 39
3.6 % 26
3.1 %
Reserve for uncertain tax positions2
0.2 % 3
0.3 % (13)(1.6)%
Other provisions(1)(0.1)% 3
0.3 % 4
0.4 %
Valuation allowances(14)(1.3)% (8)(0.7)% (7)(0.8)%
Section 199 deduction
 % (18)(1.7)% (15)(1.7)%
U.S. tax on undistributed non-U.S. earnings6
0.5 % 20
1.9 % 25
3.0 %
Stock compensation(30)(2.7)% (14)(1.3)% (8)(1.0)%
Loss on sale of investment
 % (21)(2.0)% 
 %
U.S. tax reform(79)(7.2)% 874
81.2 % 
 %
 $133
12.0 % $1,227
114.0 % $282
33.4 %
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $133 million, a decrease of $1.1 billion, primarily driven by the following items: (i) the U.S. corporate income tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% as a result of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the ”Tax Act”) enacted December 22, 2017, (ii) $874 million of non-recurring charges during the prior year related to the enactment of the Tax Act, and (iii) $79 million of non-recurring benefits during the current year as a result of changes to 2017 Tax Act enactment-date provisional amounts. The effective tax rate isfor 2020 was below the current U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily driven by a tax benefit due to the recognition of excess tax benefits of share-based compensation and increased benefit of research and development tax benefits due to changes to 2017 Tax Act enactment-date provisional amounts.
Under the guidance in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 ("SAB 118"), the Company recorded provisional amounts for the impact of the Tax Act as of December 31, 2017, representing $874 million of incremental tax expense. Under the transitional provisions of SAB 118, the Company had a one-year measurement period to complete the accounting for the initial tax effects of the Tax Act. The Company recorded its final adjustments to the provisional amounts in 2018. Final regulations will be issued in the future and may be applied retroactively to the date of enactment of US Tax Reform that may result in changes to the tax amounts recorded as a result of the Tax Act. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company has recorded the following adjustments to the previously recorded provisional tax amounts:


 December 31, 2018December 31, 2017AdjustmentFinancial Statement Location
Valuation allowance on foreign tax credit carryforward$400
$471
$(71)Deferred tax expense
Re-measurement of U.S. deferred tax balances at 21%353
366
(13)Deferred tax expense
Transition tax on repatriation of foreign earnings18
16
2
Current tax expense
Uncertain tax positions on foreign operations21
21

Current tax expense
Disallowed deduction of covered employees' incentive plans3

3
Deferred tax expense
   Total$795
$874
$(79) 
credits.
Deferred tax balances that were recorded within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)loss in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, rather than Income tax expense, are athe result of retirement benefit adjustments, currency translation adjustments, and fair value adjustments to available-for-sale securities. The adjustments were benefits of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, charges of $97 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and benefits of $38 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and benefits of $49 million, and $87 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.2018.
The Company evaluates its permanent reinvestment assertions with respect to foreign earnings at each reporting period and generally, except for certain earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely due to the capital requirements of the foreign subsidiaries or due to local country restrictions, accrues for the U.S. federal and foreign income tax applicable to the earnings. As a result of the 2017 U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("the Tax Act"), dividends from foreign subsidiaries are now exempt or the earnings have been previously subject to U.S. tax. As a result, the tax accrual for undistributed foreign earnings is limited primarily to foreign withholding taxes and tax on inherent capital gains that would result from distribution of foreign earnings which are not permanently reinvested, and such earnings may be distributed without an additional charge.
Undistributed foreign earnings that the Company intends to reinvest indefinitely amounted to, in the aggregate, to $1.5$1.9 billion at December 31, 2018.2020. It is impracticable to determine the exact amount of unrecognized deferred tax liabilities on such earnings; however, due to the above-mentioned changes made under the Tax Act, the Company believes that the additional U.S. or foreign income tax charge with respect to such earnings, if distributed, would be immaterial.
Gross deferred tax assets were $2.1 billion and $2.0 billion and $2.1 billion atfor December 31, 20182020 and 2017,December 31, 2019, respectively. Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, were $1.7 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 20182020 and $1.5 billion at December 31, 2017,2019, respectively. Gross deferred tax liabilities were $771$926 million and $546$854 million at December 31, 20182020 and 2017,2019, respectively.
75


Significant components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows: 
December 312018 2017December 3120202019
Inventory$28
 $46
Inventory$22 $45 
Accrued liabilities and allowances84
 74
Accrued liabilities and allowances67 65 
Employee benefits402
 374
Employee benefits372 392 
Capitalized items(68) 18
Capitalized items(61)(129)
Tax basis differences on investments(2) 
Tax basis differences on investments(3)
Depreciation tax basis differences on fixed assets47
 72
Depreciation tax basis differences on fixed assets52 68 
Undistributed non-U.S. earnings(26) (26)Undistributed non-U.S. earnings(33)(27)
Tax carryforwards613
 778
Tax attribute carryforwardsTax attribute carryforwards449 471 
Business reorganization10
 16
Business reorganization16 10 
Warranty and customer liabilities19
 21
Warranty and customer liabilities24 33 
Deferred revenue and costs147
 142
Deferred revenue and costs203 165 
Valuation allowances(461) (604)Valuation allowances(341)(349)
Operating lease assetsOperating lease assets(103)(125)
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities119 139 
Other(9) (3)Other3 (1)
$784
 $908
$786 $759 
At December 31, 20182020 and 2017,2019, the Company had valuation allowances of $461$341 million and $604$349 million, respectively, against its deferred tax assets, including $86$81 million and $90$85 million, respectively, relating to deferred tax assets for non-U.S. subsidiaries. The Company’s U.S. valuation allowance decreased $139$5 million during 20182020 primarily relateddue to the expiration of tax attributes. The Company's U.S. valuation allowance decreased $111 million during 2019 primarily due to a $71 million release of valuation allowances as a result of changeschange in the Company's ability to 2017 Tax Act enactment-date provision amounts and $63 million ofutilize U.S. foreign tax credits expiring in 2018.and the expiration of tax attributes. The Company believes that the remaining deferred tax assets are more-likely-than-not to be realizable based on estimates of future taxable income and the implementation of tax planning strategies.


Tax attribute carryforwards are as follows: 
December 31, 2018Gross
Tax Loss
 Tax
Effected
 Expiration
Period
December 31, 2020December 31, 2020Gross
Tax Loss
Tax
Effected
Expiration
Period
United States:    United States:
U.S. tax losses$73
 $15
 2022-2036U.S. tax losses$48 $10 2028-2038
Foreign tax credits
 334
 2019-2023Foreign tax credits282 2021-2023
General business credits
 51
 2026-2037General business credits2030-2039
State tax losses
 35
 2019-2030State tax losses27 2021-2031
State tax credits
 32
 2019-2031State tax credits20 2021-2039
Non-U.S. Subsidiaries:    
Non-U.S. subsidiaries:Non-U.S. subsidiaries:
Japan tax losses102
 32
 2019-2025Japan tax losses74 22 2021-2027
Germany tax losses26
 8
 Unlimited
United Kingdom tax losses81
 14
 UnlimitedUnited Kingdom tax losses113 21 Unlimited
Singapore tax losses33
 6
 UnlimitedSingapore tax losses12 Unlimited
Canada tax losses46
 12
 2024-2025Canada tax losses20 2034-2038
Spain tax creditsSpain tax credits24 2021-2028
Other subsidiaries tax losses128
 36
 VariousOther subsidiaries tax losses90 20 Various
Spain tax credits
 25
 Various
Other subsidiaries tax credits
 13
 VariousOther subsidiaries tax credits13 Various
  $613
    $449  
The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $76$64 million and $70 million at both December 31, 20182020 and December 31, 2017,2019, respectively, of which approximately $30$53 million and $66 million, if recognized, would affecthave affected the effective tax rate for both 20182020 and 2017, net of resulting changes to valuation allowances.2019, respectively.
A roll-forward of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 
76


2018 201720202019
Balance at January 1$76
 $68
Balance at January 1$70 $76 
Additions based on tax positions related to current year4
 10
Additions based on tax positions related to current year8 
Additions for tax positions of prior years1
 22
Additions for tax positions of prior years2 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
 (1)Reductions for tax positions of prior years(6)(8)
Settlements and agreements(2) (20)Settlements and agreements(8)(1)
Lapse of statute of limitations(3) (3)Lapse of statute of limitations(2)(4)
Balance at December 31$76
 $76
Balance at December 31$64 $70 
The Company recorded $49 million and $53 million of unrecognized tax benefits in other liabilities at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") is currently examininghas concluded the examination of the Company's 2014 and 2015 tax years. The Company also has several state and non-U.S. audits pending. A summary of open tax years by major jurisdiction is presented below: 
JurisdictionTax Years
United States2014-20182016-2020
Australia2012-20182016-2020
Canada2014-20182015-2020
Germany2011-20182016-2020
India1997-20181997-2020
Israel2015-20182019-2020
Poland2014-20182016-2020
Malaysia2012-20182013-2020
United Kingdom20172019-2020
Although the final resolution of the Company’s global tax disputes is uncertain, based on current information, in the opinion of the Company’s management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position liquidity or results of operations.liquidity. However, an unfavorable resolution of the


Company’s global tax disputes could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of operations in the periods, and as of the dates, on which the matters are ultimately resolved.
Based on the potential outcome of the Company’s global tax examinations, the expiration of the statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, or the continued ability to satisfy tax incentive obligations, it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits will change within the next twelve months. The associated net tax impact on the effective tax rate, exclusive of valuation allowance changes, is estimated to be in the range ofup to a $10$13 million tax charge to a $30 million tax benefit, with cash payments not to exceed $20 million.benefit.
At December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had $30$33 million accrued for interest and $17$15 million accrued for penalties on unrecognized tax benefits. At December 31, 2017,2019, the Company had $31$29 million and $19$16 million accrued for interest and penalties, respectively, on unrecognized tax benefits. The Company's policy is to classify the interest and penalty as a component of interest expense and other expense, respectively.
7.
8.    Retirement Benefits
Pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plans
U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
The Company’s non-contributory U.S. pensiondefined benefit plan (the "U.S. Pension Plan") provides benefits to U.S. employees hired prior to January 1, 2005, who became eligible after one year of service. The Company also has an additional non-contributory supplemental retirement benefit plan, the Motorola Supplemental Pension Plan ("MSPP"), which provided supplemental benefits to individuals by replacing benefits that are lost by such individuals under the retirement formula due to application of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Effective January 1, 2007, eligible compensation was capped at the IRS limit plus $175,000 (the "Cap") or, for those already in excess of the Cap as of January 1, 2007, the eligible compensation used to compute such employee's MSPP benefit for all future years is the greater of: (i) such employee's eligible compensation as of January 1, 2007 (frozen at that amount) or (ii) the relevant Cap for the given year. In December 2008, the Company amended the U.S. Pension Plan and MSSP (together the "U.S. Pension Plans") such that, effective March 1, 2009: (i) no participant shall accrue any benefit or additional benefit on or after March 1, 2009, and (ii) no compensation increases earned by a participant on or after March 1, 2009 shall be used to compute any accrued benefit.
In December 2019, the Company completed a voluntary lump-sum election window offered to certain participants of the U.S. Pension Plan. The aggregate dollar amount of lump-sum elections by approximately 6,300 participants was $836 million, and accordingly, this amount was paid out of plan assets prior to December 31, 2019. These actions resulted in a reduction of our projected benefit obligation, absent of actuarial losses experienced from decreases in interest rates, of $1.0 billion and a settlement loss of $359 million recorded within “Other charges” on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
77


Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
Certain health care benefits are available to eligible domestic employees hired prior to January 1, 2002 and meeting certain age and service requirements upon termination of employment (the “Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan”). As of January 1, 2005, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was closed to new participants. After a series of amendments, all eligible retirees under the age of 65 will be provided an annual subsidy per household, versus per individual, toward the purchase of their own health care coverage from private insurance companies and for the reimbursement of eligible health care expenses. During 2014, the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan was then further amended ("The New Amendment") to provide the annual subsidy discussed as part of the Original Amendment to all participants remaining under the plan effective March 1, 2015. All eligible retirees over the age of 65 are entitled to one fixed-rate subsidy capped at $560 per participant.
TheThese series of amendments to the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan required remeasurement of the plan, resultingresulted in a reduction in the Postretirement Benefit Obligation.postretirement benefit obligation. A substantial portion of the decrease related to prior service credits and will be amortized as a credit to the Consolidated Statements of Operations over approximately five years, or the period in which the remaining employees eligible for the plan qualify for benefits under the plan. These amendments will be fully amortized during fiscal year 2021.
Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
The Company also provides defined benefit plans which cover non-U.S. employees in certain jurisdictions, principally the U.K. and Germany (the “Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans”). Other pension plans outside of the U.S. are not material to the Company either individually or in the aggregate.
In June 2015, the Company amended its Non-U.S. defined benefit plan within the United Kingdom by closing future benefit accruals to all participants effective December 31, 2015.
DuringIn 2019, the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company offered lump-sum settlements to certain participants in the Non-U.S.Motorola Solutions United Kingdom defined benefit plan within the United Kingdom. The lump-sum settlements were targetedtrustees decided to certain participants who had accruedexercise their discretion on early retirement benefit reductions. This action resulted in a pension benefit, but had not yet started receiving pension benefit payments. As a resultreduction of the actions taken, the Company recorded settlement lossesprojected benefit obligation of $48approximately $83 million and $26 million in 2017 and 2016, respectively, which are recorded within Other income (expense) withinrelated to prior service credits that will be amortized as a credit to the Consolidated StatementStatements of Operations.



Operations over approximately twenty-nine years, or the period in which the remaining employees eligible for the plan qualify for benefits under the plan.
Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)
The net periodic cost (benefit) for pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits plans was as follows:
U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
Years ended December 31202020192018202020192018202020192018
Service cost$0 $$$2 $$$0 $$
Interest cost144 202 186 29 36 38 2 
Expected return on plan assets(225)(275)(270)(85)(85)(92)(10)(10)(10)
Amortization of:
Unrecognized net loss58 46 57 15 15 15 3 
Unrecognized prior service benefit0 (3)(15)(15)(15)
Settlement loss0 359 0 0 
Net periodic cost (benefit)$(23)$332 $(27)$(42)$(32)$(36)$(20)$(18)$(19)
78

 U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016
Service cost$
 $
 $
 $3
 $3
 $11
 $
 $
 $
Interest cost186
 185
 182
 38
 40
 55
 2
 3
 4
Expected return on plan assets(270) (229) (220) (92) (92) (93) (10) (10) (9)
Amortization of:                 
Unrecognized net loss57
 44
 37
 15
 16
 11
 4
 5
 5
Unrecognized prior service benefit
 
 
 
 
 
 (15) (18) (27)
Settlement loss
 
 
 
 48
 26
 
 
 
Net periodic cost (benefit)$(27) $
 $(1) $(36) $15
 $10
 $(19) $(20) $(27)



The status of the Company’s plans is as follows: 
 U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
  
202020192020201920202019
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at January 1$4,727 $4,864 $1,814 $1,654 $73 $72 
Service cost0 2 0 
Interest cost144 202 29 36 2 
Plan amendments0 1 (83)0 
Actuarial loss480 609 171 207 1 
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment0 88 44 0 
Benefit payments(125)(948)(47)(46)(5)(6)
Benefit obligation at December 31$5,226 $4,727 $2,058 $1,814 $71 $73 
Change in plan assets:
Fair value at January 1$3,601 $3,673 $1,641 $1,438 $160 $133 
Return on plan assets604 873 214 188 26 33 
Company contributions3 9 0 
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment0 63 53 0 
Benefit payments(125)(948)(47)(46)(5)(6)
Fair value at December 31$4,083 $3,601 $1,880 $1,641 $181 $160 
Funded status of the plan$(1,143)$(1,126)$(178)$(173)$110 $87 
Unrecognized net loss1,977 1,935 675 648 23 42 
Unrecognized prior service benefit0 (80)(84)(5)(20)
Prepaid pension cost$834 $809 $417 $391 $128 $109 
Components of prepaid (accrued) pension cost:
Current benefit liability$(3)$(3)$0 $$0 $
Non-current benefit liability(1,140)(1,123)(330)(299)0 
Non-current benefit asset0 152 126 110 87 
Deferred income taxes480 463 65 60 7 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss1,497 1,472 530 504 11 13 
Prepaid pension cost$834 $809 $417 $391 $128 $109 
 U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
  
2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Change in benefit obligation:           
Benefit obligation at January 1$5,235
 $4,644
 $1,844
 $1,791
 $85
 $83
Service cost
 
 3
 3
 
 
Interest cost186
 185
 38
 40
 2
 3
Plan amendments
 
 10
 
 
 
Settlement
 
 
 (201) 
 
Actuarial loss (gain)(452) 502
 (97) 52
 (8) 6
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment
 
 (98) 193
 
 
Benefit payments(105) (96) (46) (34) (7) (7)
Benefit obligation at December 31$4,864
 $5,235
 $1,654
 $1,844
 $72
 $85
Change in plan assets:           
Fair value at January 1$3,614
 $3,195
 $1,590
 $1,565
 $151
 $136
Return on plan assets(339) 512
 (28) 96
 (12) 21
Company contributions503
 3
 8
 7
 
 
Settlements
 
 
 (201) 
 
Foreign exchange valuation adjustment
 
 (88) 157
 
 
Benefit payments(105) (96) (44) (34) (6) (6)
Fair value at December 31$3,673
 $3,614
 $1,438
 $1,590
 $133
 $151
Funded status of the plan$(1,191) $(1,621) $(216) $(254) $61
 $66
Unrecognized net loss2,329
 2,229
 543
 518
 74
 64
Unrecognized prior service benefit
 
 11
 
 (35) (49)
Prepaid pension cost$1,138
 $608
 $338
 $264
 $100
 $81
Components of prepaid (accrued) pension cost:           
Current benefit liability$(3) $(3) $
 $
 $
 $
Non-current benefit liability(1,188) (1,618) (265) (294) 
 
Non-current benefit asset
 
 49
 40
 61
 66
Deferred income taxes561
 544
 55
 58
 10
 6
Accumulated other comprehensive loss1,768
 1,685
 499
 460
 29
 9
Prepaid pension cost$1,138
 $608
 $338
 $264
 $100
 $81
The benefit obligation and plan assets forFor the Company's U.S. Pension Benefit Plan and Postretirement Health Care Benefit Plan are measured as ofyear ended December 31, 2018. The Company utilizes a five-year, market-related asset value method of recognizing asset related gains and losses.
Under relevant accounting rules, when almost all2020, the primary driver of the plan participants are considered inactive, the amortization period for certain unrecognized gains and losses changes from the average remaining service period to the average remaining lifetime of the participants. As such, depending on the specific plan, the Company amortizes gains and losses over periods ranging from ten to thirty-one years. Prior service costs will be amortized over periods ranging from two to five years. Benefits under all pension plans are valued based on the projected unit credit cost method.
The net periodic cost for 2019 will include amortization of the unrecognized net loss forincrease in the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans andbenefit obligation was higher actuarial losses due to a decrease in the discount rate from 3.32% as of December 31, 2019 to 2.63% as of December 31, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the decrease in the U.S. Pension Benefit Plans benefit obligation was driven by the $948 million of benefit payments from the voluntary lump-sum election window offered to certain participants in 2019 which was partially offset by higher actuarial losses. The actuarial losses were primarily driven by the decrease in the discount rate from 4.47% as of December 31, 2018 to 3.32% as of December 31, 2019, partially offset by an actuarial gain from the voluntary lump-sum election offered to certain participants in 2019.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the most significant drivers of the increase in Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans, currently includedPlan benefit obligation were the higher actuarial losses coupled with unfavorable foreign exchange effects. The Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plan incurred actuarial losses primarily due to decreases in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss),the discount rates from 1.82% as of $47December 31, 2019 to 1.24% as of December 31, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the most significant drivers of the increase in the Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plan benefit obligation were higher actuarial losses, coupled with unfavorable foreign exchange effects, offset by a reduction of the projected benefit obligation of approximately $83 million and $16 million, respectively. It is estimated that the 2019 net periodic expense for the Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan will include amortization of net periodic benefits of $11 million, comprised of unrecognized net losses andrelated to prior service benefits, currently includedcredits from a discretionary action on early retirement benefit reductions. The actuarial losses were driven by declines in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).the discount rate from 2.67% as of December 31, 2018 compared to 1.82% as of December 31, 2019.



79


Actuarial Assumptions
Certain actuarial assumptions such as the discount rate and the long-term rate of return on plan assets have a significant effect on the amounts reported for net periodic cost and the benefit obligation. The assumed discount rates reflect the prevailing market rates of a universe of high-quality, non-callable, corporate bonds currently available that, if the obligation were settled at the measurement date, would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due. The long-term rates of return on plan assets represent an estimate of long-term returns on an investment portfolio consisting of a mixture of equities, fixed income, cash and other investments similar to the actual investment mix. In determining the long-term return on plan assets, the Company considers long-term rates of return on the asset classes (both historical and forecasted) in which the Company expects the plan funds to be invested.
The Company uses a full yield curve approach to estimate interest and service cost components of net periodic cost (benefit) for defined pension benefit pension and other post-retirement benefit plans. The full yield curve approach requires the application of the specific spot rate along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows.
The Company used "Mortality Improvement Scale MP-2018" to calculate the 2020 U.S. projected benefit obligations and the "Mortality Improvement Scale MP-2017" to calculate the 2019 U.S. projected benefit obligations.
Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine costs for the plans at the beginning of the fiscal year were as follows: 
U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan202020192020201920202019
2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017
Discount rate3.57% 4.02% 2.08% 2.22% 3.16% 3.29%Discount rate3.10 %4.25 %1.61 %2.37 %2.66 %3.85 %
Investment return assumption6.95% 6.95% 5.18% 5.20% 7.00% 7.00%Investment return assumption6.85 %6.85 %4.66 %5.23 %6.90 %6.90 %
Weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the plans were as follows: 
U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
2018 2017 2018 2017 2018 2017202020192020201920202019
Discount rate4.47% 3.79% 2.67% 2.34% 4.29% 3.62%Discount rate2.63 %3.32 %1.24 %1.82 %2.39 %3.15 %
Future compensation increase raten/a
 n/a
 0.52% 0.52% n/a
 n/a
Future compensation increase raten/an/a0.43 %0.52 %n/an/a
The following table presents the accumulated benefit obligations for the plans were as follows: 
 U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 312018 2017 2018 2017
Accumulated benefit obligation$4,864
 $5,235
 $1,649
 $1,838
The Company used Mortality Improvement Scale MP-2016 to calculate the 2018, 2017, and 2016obligation, projected benefit obligations.obligation and fair value of plan assets for our plans that have an accumulated benefit obligation and projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:




 U.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 312020201920202019
Accumulated benefit obligation$5,226 $4,727 $2,055 $1,809 
Projected benefit obligation5,226 4,727 2,058 1,814 
Fair value of plan assets4,083 3,601 1,880 1,641 
Investment Policy
The individual plans have adopted an investment policy designed to meet or exceed the expected rate of return on plan assets assumption. To achieve this, the plans retain professional advisors and investment managers that invest plan assets into various classes including, but not limited to: equity and fixed income securities, cash, cash equivalents, hedge funds, infrastructure/utilities, insurance contracts, leveraged loan funds and real estate. The Company uses long-term historical actual return experience with consideration of the expected investment mix of the plans’ assets, as well as future estimates of long-term investment returns, to develop its expected rate of return assumption used in calculating the net periodic cost. The individual plans have target mixes for these asset classes, which are readjusted periodically when an asset class weighting deviates from the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level.
80


The weighted-average asset allocations by asset categories for all pension and the Postretirement Health Care Benefits plans were as follows:
 All Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
December 312020201920202019
Target Mix:
Equity securities25 %25 %28 %28 %
Fixed income securities57 %56 %51 %52 %
Cash and other investments18 %19 %21 %20 %
Actual Mix:
Equity securities26 %24 %30 %29 %
Fixed income securities58 %57 %53 %54 %
Cash and other investments16 %19 %17 %17 %
 All Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
December 312018 2017 2018 2017
Target Mix:       
Equity securities30% 31% 32% 35%
Fixed income securities51% 49% 49% 44%
Cash and other investments19% 20% 19% 21%
Actual Mix:       
Equity securities28% 29% 31% 34%
Fixed income securities50% 49% 48% 44%
Cash and other investments22% 22% 21% 22%

Within the equity securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded securities including both domestic and foreign equities. Within the fixed income securities asset class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly-traded debt securities including: U.S. treasury issues, corporate debt securities, mortgage and asset-backed securities, as well as foreign debt securities. In the cash and other investments asset class, investments may include, but are not limited to: cash, cash equivalents, commodities, hedge funds, infrastructure/utilities, insurance contracts, leveraged loan funds and real estate.
Cash Funding
The Company made $503 million of contributions, of which $500 million was voluntary, and $3 million of contributions to its U.S. Pension Benefit Plans during 2018each of 2020 and 2017, respectively.2019. The Company contributed $9 million and $8 million to its Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans during 2018, compared to $7 million contributed in 2017.2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company made no0 contributions to its Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan in 20182020 or 2017.2019.
Expected Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments are expected to be paid: 
YearU.S. Pension Benefit Plans Non U.S. Pension Benefit Plans Postretirement Health Care Benefits PlanYearU.S. Pension Benefit PlansNon U.S. Pension Benefit PlansPostretirement Health Care Benefits Plan
2019$144
 $47
 $7
2020161
 48
 7
2021181
 50
 6
2021$157 $51 $
2022203
 51
 6
2022176 52 
2023224
 52
 5
2023190 53 
2024-20281,418
 277
 23
20242024205 55 
20252025231 56 
2026-20302026-20301,344 294 20 
Other Benefit Plans
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements
The Company maintains a number of endorsement split-dollar life insurance policies on now-retired officers under a frozen plan. The Company had purchased the life insurance policies to insure the lives of employees and then entered into a separate agreement with the employees that split the policy benefits between the Company and the employee. Motorola Solutions owns the policies, controls all rights of ownership, and may terminate the insurance policies. To effect the split-dollar arrangement, Motorola Solutions endorsed a portion of the death benefits to the employee and upon the death of the employee, the employee’s beneficiary typically receives the designated portion of the death benefits directly from the insurance company and


the Company receives the remainder of the death benefits. It is currently expected that minimal cash payments will be required to fund these policies.
The net periodic pension cost for these split-dollar life insurance arrangements was $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172020, 2019 and 2016.2018. The Company has recorded a liability representing the actuarial present value of the future death benefits as of the employees’ expected retirement date of $61$73 million and $62$67 million as of December 31, 20182020 and December 31, 2017,2019, respectively.
81


Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan (“the Plan”) for certain eligible participants. Under the Plan, participants may elect to defer base salary and cash incentive compensation in excess of 401(k) plan limitations. Participants under the Plan may choose to invest their deferred amounts in the same investment alternatives available under the Company's 401(k) plan. The Plan also allows for Company matching contributions for the following: (i) the first 4% of compensation deferred under the Plan, subject to a maximum of $50,000 for board officers, (ii) lost matching amounts that would have been made under the 401(k) plan if participants had not participated in the Plan, and (iii) discretionary amounts as approved by the Compensation and Leadership Committee of the board of directors.
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company has various defined contribution plans, in which all eligible employees may participate. In the U.S., the Motorola Solutions 401(k) plan (the "401(k) plan") is a contributory plan. Matching contributions are based upon the amount of the employees’ contributions. The Company’s expenses for material defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 2017were $15 million, $32 million and 2016 were $31 million, $28 million and $26 million, respectively.
Due to the economic uncertainties caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company took action in a number of areas to reduce its operating expenses, including by suspending all Company match contributions to the 401(k) plan for the period from May 15, 2020 through December 31, 2020.
Under the 401(k) plan, the Company may make an additional discretionary matching contribution to eligible employees. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 20162018 the Company made no0 discretionary contributions.


8.9.    Share-Based Compensation Plans and Other Incentive Plans
The Company grants options and stock appreciation rights to acquire shares of common stock to certain employees and to existing option holders of acquired companies in connection with the merging of option plans following an acquisition. Each option granted and stock appreciation right granted has an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. The awards have a contractual life of five to ten years and vest over two to three years. In conjunction with a change in control, stock options and stock appreciation rights assumed or replaced with comparable stock options or stock appreciation rights only become exercisable if the holder is also involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than cause) or resigns for good reason within 24 months of a change in control.
Restricted stock (“RS”) grants consist of shares or the rights to shares of the Company’s common stock which are awarded to certain employees. The grants are restricted in such that they are subject to vesting conditions; however, restricted stock holders have voting rights, and the rights to earn dividends on unvested shares.
Restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grants consist of shares or the rights to shares of the Company’s common stock which are awarded to certain employees and non-employee directors. The grants are restricted such that they are subject to substantial risk of forfeiture and to restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the employee. In conjunction with a change in control, shares of RSUs assumed or replaced with comparable shares of RSUs will only have the restrictions lapse if the holder is also involuntarily terminated (for a reason other than cause) or resigns for good reason within 24 months of a change in control.
Performance-based stock options (“performance options”) and, market stock units ("MSUs"), and performance stock units ("PSUs") have been granted to certain Company executive officers. Performance options have a three-year performance period and are granted as a target number of units subject to adjustment based on company performance. Each performance option granted has an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. The awards have a contractual life of ten years. Shares ultimately issued for performance option awards granted are based on the actual total shareholder return (“TSR”) compared to the S&P 500 over the three yearthree-year performance period based on a payout factor that corresponds to actual TSR results as established at the date of grant. Vesting occurs on the third anniversary of the grant date. Under the terms of the MSUs, vesting is conditioned upon continuous employment until the vesting date and the payout factor is at least 60% of the share price on the award date. The payout factor is the share price on vesting date divided by share price on award date, with a maximum of 200%. The share price used in the payout factor is calculated using an average of the closing prices on the grant or vesting date, and the 30 calendar days immediately preceding the grant or vesting date. Vesting occurs ratably over three years. PSUs have been granted as a portion of the Long Range Incentive Plan (“LRIP”) awards issued to certain Company executive officers. The PSUs have a three-year performance period and were granted at a target number of units subject to adjustment based on company performance. The number of PSUs earned will be based on the actual TSR compared to the S&P 500 over the three-year performance period.
On August 25, 2015 in conjunction with the issuance of the Senior Convertible Notes, and on March 9, 2017, the Company approved grants of performance-contingent stock options (“PCSOs”) to certain executive officers. The PCSOs vest upon satisfaction of the following stock price hurdlesofficers which must be maintained for 10-consecutive trading days within the performance period ending August 25, 2018 and continuous employment over the vesting period. For PCSOs granted on August 25, 2015, 20% of the total award will vest at an $85 stock price, an additional 30% of the total award will vest at a $102.50 stock price, and the final 50% of the total award will vest at a $120 stock price. For options granted March 9, 2017, 44% of the total award will vest at an $85 stock price, an additional 24% of the total award will vest at a $102.50 stock price, and the final 32% of the award will vest at a $120 stock price. Aswere fully vested as of December 31, 2018, all stock price hurdles have been met and therefore, all PCSO grants have vested.2020. The August 25, 2015 awards have a seven-year term and a per share exercise price of $68.50. The March 9, 2017 awards have a five-and-a-half-year term and a per share exercise price of $81.37.
The employee stock purchase plan allows eligible participants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of up to 20% of eligible compensation on an after-tax basis. Plan participants cannot purchase more than $25,000 of stock in any calendar year. The price an employee pays per share is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of


the Company’s stock on the close of the first trading day or last trading day of the purchase period. The plan has two2 purchase periods, the first from October 1 through March 31 and the second from April 1 through September 30. For the years ended
82


December 31, 2018, 20172020, 2019 and 2016,2018, employees purchased 0.80.7 million, 0.80.6 million and 0.90.8 million shares, respectively, at purchase prices of $112.98 and $107.18, $108.96 and $120.12, and $72.96 and $88.84, $63.96 and $72.11, and $57.60 and $64.69, respectively.
Significant Assumptions Used in the Estimate of Fair Value
The Company calculates the value of each employee stock option, estimated on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted during 2020, 2019 and 2018 2017was $39.98, $29.14 and 2016 was $23.31, $15.16 and $13.09, respectively, using the following weighted-average assumptions:
2018 2017 2016202020192018
Expected volatility24.7% 24.0% 23.7%Expected volatility33.7 %23.8 %24.7 %
Risk-free interest rate2.7% 2.1% 1.4%Risk-free interest rate0.6 %2.3 %2.7 %
Dividend yield2.4% 3.5% 2.9%Dividend yield2.7 %2.5 %2.4 %
Expected life (years)5.9
 5.9
 6.0
Expected life (years)5.96.05.9
The Company calculates the value of each performance option, MSU, and PCSOPSU using thea Monte Carlo simulation option pricing model, estimated on the date of grant. The fair values of performance options, MSUs, and PSUs granted during 2020 were $77.82, $112.17 and $233.96, respectively. The fair values of performance options, MSUs, and PSUs granted during 2019 were $46.15, $138.00 and $203.61, respectively. The fair value of performance options and MSUs granted during 2018 was $42.19 and $125.33, respectively. The fair value of performance options, MSUs, and PCSOs granted during 2017 was $21.47, $85.74, and $7.76, respectively. The fair value of performance options and MSUs granted during 2016 was $19.80 and $76.48, respectively. The following assumptions were used for the calculations.
202020192018
Performance OptionsPerformance OptionsPerformance Options
Expected volatility of common stock34.7 %22.4 %25.0 %
Expected volatility of the S&P 50029.0 %25.1 %25.3 %
Risk-free interest rate0.8 %2.3 %2.7 %
Dividend yield2.6 %2.7 %3.1 %
Expected life (years)6.56.56.5
202020192018
2018
Performance Options
 2017
Performance Options
 2016
Performance Options
Market Stock UnitMarket Stock UnitMarket Stock Units
Expected volatility of common stock25.0% 24.1% 25.3%Expected volatility of common stock34.7 %22.4 %25.0 %
Expected volatility of the S&P 50025.3% 25.6% 19.8%
Risk-free interest rate2.7% 2.4% 1.7%Risk-free interest rate0.6 %2.2 %2.4 %
Dividend yield3.1% 3.7% 2.8%Dividend yield1.7 %2.0 %2.2 %
Expected life (years)6.5
 6.5
 6.5
 2018
Market Stock Units
 2017
Market Stock Units
 2016
Market Stock Units
Expected volatility of common stock25.0% 24.1% 24.2%
Risk-free interest rate2.4% 1.7% 1.1%
Dividend yield2.2% 2.9% 2.8%
2017 PCSOs
Expected volatility of common stock24.1%
Risk-free interest rate1.8%
Dividend yield3.0%
Expected life (years)3.5
20202019
Performance Stock UnitsPerformance Stock Units
Expected volatility of common stock34.7 %20.6 %
Expected volatility of the S&P 50029.0 %25.0 %
Risk-free interest rate0.6 %2.2 %
Dividend yield1.7 %1.6 %
The Company uses the implied volatility for traded options on the Company’s stock as the expected volatility assumption in the valuation of stock options, performance options, MSUs, and PCSOs.PSUs. The selection of the implied volatility approach was based upon the availability of actively tradedactively-traded options on the Company’s stock and the Company’s assessment that implied volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility. TheAt the conclusion of each three-year PSU and performance option cycle, the Company uses the historical volatility as the expected volatility assumption in the valuation of performance options in order to calculate the correlation coefficients betweenactual TSR compared to the S&P 500 and the Company's stock, which can only be calculated using historical data.500.
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the average daily closing rates during the year for U.S. Treasury notes that have a life which approximates the expected life of the grant. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s future expectation of dividend payouts. The expected life represents the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches.


The Company has applied forfeiture rates, estimated based on historical data, of 10%-35% to the stock option fair values calculated by the Black-Scholes option pricing model.model and 15% to RSUs. These estimated forfeiture rates are applied to grants based on their remaining vesting term and may be revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from these estimates.
83


The following table summarizes information about the total stock options outstanding and exercisable under all stock option plans, including performance options and PCSOs, at December 31, 20182020 (in thousands, except exercise price and years):
 Options OutstandingOptions Exercisable
Exercise price rangeNo. of
options
Wtd. avg.
Exercise
Price
Wtd. avg.
contractual
life (in yrs.)
No. of
options
Wtd. avg.
Exercise
Price
Wtd. avg.
contractual
life (in yrs.)
Under $50520 $38 0520 $38 0
$51-$60646 54 1646 54 2
$61-$701,372 68 11,372 68 2
$71-$80372 71 3372 71 5
$81-$90505 82 6502 82 6
$91-$10093 693 6
$101 and over979 134 8164 126 8
 4,400   3,582  
 Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
Exercise price rangeNo. of
options
 Wtd. avg.
Exercise
Price
 Wtd. avg.
contractual
life (in yrs.)
 No. of
options
 Wtd. avg.
Exercise
Price
 Wtd. avg.
contractual
life (in yrs.)
Under $30266
 $29
 1 266
 $29
 1
$30-$401,198
 39
 2 1,198
 39
 2
$41-$50
 
 0 
 
 0
$51-$60671
 54
 4 671
 54
 4
$61-$701,815
 68
 4 1,796
 68
 4
$71-$80469
 72
 7 86
 72
 7
$81 and over1,151
 92
 8 247
 82
 5
 5,570
     4,264
    
As of December 31, 2018,2020, the weighted average contractual life for options outstanding and exercisable was fivefour and fourthree years, respectively.
Current Year Activity
Total share-based compensation activity was as follows (in thousands, except exercise price):
 Stock OptionsRestricted Stock UnitsRestricted Stock
No. of Options OutstandingWtd. Avg. Exercise Price of SharesNo. of Non-Vested AwardsWtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair ValueNo. of Non-Vested AwardsWtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of January 1, 20202,983 $63 1,047 $111 440 $119 
Granted167 153 510 144 51 171 
Releases/Exercised(890)51 (489)103 (366)122 
Forfeited/Canceled(20)129 (81)134 
Balance as of December 31, 20202,240 $74 987 $138 125 $132 
Awards exercisable1,845 60 
Performance Options*Market Stock UnitsPerformance Stock Units
Stock Options Performance Options* Restricted Stock Units Market Stock UnitsNo. of Options OutstandingWtd. Avg. Exercise Price of SharesNo. of Non-Vested AwardsWtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair ValueNo. of Non-Vested AwardsWtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Shares Outstanding in ThousandsNo. of Options Outstanding Wtd. Avg. Exercise Price of Shares No. of Options Outstanding Wtd. Avg. Exercise Price of Shares No. of Non-Vested Awards Wtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value No. of Non-Vested Awards Wtd. Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Balance as of January 1, 20184,604
 $52
 2,678
 $72
 1,257
 $70
 139
 $78
Balance as of January 1, 2020Balance as of January 1, 20202,168 $78 112 $123 27 $204 
Granted272
 111
 159
 108
 484
 105
 53
 125
Granted111 155 79 112 87 234 
Releases/Exercised(1,445) 52
 (774) 71
 (570) 70
 (101) 73
Releases/Exercised(491)75 (94)114 (59)184 
Adjustment for payout factor
 
 115
 67
 
 
 31
 73
Adjustment for payout factor376 81 35 90 
Forfeited/Canceled(20) 88
 (19) 81
 (74) 82
 
 
Forfeited/Canceled(4)139 (1)94 204 
Balance as of December 31, 20183,411
 $57
 2,159
 $74
 1,097
 $84
 122
 $102
               
Vested or expected to vest3,032
 50
 1,492
 70
 462
 71
 89
 80
Balance as of December 31, 2020Balance as of December 31, 20202,160 $84 131 $121 55 $219 
Awards exercisableAwards exercisable1,737 72 
* Inclusive of PCSO awards
At December 31, 20182020 and 2017, 8.62019, 5.9 million and 9.67.2 million shares, respectively, were available for future share-based award grants under the current share-based compensation plan, covering all equity awards to employees and non-employee directors.

84



Total Share-Based Compensation Expense
Compensation expense for the Company’s share-based compensation plans was as follows: 
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016Years ended December 31202020192018
Share-based compensation expense included in:     Share-based compensation expense included in:
Costs of sales$11
 $9
 $9
Costs of sales$16 $14 $11 
Selling, general and administrative expenses45
 43
 45
Selling, general and administrative expenses73 62 45 
Research and development expenditures17
 14
 14
Research and development expenditures40 42 17 
Share-based compensation expense included in Operating earnings73
 66
 68
Share-based compensation expense included in Operating earnings129 118 73 
Tax benefit18
 22
 21
Tax benefit30 22 18 
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax$55
 $44
 $47
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax$99 $96 $55 
Decrease in basic earnings per share$(0.34) $(0.27) $(0.28)Decrease in basic earnings per share$(0.58)$(0.57)$(0.34)
Decrease in diluted earnings per share$(0.32) $(0.27) $(0.27)Decrease in diluted earnings per share$(0.57)$(0.55)$(0.32)
At December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had unrecognized compensation expense related to RS, RSUs, and MSUsall share based awards of $59$109 million, net of estimated forfeitures, expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately two years. The total fair value of RS, RSU and MSU shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $40 million, $39 million, and $54 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of outstanding RS, RSUs, and MSUs as of December 31, 2018 was $105 million.
At December 31, 2018, the Company had $15 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option plans including performance options and PCSOs that will be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately twothree years and $4$5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan that will be recognized over the remaining purchase period. The aggregate fair value of outstanding share based awards as of December 31, 2020 was $251 million.
Cash received from stock option exercises and the employee stock purchase plan was $168$108 million, $82$114 million, and $93$168 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 2016,2018, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 2017, and 2016 was $125$149 million, $31$113 million, and $16$125 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 20182020 was $288$388 million and $252$362 million, respectively, based on a December 31, 20182020 stock price of $115.04$166.98 per share.
Motorola Solutions Incentive Plans
The Company's incentive plans provide eligible employees with an annual payment, calculated as a percentage of an employee’s eligible earnings, in the year after the close of the current calendar year if specified business goals and individual performance targets are met. The expense for awards under these incentive plans for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 2017 and 2016 was $143$78 million, $122$146 million and $114$143 million, respectively.
Long-Range Incentive Plan
The Long-Range Incentive Plan (“LRIP”)LRIP rewards elected officers for the Company’s achievement of specified business goals during the period, based on a single performance objective measured over a three-year period. The expense for LRIP for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 2017was $9 million, $21 million and 2016 was $31 million, $9 million and $12 million, respectively.


9.10.    Fair Value Measurements
The Company holds certain fixed income securities, equity securities and derivatives, which are recognized and disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date and is measured using the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy prescribes valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to each measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's assumptions about current market conditions. The prescribed fair value hierarchy and related valuation methodologies are as follows:
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations, in which all significant inputs are observable, in active markets.
Level 3 — Valuations derived from valuation techniques, in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.







Investments and Derivatives
The fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 20182020 and December 31, 20172019 were as follows: 
December 31, 2020Level 1Level 2Total
Assets:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$$14 $14 
Common stock and equivalents19 19 
Liabilities:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$$$
December 31, 2019December 31, 2019Level 1Level 2Total
Assets:Assets:
Foreign exchange derivative contractsForeign exchange derivative contracts$$$
Available-for-sale securities:Available-for-sale securities:
December 31, 2018Level 1 Level 2 Total
Assets:     
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$
 $5
 $5
Corporate bonds1
 
 1
Common stock and equivalents19
 
 19
Common stock and equivalents25 25 
Liabilities:     Liabilities:
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$
 $4
 $4
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$$$
85

December 31, 2017Level 1 Level 2 Total
Assets:     
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$
 $5
 $5
Available-for-sale securities:     
Corporate bonds
 2
 2
Common stock and equivalents13
 
 13
Liabilities:     
Foreign exchange derivative contracts$
 $5
 $5

Pension and Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan Assets
The fair values of the various pension and postretirement health care benefits plans’ assets by level in the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 20182020 and 20172019 were as follows:
U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 31, 2020December 31, 2020Level 1Level 2Total
EquitiesEquities$45 $$45 
Commingled fundsCommingled funds1,603 463 2,066 
Government fixed income securitiesGovernment fixed income securities516 516 
Corporate fixed income securitiesCorporate fixed income securities1,070 1,070 
December 31, 2018Level 1 Level 2 Total
Equities$10
 $
 $10
Commingled funds2,074
 
 2,074
Government fixed income securities13
 340
 353
Corporate fixed income securities
 964
 964
Short-term investment funds243
 
 243
Short-term investment funds327 327 
Total investment securities$2,340
 $1,304
 $3,644
Total investment securities$1,975 $2,049 $4,024 
Accrued income receivable    16
Accrued income receivable44 
Cash    13
Cash15 
Fair value plan assets    $3,673
Fair value plan assets$4,083 
December 31, 2019December 31, 2019Level 1Level 2Total
EquitiesEquities$12 $$12 
Commingled fundsCommingled funds1,320 555 1,875 
Government fixed income securitiesGovernment fixed income securities529 529 
Corporate fixed income securitiesCorporate fixed income securities959 959 
December 31, 2017Level 1 Level 2 Total
Equities$10
 $
 $10
Commingled funds2,198
 
 2,198
Government fixed income securities10
 285
 295
Corporate fixed income securities
 900
 900
Short-term investment funds186
 
 186
Short-term investment funds179 179 
Total investment securities$2,404
 $1,185
 $3,589
Total investment securities$1,511 $2,043 $3,554 
Accrued income receivable    12
Accrued income receivable20 
Cash    13
Cash27 
Fair value plan assets    $3,614
Fair value plan assets  $3,601 
Non-U.S. Pension Benefit Plans
December 31, 2020Level 1Level 2Total
Equities$78 $$78 
Commingled funds458 71 529 
Government fixed income securities1,076 1,076 
Short-term investment funds106 106 
Total investment securities$642 $1,147 $1,789 
Cash
Accrued income receivable30 
Insurance contracts54 
Fair value plan assets  $1,880 
December 31, 2018Level 1 Level 2 Total
December 31, 2019December 31, 2019Level 1Level 2Total
Equities$140
 $
 $140
Equities$69 $$69 
Commingled funds476
 16
 492
Commingled funds217 181 398 
Government fixed income securities4
 647
 651
Government fixed income securities899 903 
Short-term investment funds60
 
 60
Short-term investment funds170 170 
Total investment securities$680
 $663
 $1,343
Total investment securities$460 $1,080 $1,540 
Cash    3
Cash
Accrued income receivable    42
Accrued income receivable48 
Insurance contracts    50
Insurance contracts49 
Fair value plan assets    $1,438
Fair value plan assets  $1,641 
86

December 31, 2017Level 1 Level 2 Total
Equities$136
 $
 $136
Commingled funds431
 38
 469
Government fixed income securities3
 779
 782
Short-term investment funds92
 
 92
Total investment securities$662
 $817
 $1,479
Cash    3
Accrued income receivable    55
Insurance contracts    53
Fair value plan assets    $1,590

Postretirement Health Care Benefits Plan 
December 31, 2020Level 1Level 2Total
Equities$$$
Commingled funds71 20 91 
Government fixed income securities23 23 
Corporate fixed income securities48 48 
Short-term investment funds15 15 
Total investment securities$88 $91 $179 
Accrued income receivable$
Fair value plan assets$181 
December 31, 2018Level 1 Level 2 Total
Commingled funds$74
 $
 $74
Government fixed income securities
 12
 12
Corporate fixed income securities
 34
 34
Short-term investment funds9
 
 9
Total investment securities$83
 $46
 $129
Cash    $4
Fair value plan assets    $133
December 31, 2019December 31, 2019Level 1Level 2Total
December 31, 2017Level 1 Level 2 Total
Equities$1
 $
 $1
Commingled funds92
 
 92
Commingled funds59 25 84 
Government fixed income securities
 12
 12
Government fixed income securities24 24 
Corporate fixed income securities
 38
 38
Corporate fixed income securities43 43 
Short-term investment funds8
 
 8
Short-term investment funds
Total investment securitiesTotal investment securities$67 $92 $159 
CashCash
Fair value plan assets$101
 $50
 $151
Fair value plan assets$160 
The following is a description of the categories of investments:
Equities A diversified portfolio of corporate common stock and preferred stock.stocks.
Commingled funds — A diversified portfolio of assets that includes corporate common stock,and preferred stock,stocks, emerging market and high-yield fixed income securities among others.
Government fixed income securities Securities issued by municipal, domestic and foreign government agencies, index-linked government bonds as well as interest rate derivatives.
Corporate fixed income securities A diversified portfolio of primarily investment grade bonds issued by corporations.


Short-term investment funds Investments in money market accounts and derivatives with a liquidity of less than 90 days.
Level 1 investments include securities which are valued at the closing price reported on the active market in which the individual securities are traded. Level 2 investments consist principally of securities which are valued using independent third party pricing sources. A variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources including market based inputs, binding quotes, indicative quotes, and ongoing redemption and subscription activity. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation.
At December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had $734$448 million of investments in money market primegovernment and governmentU.S. treasury funds (Level 1) classified as Cash and cash equivalents in its Consolidated Balance Sheet, compared to $633$322 million at December 31, 2017.2019. The money market funds had quoted market prices that are approximately at par.
Using quoted market prices and market interest rates, the Company determined that the fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 20182020 was $5.4$5.8 billion (Level 2), compared to a face value of $5.3$5.2 billion. Since considerable judgment is required in interpreting market information, the fair value of the long-term debt is not necessarily indicative of the amount which could be realized in a current market exchange.
All other financial instruments are carried at cost, which is not materially different from the instruments’ fair values.

87


10.11.    Long-term Financing and Sales of Receivables
Long-term Financing
Long-term receivables consist of receivables with payment terms greater than twelve months, long-term loans and lease receivables under sales-type leases. Long-term receivables consist of the following:
December 3120202019
Long-term receivables, gross$76 $62 
Less allowance for losses(3)(2)
Long-term receivables$73 $60 
Less current portion(19)(19)
Non-current long-term receivables$54 $41 
December 312018 2017
Long-term receivables, gross$33
 $37
Less allowance for losses(2) 
Long-term receivables$31
 $37
Less current portion(7) (18)
Non-current long-term receivables$24
 $19

The current portion of long-term receivables is included in Accounts receivable, net and the non-current portion of long-term receivables is included in Other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company recognized Interestinterest income on long-term receivables of $1 million $1 million, and $2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172020, 2019 and 2016, respectively.2018.
Certain purchasers of the Company's products and services may request that the Company provide long-term financing (defined as financing with a term greater than one year) in connection with the sale of products and services. These requests may include all or a portion of the purchase price of the products and services. The Company's obligation to provide long-term financing may be conditioned on the issuance of a letter of credit in favor of the Company by a reputable bank to support the purchaser's credit or a pre-existing commitment from a reputable bank to purchase the long-term receivables from the Company. The Company had outstanding commitments to provide long-term financing to third-parties totaling $62$78 million at December 31, 2018, compared to $93 million at2020 and December 31, 2017.2019.
Sales of Receivables
From time to time, the Company sells accounts receivable and long-term receivables to third-parties under one-time arrangements. The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.
The following table summarizes the proceeds received from sales of accounts receivable and long-term receivables for the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172020, 2019 and 2016.2018. 
Years ended December 31202020192018
Contract-specific discounting facility$228 $$
Accounts receivable sales proceeds74 34 77 
Long-term receivables sales proceeds181 265 270 
Total proceeds from receivable sales$483 $299 $347 
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016
Accounts receivable sales proceeds$77
 $193
 $51
Long-term receivables sales proceeds270
 284
 289
Total proceeds from receivable sales$347
 $477
 $340

The Company may or may not retain the obligation to service the sold accounts receivable and long-term receivables.
At December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had retained servicing obligations for $970$983 million of long-term receivables, compared to $873$984 million of long-term receivables at December 31, 2017.2019. Servicing obligations are limited to collection activities of sold accounts receivables and long-term receivables.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we utilized a new cost-efficient receivable discounting facility to neutralize the impact of increased payment terms under a renegotiated and extended long-term contract in Europe resulting in accounts receivable sales of $228 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The net benefit to our operating cash flow from the utilization of the new receivable discounting facility during 2020 was an inflow of $61 million when adjusted for amounts that would still be collected from the customer within the period in the absence of utilizing the discounting facility. The proceeds of our receivable sales are included in "Operating Activities" within our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

88


Credit Quality of Long-Term Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
An aging analysis of financing receivables at December 31, 20182020 and December 31, 20172019 is as follows: 
December 31, 2020Total
Long-term
Receivable
Current Billed
Due
Past Due Under 90 DaysPast Due Over 90 Days
Municipal leases secured tax exempt$50 $$$
Commercial loans and leases secured26 
Long-term receivables, including current portion$76 $$$
December 31, 2018Total
Long-term
Receivable
 Current Billed
Due
 Past Due Under 90 Days Past Due Over 90 Days
Municipal leases secured tax exempt$22
 $1
 $
 $
Commercial loans and leases secured11
 
 
 2
Long-term receivables, including current portion$33
 $1
 $
 $2

December 31, 2017Total
Long-term
Receivable
 Current Billed
Due
 Past Due Under 90 Days Past Due Over 90 Days
December 31, 2019December 31, 2019Total
Long-term
Receivable
Current Billed
Due
Past Due Under 90 DaysPast Due Over 90 Days
Municipal leases secured tax exempt$21
 $
 $1
 $2
Municipal leases secured tax exempt$31 $$$
Commercial loans and leases secured16
 1
 3
 1
Commercial loans and leases secured31 
Long-term receivables, including current portion$37
 $1
 $4
 $3
Long-term receivables, including current portion$62 $$$
The Company uses an internally developed credit risk rating system for establishing customer credit limits. This system is aligned with and comparable to the rating systems utilized by independent rating agencies.
The Company’s policy for valuing the allowance for credit losses is to review all customer financing receivables for collectability on an individual receivable basis. For those receivables where collection risk is probable, the Company calculates the value of impairment based on the net present value of expected future cash flows from the customer.
11.12.    Commitments and Contingencies
Lease Obligations
The Company leases certain office, factory and warehouse space, land, and other equipment under principally non-cancelable operating leases. Rental expense, net of sublease income, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $108 million, $94 million, and $84 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2018, future minimum lease obligations, net of minimum sublease rentals, for the next five years and beyond are as follows:
(in millions)2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Beyond
 $131
$120
$112
$101
$54
$204
Purchase Obligations
During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and help ensure adequate component supply, the Company enters into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that either allow themit to procure inventory based upon criteria as defined by the Company or establish the parameters defining the Company’s requirements. In addition, we have entered into software license agreements which are firm commitments and are not cancelable. cancellable.
As of December 31, 2018,2020, the Company had entered into firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional commitments under such arrangements through 2023.2025. The Company expects to make total payments of $124$209 million under these arrangements as follows: $92 million in 2019, $16 million in 2020, $12$50 million in 2021, $3$52 million in 2022, $50 million in 2023, $51 million in 2022, and $1$6 million in 2023.2025.
The Company outsources certain corporate functions, such as benefit administration and information technology-related services, under various contracts, the longest of which is expected to expire in 2023. The remaining payments under these contracts are approximately $114$41 million over the remaining life of the contracts. However, these contracts can be terminated. Termination would result in a penalty substantially less than the remaining annual contract payments. The Company would also be required to find another source for these services, including the possibility of performing them in-house.
Legal Matters
TheOn February 14, 2020, the Company isannounced that a defendant in various lawsuits, claims, and actions that arisejury in the normal courseU.S. District Court for the Northern District of business. WhileIllinois (the "Court") decided in the outcomeCompany's favor in its trade secret theft and copyright infringement case against Hytera Communications Corporation Limited of these matters is currently not determinable,Shenzhen, China; Hytera America, Inc.; and Hytera Communications America (West), Inc. (collectively, “Hytera”). In connection with this verdict, the jury awarded the Company $345.8 million in compensatory damages and $418.8 million in punitive damages, for a total of $764.6 million. The Court denied Hytera’s motion for a new trial on October 20, 2020. On December 17, 2020, the Court denied the Company’s motion for a permanent injunction, finding instead that Hytera must pay the Company a forward-looking reasonable royalty on products that use the Company’s stolen trade secrets. The royalty rate is yet to be determined, and will be set by the Court absent agreement of the parties.
On January 11, 2021, the Court granted Hytera’s motion for certain equitable relief and reduced the $764.6 million judgment award to $543.7 million. That same day, the Court also granted the Company’s motion for pre-judgment interest, although the precise amount of interest owed to the Company by Hytera is still to be determined by the Court. Other post-trial motions are fully briefed and awaiting ruling, including the Company's motion for attorneys' fees and its motion to require Hytera to turn over certain assets in satisfaction of the Company’s judgment award. Hytera America, Inc. and Hytera Communications America (West), Inc. each filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in May 2020; the Company previously filed motions to dismiss the bankruptcy proceedings in July 2020.
On January 22, 2021, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court entered an agreed order, allowing a partial sale of Hytera's U.S. assets in the bankruptcy proceedings. The proposed sale does not expect the ultimate dispositioninclude Hytera inventory accused of these matters to have a material adverse effect onincluding the Company’s consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations. However, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position, liquidity, or results of operations in the periods in which the matters are ultimately resolved, or in the periods in which more information is obtained that changes management's opinion of the ultimate disposition.




intellectual property.
Indemnifications
The Company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it is obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. In indemnification cases, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party's claims. In some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by the Company.
Some of these obligations arise as a result of divestitures of the Company's assets or businesses and require the Company to indemnify the other party against losses arising from breaches of representations and warranties and covenants and, in some cases, the settlement of pending obligations. The Company's obligations under divestiture agreements for indemnification based on breaches of representations and warranties are generally limited in terms of duration and to amounts not in excess of a percentage of the contract value. The Company had no accruals for any such obligations at December 31, 2018.
89


In addition, theThe Company may provide indemnifications for losses that result from the breach of general warranties contained in certain commercial and intellectual property agreements. Historically, the Company has not made significant payments under these agreements.


12.13.    Information by Segment and Geographic Region
The Company conducts its business globally and manages it through the following two2 segments:
Products and Systems Integration:The Products and Systems Integration segment offers an extensive portfolio of infrastructure, devices, accessories, video solutions,security devices and infrastructure, and the implementation optimization, and integration of such systems, devices, and applications,applications. Within LMR Mission Critical Communications, the Company is a global leader in the two-way radio category, including the Company’s: (i) “ASTRO” products, which meet the Association of Public Safety Communications OfficialsCompany’s Project 25 standard, (ii) “Dimetra” products which meet the European Telecommunications Standards Institute("P25"), Terrestrial Trunked Radio “TETRA” standard, (iii) Professional("TETRA"), Digital Mobile Radio ("DMR)", as well as other professional and Commercial Radiocommercial radio (“PCR”) products, (iv) broadbandsolutions. The Company provides LTE solutions for public safety, government and commercial users, including infrastructure and devices operating in 700 MHz, 900 MHz and Citizens' Broadband Radio Service ("CBRS") frequencies. The Company's Video Security and Analytics technology products, such as Long-Term Evolution (“LTE”),includes network video management infrastructure, fixed security and (v)mobile video solutions, including video cameras.cameras (body-worn and in-vehicle) and access control solutions. The primary customers of the Products and Systems Integration segment are government, public safety and first-responder agencies, municipalities, and commercial and industrial customers who operate private communications networks and video security solutions and typically managingmanage a mobile workforce. In 2018,2020, the segment’s net sales were $5.1$4.6 billion, representing 69%63% of the Company's consolidated net sales.
ServicesSoftware and Software:Services: The ServicesSoftware and SoftwareServices segment provides a broad range of solution offerings for government, public safety and commercial communication networks.customers. Software includes public safety and enterprise Command Center Software, unified communications applications, and video software solutions, delivered both on-premise and “as a service.” Services includes a continuum of service offerings beginning with repair, technical support and maintenance. More advanced platformstechnologies include monitoring, software updates and cybersecurity services. Managed services range from partial to full operation of customercustomer-owned or Motorola Solutions-owned networks. Software includes a public safety and enterprise command center software suite, unified communications applications, and video software solutions, delivered both on premise and “as a service.” In 2018,2020, the segment’s net sales were $2.2$2.8 billion, representing 31%37% of the Company's consolidated net sales.
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 20172020, 2019 and 2016,2018, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net sales.
Segment Information
The following table summarizes Net sales and Operating earnings by segment: 
Net Sales Operating Earnings Net SalesOperating Earnings
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016Years ended December 31202020192018202020192018
Products and Systems Integration$5,100
 $4,513
 $4,394
 $854
 $969
 $762
Products and Systems Integration$4,634 $5,329 $5,100 $656 $994 $854 
Services and Software2,243
 1,867
 1,644
 401
 315
 286
Software and ServicesSoftware and Services2,780 2,558 2,243 727 587 401 
$7,343
 $6,380
 $6,038
 1,255
 1,284
 1,048
$7,414 $7,887 $7,343 $1,383 $1,581 $1,255 
Total other expense      (153) (208) (204)Total other expense(209)(580)(153)
Net earnings before income taxes      $1,102
 $1,076
 $844
Net earnings before income taxes   $1,174 $1,001 $1,102 
The following table summarizes the Company's capital expenditures and depreciation expense by segment: 
Capital Expenditures Depreciation Expense Capital ExpendituresDepreciation Expense
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016Years ended December 31202020192018202020192018
Products and Systems Integration$72
 $113
 $104
 $71
 $69
 $72
Products and Systems Integration$91 $98 $72 $90 $82 $71 
Services and Software125
 114
 167
 101
 123
 110
Software and ServicesSoftware and Services126 150 125 104 104 101 
$197
 $227
 $271
 $172
 $192
 $182
$217 $248 $197 $194 $186 $172 
The Company's "chief operating decision maker" does not review or allocate resources based on segment assets.
Geographic Area Information 
Net Sales AssetsNet SalesAssets
Years ended December 312018 2017 2016 2018 2017 2016Years ended December 31202020192018202020192018
United States$4,361
 $3,725
 $3,566
 $5,441
 $5,138
 $5,653
United States$4,770 $5,006 $4,361 $7,009 $6,749 $5,441 
United Kingdom638
 558
 528
 2,284
 2,329
 2,300
United Kingdom740 692 638 2,460 2,460 2,284 
Canada303
 251
 222
 1,014
 97
 91
Canada254 270 303 1,016 1,040 1,014 
Other, net of eliminations2,041
 1,846
 1,722
 670
 644
 419
Other, net of eliminations1,650 1,919 2,041 391 393 670 
$7,343
 $6,380
 $6,038
 $9,409
 $8,208
 $8,463
$7,414 $7,887 $7,343 $10,876 $10,642 $9,409 
Net sales attributed to geographic area are predominately based on the ultimate destination of the Company's products and services.

90


13.14.     Reorganization of Businesses
The Company maintains a formal Involuntary Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), which permits the Company to offer eligible employees severance benefits based on years of service and employment grade level in the event that employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of a reduction-in-force or restructuring. The Severance Plan includes defined formulas to calculate employees’ termination benefits. In addition to the Severance Plan, during the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company accepted voluntary applications to its Severance Plan from a defined subset of employees within the United States. Voluntary applicants received termination benefits based on the formulas defined in the Severance Plan. However, termination benefits, which are normally different based on employment level grade and capped at six months of salary, were equalized for all employment level grades and capped at a full year’s salary.
The Company recognizes termination benefits based on formulas per the Severance Plan at the point in time that future settlement is probable and can be reasonably estimated based on estimates prepared at the time a restructuring plan is approved by management. Exit costs consist of future minimum lease payments on vacated facilities and other contractual terminations. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates its accruals for employee separation and exit costs to ensure the accruals are still appropriate. In certain circumstances, accruals are no longer needed because of efficiencies in carrying out the plans or because employees previously identified for separation resigned from the Company and did not receive severance, or were redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original plans were approved. In these cases, the Company reverses accruals through the Consolidated Statements of Operations where the original charges were recorded when it is determined they are no longer needed.
During 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 20162018 the Company continued to implement various productivity improvement plans aimed at achieving long-term, sustainable profitability by driving efficiencies and reducing operating costs. AsDuring 2020, the Company accepted voluntary applications to its Severance Plan from a result,defined subset of employees within the United States. Voluntary applicants received termination benefits based on the formulas defined in the Severance Plan. However, termination benefits, which are normally different based on employment level grade and capped at nine months of salary, were equalized for all employment level grades and capped at a full year’s salary for the voluntary applicants. During 2018, the Company communicated its plan to close one of its manufacturing facilities in Europe during the fourth quarter of 2018 resulting in a charge of $44 million and impacting 165 employees, primarily within the Products and Systems Integration segment. The remainder of the initiatives impacted both of the Company’s segments and affected employees located in all geographic regions.
2020 Charges
During 2020, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $86 million, including $29 million of charges in Costs of sales and $57 million of charges in Other charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in the $86 million were charges of $100 million for employee separation costs, $2 million for exit costs, partially offset by $16 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed.
The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment:
Year ended December 312020
Products and Systems Integration$69 
Software and Services17 
$86 
Reorganization of Businesses Accruals
Accruals at
January 1, 2020
Additional
Charges
AdjustmentsAmount
Used
Accruals at
December 31, 2020
$78 $102 $(16)$(85)$79 
Employee Separation Costs
At January 1, 2020, the Company had an accrual of $78 million for employee separation costs. The 2020 additional charges of $102 million include severance costs for approximately 1,200 employees, of which 800 were direct employees and 400 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $16 million reflect reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $85 million used in 2020 reflects cash payments to severed employees. The remaining accrual of $79 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2020, is expected to be paid, primarily within one year to: (i) severed employees who have already begun to receive payments and (ii) approximately 100 employees to be separated in 2021.
2019 Charges
During 2019, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $57 million, including $17 million of charges in Costs of sales and $40 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in the aggregate $57 million were charges of $64 million for employee separation costs and $5 million for exit costs, partially offset by $12 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed.
The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment: 
Year ended December 312019
Products and Systems Integration$45 
Software and Services12 
$57 
91


Reorganization of Businesses Accruals
Accruals at
January 1, 2019
Additional
Charges
AdjustmentsAmount
Used
Accruals at
December 31, 2019
$84 $69 $(12)$(63)$78 
Employee Separation Costs
At January 1, 2019, the Company had an accrual of $84 million for employee separation costs. The additional 2019 charges of $69 million represent severance costs for approximately an additional 700 employees, of which 200 were direct employees and 500 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $12 million reflect reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $63 million used in 2019 reflects cash payments to severed employees. The remaining accrual of $78 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2019.
2018 Charges
During 2018, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $120 million, including $59 million of charges in Costs of sales and $61 million of charges in Other charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in the aggregate $120 million wereare charges of $122 million for employee separation costs and $16 million of charges for exit costs, partially offset by $18 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed.


The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment: 
Year ended December 312018
Products and Systems Integration$101
Services and Software19
 $120
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018:
 Accruals at
January 1
 Additional
Charges
 Adjustments Amount
Used
 Accruals at
December 31
Exit costs$9
 $16
 $
 $(4) $21
Employee separation costs41
 122
 (18) (61) 84
 $50
 $138
 $(18) $(65) $105
Exit Costs
At January 1, 2018, the Company had $9 million accrual for exit costs. There were $16 million of additional charges in 2018. The $4 million used in 2018 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $21 million, which the current portion is included in Accrued liabilities and the non-current portion is included in Other liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2018, primarily represents future cash payments for lease obligations that are expected to be paid over a number of years.
Employee Separation Costs
At January 1, 2018, the Company had an accrual of $41 million for employee separation costs. The 2018 additional charges of $122 million represent severance costs for approximately an additional 1,200 employees, of which 500 were direct employees and 700 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $18 million reflect reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $61 million used in 2018 reflects cash payments to severed employees. The remaining accrual of $84 million, which is included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2018, is expected to be paid, primarily within one year to: (i) severed employees who have already begun to receive payments and (ii) approximately 200 employees to be separated in 2019.
2017 Charges
During 2017, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $42 million, including $9 million of charges in Costs of sales and $33 million of charges under Other charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in the aggregate $42 million were charges of $43 million for employee separation costs and $8 million for exit costs, partially offset by $9 million of reversals of accruals no longer needed.
The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment: 
Year ended December 312017
Products and Systems Integration$32
Services and Software10
 $42
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs from January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017:
 Accruals at
January 1
 Additional
Charges
 Adjustments Amount
Used
 Accruals at
December 31
Exit costs$7
 $8
 $
 $(6) $9
Employee separation costs94
 43
 (9) (87) 41
 $101
 $51
 $(9) $(93) $50
Exit Costs
At January 1, 2017, the Company had $7 million accrual for exit costs. There were $8 million of additional charges in 2017. The $6 million used in 2017 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $9 million, which the current portion was included in Accrued liabilities and the non-current portion was included in Other liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017, primarily represented future cash payments for lease obligations.



Employee Separation Costs
At January 1, 2017, the Company had an accrual of $94 million for employee separation costs. The additional 2017 charges of $43 million represent severance costs for approximately an additional 400 employees, of which 100 were direct employees and 300 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $9 million reflect reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $87 million used in 2017 reflects cash payments to severed employees. The remaining accrual of $41 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2017.
2016 Charges
During 2016, the Company recorded net reorganization of business charges of $140 million, including $43 million of charges in Costs of sales and $97 million of charges in Other charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Included in the aggregate $140 million are charges of: (i) $120 million for employee separation costs, (ii) a $17 million building impairment charge, (iii) $5 million of charges for exit costs, and (iv) $3 million for the impairment of corporate aircraft, partially offset by $5 million of reversals for accruals no longer needed.
The following table displays the net charges incurred by segment:
Year ended December 312018
Products and Systems integration$101 
Software and Services19 
$120 

Year ended December 312016
Products and Systems integration$107
Services and Software33
 $140
The following table displays a rollforward of the reorganization of businesses accruals established for exit costs and employee separation costs, including those related to discontinued operations which were maintained by the Company after the sale of the Enterprise business, from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016: 
 Accruals at
January 1
 Additional
Charges
 Adjustments Amount
Used
 Accruals at
December 31
Exit costs$9
 $5
 $(1) $(6) $7
Employee separation costs51
 120
 (4) (73) 94
 $60
 $125
 $(5) $(79) $101
Exit Costs
At January 1, 2016, the Company had $9 million accrual for exit costs. There were $5 million of additional charges in 2016. The $6 million used in 2016 reflects cash payments. The remaining accrual of $7 million, which the current portion was included in Accrued liabilities and the non-current portion was included in Other liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016, primarily represented future cash payments for lease obligations.
Employee Separation Costs
At January 1, 2016, the Company had an accrual of $51 million for employee separation costs. The additional 2016 charges of $120 million represent severance costs for approximately an additional 1,300 employees, of which 400 were direct employees and 900 were indirect employees. The adjustments of $4 million reflect of reversals of accruals no longer needed. The $73 million used in 2016 reflects cash payments to these severed employees. The remaining accrual of $94 million was included in Accrued liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016.
14.15.      Intangible Assets and Goodwill
The Company accounts for acquisitions using purchase accounting with the results of operations for each acquiree included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period subsequent to the date of acquisition.
Avigilon CorporationRecent Acquisitions
On August 28, 2020, the Company acquired Callyo, a cloud-based mobile applications provider for law enforcement in North America for $63 million, inclusive of share-based compensation withheld at a fair value of $3 million that will be expensed over an average service period of two years. The acquisition was settled with $61 million in cash, net of cash acquired. This acquisition adds to Motorola Solutions’ existing Command Center Software suite critical mobile technology capabilities that enable information to flow seamlessly from the field to the command center. The Company recognized $38 million of goodwill, $31 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $8 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $27 million of customer relationships and $4 million of developed technology that will be amortized over a period of fourteen and seven years, respectively. The business is part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such the final allocation between income tax accounts and goodwill may be subject to change.
On July 31, 2020, the Company acquired Pelco, a global provider of video security solutions for a purchase price of $110 million. The acquisition was settled with $108 million of cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition demonstrates Motorola Solutions’ continued investment in Video Security and Analytics, adding a broad range of products that can be used in a variety of commercial and industrial environments and use cases. The Company recognized $42 million of goodwill, $30 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $36 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $23 million of customer relationships, $4 million of developed technology, and $3 million of trade names that will be amortized over a period of fifteen, two, and five years, respectively. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such the final allocation between income tax accounts and goodwill may be subject to change.
On June 16, 2020, the Company acquired IndigoVision for a purchase price of $37 million. The acquisition was settled with $35 million of cash, net of cash acquired and debt assumed. The acquisition complements the Company's Video Security and Analytics technology, providing enhanced geographical reach across a wider customer base. The Company recognized $14 million of goodwill, $22 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $1 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible asset was classified as $22 million of customer relationships that will be amortized over a period of eleven years. The business is a part of both the Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such the final allocation between income tax accounts and goodwill may be subject to change.
92


On April 30, 2020, the Company acquired a cybersecurity services business for a purchase price of $32 million of cash, net of cash acquired. The Company recognized $23 million of goodwill, $10 million of identifiable intangible assets and $1 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $8 million of customer relationships and $2 million of developed technology that will be amortized over a period of twelve years and three years, respectively. The acquisition expands the Company’s ability to assist customers with cybersecurity needs through vulnerability assessments, cybersecurity consulting, and managed services including security monitoring of network operations. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such the final allocation between income tax accounts and goodwill may be subject to change.
On March 3, 2020, the Company acquired a cybersecurity services business for $40 million, inclusive of share-based compensation withheld at a fair value of $6 million that will be expensed over a service period of two years. The acquisition was settled with $33 million of cash, net of cash acquired. The Company recognized $28 million of goodwill, $7 million of intangible assets and $2 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible asset of $7 million was classified as a customer relationship that will be amortized over a period of thirteen years. The acquisition expands the Company’s ability to assist customers with cybersecurity needs through vulnerability assessments, cybersecurity consulting, managed services and remediation and response capabilities. The business is a part of the Software and Services segment. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such the final allocation between income tax accounts and goodwill may be subject to change.
On October 16, 2019, the Company acquired a data solutions business for vehicle location information for a purchase price of $85 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition enhances the Company's Video Security and Analytics technology by adding data to the Company’s existing LPR database within the Software and Services segment. The Company recognized $54 million of goodwill, $28 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $3 million of net assets. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $22 million of customer relationships and $6 million of developed technology and will be amortized over a period of sixteen years and five years, respectively. The purchase accounting was completed as of the fourth quarter of 2020.
On July 11, 2019, the Company acquired WatchGuard, a provider of in-car and body-worn video solutions for $271 million, inclusive of share-based compensation withheld at a fair value of $16 million that will be expensed over an average service period of two years. The acquisition was settled with $250 million, net of cash acquired. The acquisition expands the Company's Video Security and Analytics technology. The business is part of both the Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments. The Company recognized $156 million of goodwill, $63 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $31 million of net assets. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $33 million of customer relationships and $30 million of completed technology that will be amortized over a period of thirteen years and seven years, respectively. The purchase accounting was completed as of the third quarter of 2020.
On March 11, 2019, the Company acquired Avtec, a provider of dispatch communication equipment for U.S. public safety and commercial customers for a purchase price of $136 million in cash, net of cash acquired. This acquisition expands the Company's commercial portfolio with new capabilities, allowing it to offer an enhanced platform for customers to communicate, coordinate resources, and secure their facilities. The business is part of both the Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments. The Company recognized $68 million of goodwill, $64 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $4 million of net assets. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $43 million of completed technology and $21 million of customer relationship intangibles and will be amortized over a period of fifteen years. The purchase accounting was completed as of the third quarter of 2019.
On January 7, 2019, the Company announced that it acquired VaaS, a company that is a global provider of data and image analytics for vehicle location for $445 million, inclusive of share-based compensation withheld at a fair value of $38 million that will be expensed over an average service period of one year. The acquisition was settled with $231 million of cash, net of cash acquired, and 1.4 million of shares issued at a fair value of $160 million for a purchase price of $391 million to be utilized in the purchase price allocation. The business is part of both the Products and Systems Integration and Software and Services segments. The Company recognized $261 million of goodwill, $141 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $11 million of net liabilities. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $99 million of completed technology that will be amortized over a period of ten years and $42 million of customer relationship intangibles that will be amortized over a period of fifteen years. The purchase accounting was completed as of the first quarter of 2020.
On March 28, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Avigilon, Corporation, a provider of advanced security and video solutions including video analytics, network video management hardware and software, video cameras and access control solutions. The business is part of both the Products and Systems Integration segment and the Software and Services segment. The purchase price of $974 million, consisted of cash payments of $980 million for outstanding common stock, restricted stock units and employee held stock options, net of cash acquired of $107 million, debt assumed of $75 million and transaction costs of $26 million. Prior to the end of the first quarter, $35The Company recognized $498 million of the assumed debt was repaid with the remaining $40identifiable intangible assets, $434 million repaid during the second quarter of 2018.
The acquisitiongoodwill, and $42 million of Avigilon has been accounted for at fair value as of the acquisition date, based on the fair value of the total consideration transferred which has been attributed to all identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and measured at fair value. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such the final allocation between deferred income tax accounts and goodwill may be subject to change. The following table summarizes fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the March 28, 2018 acquisition date:


Accounts receivable, net $67
Inventory 93
Other current assets 18
Property, plant and equipment, net 33
Deferred income taxes 4
Accounts payable (21)
Accrued liabilities (28)
Deferred income tax liabilities (124)
Goodwill 434
Intangible assets 498
   Total consideration $974
net assets. Acquired intangible assets consist of $110 million of customer relationships, $380 million of developed technology and $8 million of trade names and will have useful lives of two to 20twenty years. The fair values of all intangible assets were estimated using the income approach. Customer relationships and developed technology were valued under the excess earnings method which assumes that the value of an intangible asset is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable specifically to the intangible asset. Trade names were valued under the relief from royalty method, which assumes value to the extent that the acquired company is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received from them.
 Goodwill The goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the future economic benefits arising from the other assets acquired that could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is not0t deductible for tax purposes.
The pro forma effect of this acquisition is not significant.
93


Other Acquisitions
On April 9, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of a provider of two-way radio communications for a purchase price of $11 million, recognizing $7 million of identifiable intangible assets, which will be amortized over a period of seven years. The results of operations for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations subsequent to the acquisition date. 
On March 7, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Plant Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Airbus DS Communications for a purchase price of $237 million;million, net of cash acquired. This acquisition will expandexpands the Company's software portfolio in the command centerCommand Center Software technology with additional solutions for Next Generationnext generation 9-1-1. The business is part of the Software and Services segment. As of December 31, 2018, the Company recognized $151 million of goodwill, $80 million of identifiable intangible assets and $6 million of net assets. GoodwillDuring 2019, the Company recorded an adjustment related to the allocation between goodwill and deferred income taxes of approximately $9 million, bringing the total goodwill acquired to $160 million. The goodwill is not0t deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $41 million of customer-related intangibles, $27 million of completed technology and $12 million of trade names. The identifiable intangible assets will be amortized over a period of 10ten to 20twenty years. The purchase accounting is not yet complete and as such the final allocation between deferred income tax accounts and goodwill may be subject to change.
On August 28, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Kodiak Networks, a provider of broadband push-to-talk for commercial customers, for a purchase price of $225 million. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized $191 million of goodwill, $44 million of identifiable intangible assets and $10 million of acquired liabilities. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $25 million of customer-related intangibles and $19 million of completed technology and will be amortized over a period of 13 to 16 years.
On March 13, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Interexport, a managed service provider for communications systems to public safety and commercial customers in Chile, for a purchase price of $98 billion Chilean pesos, or approximately $147 million U.S. dollars based on cash payments of $55 million, net of cash acquired, and assumed liabilities of $92 million, primarily related to capital leases. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized $61 million of identifiable intangible assets, $70 million of acquired property, plant and equipment and $16 million of net other tangible assets. The estimated identifiable intangible assets were classified as $56 million of customer-related intangibles and $5 million of other intangibles and will be amortized over a period of seven years.
On November 10, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Spillman Technologies, Inc., a provider of comprehensive law enforcement and public safety software solutions, for a purchase price of $221 million. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized $144 million of goodwill, $115 million of identifiable intangible assets, and $38 million of acquired liabilities. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $49 million of completed technology, $59 million of customer-related intangibles, and $7 million of other intangibles and will be amortized over a period of seven to ten years.
On February 19, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Guardian Digital Communications Limited, a holding company of Airwave Solutions Limited, the largest private operator of a public safety network in the world. All of the outstanding equity of Airwave was acquired for the sum of £1, after which the Company invested into Airwave £698 million, net of cash acquired, or approximately $1.0 billion, to settle all third party debt. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized $875 million of identifiable intangible assets, $191 million of goodwill, and $16 million of net other tangible assets. As part of the


acquisition, the Company recorded $82 million of deferred consideration, which was paid during the fourth quarter of 2018. The identifiable intangible assets were classified as $846 million of customer relationships and $29 million of trade names. All intangibles have a useful life of seven years, over which amortization expense will be recognized on a straight line basis.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of several software and service-based providers for a total of $30 million, recognizing $6 million of goodwill, $15 million of intangible assets, and $9 million of tangible net assets related to these acquisitions. Under the preliminary purchase accounting, the $15 million of identifiable intangible assets were classified as: (i) $7 million of completed technology and (ii) $8 million of customer-related intangibles and will be amortized over a period of five years. During the first quarter of 2017, the Company completed the purchase accounting and recorded an additional $11 million completed technology intangible asset that will be amortized over a period of eight years.
The results of operations for these acquisitions have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations subsequent to the acquisition date. The pro forma effects of these acquisitions are not significant individually or in the aggregate.
On January 7, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of VaaS, a data and image analytics company based in Livermore, California and Fort Worth, Texas for a total consideration, including contingent consideration, of $445 million in a combination of cash and equity. The acquisition of VaaS enables the Company to expand on its command center software portfolio to help shorten response times and improve the speed and accuracy of investigations. As of the date of issuance of the Company's financial statements, the purchase accounting has not been completed.
Intangible Assets
Amortized intangible assets are comprised of the following:
2018 2017 20202019
December 31Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
December 31Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Intangible assets:       Intangible assets:
Completed technology$558
 $92
 $148
 $55
Completed technology$766 $210 $738 $148 
Patents2
 2
 2
 2
Patents2 2 
Customer-related1,085
 364
 977
 242
Customer-related1,335 685 1,222 518 
Other intangibles74
 31
 56
 23
Other intangibles78 50 75 42 
$1,719
 $489
 $1,183
 $322
$2,181 $947 $2,037 $710 
Amortization expense on intangible assets, which is included within Other charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, was $188$215 million, $151$208 million, and $113$188 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 2016,2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2018,2020, future amortization expense is estimated to be $187 million in 2019, $183 million in 2020, $181$209 million in 2021, $178$206 million in 2022, and $81$108 million in 2023.2023, $83 million in 2024, and $73 million in 2025.
Amortized intangible assets, excluding goodwill, were comprised of the following by segment:
2018 2017 20202019
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Products and Systems Integration$510
 $38
 $12
 $8
Products and Systems Integration$692 $129 $652 $82 
Services and Software1,209
 451
 1,171
 314
Software and ServicesSoftware and Services1,489 818 1,385 628 
$1,719
 $489
 $1,183
 $322
$2,181 $947 $2,037 $710 
Goodwill
The following table displays a rollforward of the carrying amount of goodwill, net of impairment losses, by segment from January 1, 20172019 to December 31, 2018:
2020:
Products and Systems IntegrationSoftware and ServicesTotal
Balance as of January 1, 2019Balance as of January 1, 2019$722 $792 $1,514 
Products and Systems Integration Services and Software Total
Balance as of January 1, 2017$347
 $381
 $728
Goodwill acquired14
 177
 191
Goodwill acquired251 288 539 
Purchase accounting adjustments
 2
 2
Purchase accounting adjustments
Foreign currency translation1
 16
 17
Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2017$362
 $576
 $938
Balance as of December 31, 2019Balance as of December 31, 2019$973 $1,094 $2,067 
Goodwill acquired360
 225
 585
Goodwill acquired46 100 146 
Purchase accounting adjustments
 1
 1
Foreign currency translation
 (10) (10)Foreign currency translation
Balance as of December 31, 2018$722
 $792
 $1,514
Balance as of December 31, 2020Balance as of December 31, 2020$1,019 $1,200 $2,219 
During the second quarter of 2018, the Company modified its internal reporting structure to better align the way financial information is reported to and analyzed by executive leadership, in part, as a result of recent acquisitions contributing to the growth within the newly-aligned Services and Software segment. Previously, the Company had two reporting segments: Products and Services. The changes in reporting structure consist of Systems Integration-related revenue and costs moving from the old Services segment into the newly-presented Products and Systems Integration segment and software-related revenue and costs moving from the old Products segment into the newly-presented Services and Software segment.
The Company conducts its annual assessment of goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year. The goodwill impairment assessment is performed at the reporting unit level. A reporting unitlevel which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment.
94


The Company performed a qualitative assessment to determine whether it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit was less than its carrying amount for the fiscal years 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 2016.2018. In performing this qualitative assessment the Company assessed relevant events and circumstances including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in share price, and entity-specific events. For fiscal years 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 2016,2018, the Company concluded it was more-likely-than-not that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Therefore, the two-stepa quantitative goodwill impairment test was not required and there was no0 impairment of goodwill.

15.
16.    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
The following table presents the valuation and qualifying account activity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017,2020, 2019, and 2016:2018:
Balance at
Beginning of Period
Charged to
Earnings
UsedAdjustments*Balance at
End of Period
2020
Allowance for credit losses$63 $47 $(34)$(1)$75 
2019
Allowance for credit losses51 39 (26)(1)63 
2018
Allowance for credit losses45 37 (30)(1)51 
 Balance at
January 1
 Charged to
Earnings
 Used Adjustments* Balance at
December 31
2018         
Allowance for doubtful accounts$45
 $37
 $(30) $(1) $51
Inventory reserves133
 22
 (12) 
 143
2017         
Allowance for doubtful accounts44
 16
 (16) 1
 45
Inventory reserves131
 21
 (19) 
 133
2016         
Allowance for doubtful accounts28
 44
 (26) (2) 44
Inventory reserves142
 20
 (33) 2
 131
* Adjustments include translation adjustments




95
16.


17.    Quarterly and Other Financial Data (unaudited)
Quarter Ended
2018 2017 20202019
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
Mar. 28, 2020June 27, 2020Sept. 26, 2020Dec. 31, 2020Mar. 30, 2019June 29, 2019Sept. 28, 2019Dec. 31, 2019
Operating Results               Operating Results
Net sales$1,468
 $1,760
 $1,862
 $2,254
 $1,281
 $1,497
 $1,645
 $1,957
Net sales$1,655 $1,618 $1,868 $2,273 $1,657 $1,860 $1,994 $2,377 
Costs of sales799
 938
 961
 1,166
 711
 807
 851
 987
Costs of sales868 852 959 1,127 884 929 987 1,157 
Gross margin669
 822
 901
 1,088
 570
 690
 794
 970
Gross margin$787 $766 $909 $1,146 $773 $931 $1,007 $1,220 
Selling, general and administrative expenses279
 316
 323
 337
 244
 254
 259
 267
Selling, general and administrative expenses341 297 313 343 327 351 359 368 
Research and development expenditures152
 162
 158
 165
 135
 138
 141
 155
Research and development expenditures168 161 175 182 162 170 172 182 
Other charges67
 71
 126
 70
 18
 37
 47
 45
Other charges19 90 69 66 55 61 63 80 
Operating earnings171
 273
 294
 516
 173
 261
 347
 503
Operating earnings$259 $218 $352 $555 $229 $349 $413 $590 
Net earnings (loss)*117
 180
 247
 423
 77
 131
 212
 (575)
Net earnings*Net earnings*197 135 205 412 151 207 267 244 
Per Share Data (in dollars)               Per Share Data (in dollars)
Net earnings (loss)*:               
Net earnings*:Net earnings*:
Basic earnings per common share$0.73
 $1.11
 $1.52
 $2.58
 $0.47
 $0.80
 $1.30
 $(3.56)Basic earnings per common share$1.15 $0.79 $1.21 $2.43 $0.92 $1.25 $1.60 $1.43 
Diluted earnings per common share0.69
 1.05
 1.43
 2.44
 0.45
 0.78
 1.25
 (3.56)Diluted earnings per common share1.12 0.78 1.18 2.37 0.86 1.18 1.51 1.39 
Dividends declared$0.52
 $0.52
 $0.52
 $0.57
 $0.47
 $0.47
 $0.47
 $0.52
Dividends declared$0.64 $0.64 $0.64 $0.71 $0.57 $0.57 $0.57 $0.64 
Dividends paid0.52
 0.52
 0.52
 0.52
 0.47
 0.47
 0.47
 0.47
Dividends paid0.64 0.64 0.64 0.64 0.57 0.57 0.57 0.57 
Stock prices               Stock prices
High$110.29
 $118.37
 $130.34
 $133.97
 $87.00
 $89.15
 $93.75
 $95.30
High$187.49 $159.76 $158.99 $176.92 $144.94 $169.30 $182.28 $176.95 
Low$89.18
 $103.18
 $114.95
 $108.25
 $76.92
 $79.63
 $82.86
 $84.56
Low$120.77 $123.56 $127.58 $153.70 $110.61 $139.21 $160.81 $154.02 
* Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common shareholders.






96


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of December 31, 2020, the end of the period covered by this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”).Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded as of the Evaluation Date that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective such that the information relating to Motorola Solutions, including our consolidated subsidiaries, required to be disclosed in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) reportsSEC reports: (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to Motorola Solutions’ management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
Motorola Solutions’The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2020, using the criteria set forth in the Internal Control—IntegratedControl-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting iswas effective as of December 31, 2018.
On March 28, 2018 the Company completed the acquisition of Avigilon Corporation. As permitted for recently acquired businesses, management has excluded the acquired business from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting. The excluded Avigilon Corporation business represents 12.6% of total assets and 5.2% of net sales related to the consolidated financial statements amounts, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.2020. 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMGPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, has issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report on the audit of internal control over financial reporting appears in this Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted the new revenue standard ASC 606. We have implemented new accounting processes related to revenue recognition and related disclosures, including related control activities. There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during theour most recent fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2018, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.

97


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Motorola Solutions, Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Motorola Solutions, Inc.s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 15, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Motorola Solutions, Inc. acquired Avigilon Corporation during 2018 and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, Avigilon Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets representing 12.6% of consolidated total assets, and total net sales representing 5.2% of consolidated net sales included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Motorola Solutions, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Avigilon Corporation.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting in Item 9A: Controls and Procedures. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
kpmga08.jpg
Chicago, Illinois
February 15, 2019


PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The response to this Item required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with respect to directors incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Our Board - Who We Are” of Motorola Solutions’our Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) and,Statement; with respect to executive officers, is contained in Part I hereof under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant”“Information About our Executive Officers”; and, with respect to the audit committee, incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captioncaptions “Committees of the Board” and “Audit Committee Matters - Report of Audit Committee” of the Proxy Statement.
The response to this Item required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Security Ownership Information-Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Proxy Statement.
The response to this Item also incorporates by reference the information under the caption “Important Dates for the 2020 Annual Meeting - Recommending a Director Candidate to the Governance and Nominating Committee” of the Proxy Statement.
Motorola Solutions has adopted a code of ethics, the Motorola Solutions Code of Business Conduct (the “Code”), that applies to all employees, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller (principal accounting officer). The Code is posted in the Corporate Governance section on Motorola Solutions’ Internet website, www.motorolasolutions.com/investors, and is available free of charge, upon request to Investor Relations, Motorola Solutions, Inc., Corporate Offices, 500 W. Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661, E-mail: investors@motorolasolutions.com. Any amendment to, or waiver from, the Code applicable to executive officers will be posted on our Internet website within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver. Motorola Solutions’ Code of Business Conduct applies to all of the Company’s employees worldwide, without exception, and describes employee responsibilities to the various stakeholders involved in our business. The Code goes beyond the legal minimums by implementing the values we share as employees of Motorola Solutions—our key beliefs—uncompromising integrity and constant respect for people. The Code places special responsibility on managers and prohibits retaliation for reporting issues.

Item 11. Executive Compensation
The response to this Item incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions "How We Determine Director Compensation, - How" "How Our Directors Are Compensated,” "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation and Leadership Committee Report,” "Compensation and Leadership Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," and under “Named Executive Officer Compensation," the following subsections: "2018 Summary Compensation Table,” "Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2018," “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2018 Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2018,” "Nonqualified Deferred Compensation in 2018,” "Retirement Plans," "Pension Benefits in 2018," "Employment Contracts," and "Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements,"“CEO Pay Ratio” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The response to this Item incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership Information” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The response to this Item incorporatesis incorporated herein by reference to the relevant information under the captioncaptions “Related Person Transaction Policy and Procedures” and “Independence” of the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The response to this Item incorporatesis incorporated by reference to the information under the captioncaptions “Audit Committee Matters - Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” and “Audit Committee Matters - Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies” of the Proxy Statement.

98



PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)1.     Financial Statements
(a)1.     Financial Statements
  �� See Part II, Item 8 hereof.
2.Financial Statement Schedules and Independent Auditors’ Report
2.     Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules omitted are inapplicable or the information required is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3.Exhibits
3.     Exhibits
Exhibit numbers 10.610.5 through 10.61,10.56, listed in the attachedthis Exhibit Index are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this form by Item 15(b) hereof.
Master Acquisition Agreement, dated April 14, 2014, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Zebra Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 16, 2014 (File No. 1-7221)).
Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 3, 2015, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc., Motorola Solutions Overseas Limited, and Guardian Digital Communications Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on 8-K filed on December 3,  2015 (File 1-17221)).
Arrangement Agreement, dated February 1, 2018, betweenamong Motorola Solutions, Inc., Motorola Solutions Canada Holdings Inc. and Avigilon Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2018 (File 1-17221))2018).

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola, Inc., as amended through May 5, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(b) to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221))2009).
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Motorola, Inc., effective January 4, 2011, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2011 (File No. 1-7221))2011).
Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Motorola Name Change Corporation into Motorola, Inc., effective January 4, 2011, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2011 (File No. 1-7221))2011).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Motorola Solutions, Inc. as of November 13, 2014August 27, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))August 27, 2020).
Senior Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995, between The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor Trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank (as successor in interest to Bank One Trust Company) and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) and Motorola, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) of the Registrant’sRegistrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 datedfiled on September 25, 1995 (Registration No. 33-62911))1995).
Instrument of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance, dated as of January 22, 2001, among Motorola, Inc., Bank One Trust Company, N.A. and BNY Midwest Trust Company (as successor in interest to Harris Trust and Savings Bank) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2(b) to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-7221))2000).
Indenture, dated as of August 19, 2014, between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))2014).
Indenture, dated as of August 25, 2015September 5, 2019, between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee,trustee, related to 2%the 1.75% Convertible Senior Notes Due 20202024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.110.2 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 26, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))September 5, 2019).
Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and of all its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed are being omitted pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Motorola Solutions, Inc. agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Commission upon request.
Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Amended and Restated Master Separation and Distribution Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, among Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation), Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation) (File No. 1-34805)).
Amended and Restated Intellectual Property License Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, between Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation (File No. 1-34805))Corporation).
Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement, effective as of July 30, 2010, between Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 3 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on November 12, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (File No. 1-34805)).


Tax Sharing Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2020, among Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation), Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on August 31, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation) (File No. 1-34805)).
Amended and Restated Employee Matters Agreement among Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation), Motorola Mobility, Inc. and Motorola, Inc. effective as of July 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 2 to the Form 10 Registration Statement filed on October 8, 2010 by Motorola Mobility Holdings, Inc. (formerly Motorola SpinCo Holdings Corporation (File No. 1-34805)).
Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 effective May 18, 2015 (an amendment and restatement of(f/k/a the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006), as amended and restated effective May 18, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2015 (file No. 1-7221))2015).
99


First Amendment to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 (f/k/a the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006), as amended and restated effective May 18, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 26, 2020).
March 9, 2017 Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Performance-ContingentPerformance Contingent Stock Options (non-CEO) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after February 14, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 2019).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 9, 2015 to February 13, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Performance-Contingent Stock Options (non-CEO) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 26, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after May 6, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))29, 2013).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants on or after February 15, 2018 incorporated(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018 (File No. 1-7221))2018).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants from March 9, 2017 to February 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola Solutions’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from February 3, 2014 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))2013).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from January 4, 2011 to February 2, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221))2010).
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from August 1, 2009 to January 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from May 6, 2008 to July 31, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to Motorola Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2008 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from February 11, 2007 to May 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants on or after March 9, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from February 3, 2014 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))2013).
Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from January 4, 2011 to February 2, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from May 6, 2008 to January 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to Motorola Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2008 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for grants from February 27, 2007 to May 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to MotorolaSolutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-7221))2010).


Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers from March 9, 2015 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after March 9, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants to Section 16 Officers from May 6, 2013 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Inc’sSolutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))29, 2013).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers on or after February 15, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018 (File No. 1-7221))2018).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers from March 9, 2017 to February 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants to Appointed Vice Presidents and Elected Officers from February 3, 2014 to March 8, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))2013).
100


Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Employees on or after February 15, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018 (File No. 1-7221))2018).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2015 for grants to Employees from March 9, 2017 to February 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Section 16 Officers on or after May 13, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 29, 2019).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after May 13, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 29, 2019).
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Amended Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options and Addendum A to Motorola Solutions, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Stock Appreciation Rights, relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for a grant on February 22, 2011 to Gregory Q. Brown. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 2011 (File No. 1-7221))2011).
Form of Motorola Solutions Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Gregory Q. Brown, relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grant on February 1, 2011 pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008, as amended, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola Solutions Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Gregory Q. Brown, relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants on or after January 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221))2010).
Form of Motorola, Inc. Award Document-Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Nonqualified Stock Options for Gregory Q. Brown, relating to the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants from May 7, 2009 to January 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Performance Option Award Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Terms and Conditions Related to Employee Performance-Contingent Stock Options (CEO) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 26, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).
Form of Motorola Solutions Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants on or after January 4, 2011 under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010)(File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Motorola, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants from May 7, 2009 to January 3, 2011 under the Motorola Solutions, Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).


10.40
Form of Motorola, Inc. Stock Option Consideration Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown for grants from January 31, 2008 to May 6, 2009 under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 1-7221)2010)).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Gregory Q. Brown under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 for grants on or after January 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221))2010).
Form of Motorola Solutions, Inc. Market Stock Unit Agreement for grants to Gregory Q. Brown on or after March 9, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).
Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, for acquisitions on or after January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 1-7221))2011).
Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006, for acquisitions on or after January 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221))2010).
Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Award between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants on or after January 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 1-7221))2011).
Form of Motorola Solutions Deferred Stock Units Award between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Solutions Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants from January 4, 2011 to December 31, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).
Form of Deferred Stock Units Award between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors under the Motorola Solutions, Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2006 or any successor plan for grants from February 11, 2007 to January 3, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 1-7221))2010).
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003, as amended through May 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2000, as amended through May 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2009 (File No. 1-7221)).
10.50
Form of Deferred Stock Units Agreement between Motorola, Inc. and its non-employee directors, relating to the deferred stock units issued in lieu of cash compensation to directors under the Motorola Omnibus Incentive Plan of 2003 or any successor plan, for acquisitions from January 1, 2006 to February 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.25 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 1-7221)).
10.51
Motorola Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, as amended and restated on May 6, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Motorola, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 29, 2003 (File No. 1-7221)).
10.52
Motorola Solutions Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Plan dated January 17, 2013 (effective January 1, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to Motorola Solutions’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 1-7221)).
Motorola Solutions Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Plan Term Sheet (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 1-7221))2012).
Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as Amended and Restated February 11, 2015, applicable to 2018-2020 cycles (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended April 4, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).
2018-2020 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as approved on February 15, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018 (File No. 1-7221))2018).
101


2017-2019Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as Amended and Restated May 13, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 29, 2019).
2019-2021 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as approved on February 16, 201714, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended on April 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))March 30, 2019).
2016-20182020-2022 Performance Measures under the Motorola Solutions Long Range Incentive Plan (LRIP), as Amended and Restatedapproved on February 18, 201613, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended on April 2, 2016 (File No. 1-7221))March 28, 2020).


Motorola Solutions Management Deferred Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of June 1, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2013 (File No. 1-7221))2013).
Motorola Solutions Management Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of December 1, 2010, as amended January 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 1-7221))2010).
Motorola Solutions, Inc. 2011 Senior Officer Change in Control Severance Plan, as amended and restated November 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.54 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))2014).
Motorola Solutions, Inc. 2011 Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated November 13, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.55 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))2014).
Arrangement for directors’ fees for non-employee directors (description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “How theour Directors are Compensated” of Motorola Solutions’Solutions Inc.’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders heldShareholders filed on May 14, 2018March 27, 2020 (“Motorola Solutions’ Proxy Statement”)).
Description of Insuranceinsurance covering non-employee directors and their spouses (including a description incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Director Retirement Plan and Insurance Coverage” of the Motorola Solutions’ Proxy Statement, filed March 27, 2017, and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended on July 1, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Employment Agreement, dated August 27, 2008, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 29, 2008 (File No. 1-7221))2008).
Amendment made on December 15, 2008, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008 by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.50 to Motorola, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 1-7221))2008).
Second Amendment, dated May 28, 2010, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008, as amended, by and between Motorola, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2010 (File No. 1-7221)).).
Third Amendment, dated March 10, 2014, to the Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2008, as amended, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))2014).
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2017, among the Company,Motorola Solutions, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several lenders and agents party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions'Solutions, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 27, 2017 (File No. 1-7221))2017).
Definitive Purchase Agreement by and among Motorola Solutions, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Prudential Financial, Inc., and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Independent Fiduciary of the Motorola Solutions Pension Plan, dated as of September 22, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 27, 2014 (File No. 1-7221))**
10.70
Revised and Amended Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2015, by and between Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Gregory Q. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Motorola Solutions’,Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 3, 2015 (File No. 1-7221))2015).
Investment Agreement, by anddated as of September 5, 2019, among Motorola Solutions, Inc., Silver Lake Partners IV,Alpine, L.P. and Silver Lake Partners IV Cayman (AIV II),Alpine (Offshore Master) L.P., dated as of August 4, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Motorola Solutions’Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on AugustSeptember 5, 2015 (file No. 1-7221))2019).
Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
Subsidiaries of Motorola Solutions, Inc.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, see page 105 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit Index is a part.
Firm.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Gino A. BonanotteJason J. Winkler pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Gregory Q. Brown pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Gino A. BonanotteJason J. Winkler pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INSInline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCHInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Scheme Document
101.CALInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEFInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LABInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
102


101.PREInline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
* Filed herewith
** Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this agreementFurnished herewith



(b)Exhibits:

(b)Exhibits:
See Item 15(a) 3 above.



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMItem 16. Form 10-K Summary
The Board of DirectorsNone.
Motorola Solutions, Inc.:
103
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S‑8 (Nos. 033‑59285, 333‑51847, 333‑36308, 333‑53120, 333‑60612, 333‑87728, 333‑105107, 333‑123879, 333‑133736, 333‑142845, 333‑160137, and 333‑204324) and Form S‑3 (Nos. 333‑76637, 333‑206451, 333‑208332, and 333-223828) of Motorola Solutions, Inc. of our reports dated February 15, 2019, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Motorola Solutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, which reports appear in the December 31, 2018 annual report on Form 10‑K of Motorola Solutions, Inc.

Our report on the financial statements refers to a change to the revenue recognition accounting principle as a result of the adoption of ASU 2014-09, "Revenue from Customers with Contracts."

Our report dated February 15, 2019, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, contains an explanatory paragraph that states Motorola Solutions, Inc. acquired Avigilon Corporation during 2018, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, Avigilon Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets representing 12.6% of consolidated total assets, and total net sales representing 5.2% of consolidated net sales included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Motorola Solutions, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Avigilon Corporation.
kpmga08.jpg    
Chicago, Illinois
February 15, 2019


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Motorola Solutions, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:
/S/  GREGORY Q. BROWN        
Gregory Q. Brown
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
February 15, 201912, 2021
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of Motorola Solutions, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SignatureTitleDate
/S/  GREGORY Q. BROWN        Chairman and Chief Executive OfficerFebruary 12, 2021
    Gregory Q. Brownand Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/S/ JASON J. WINKLERExecutive Vice President andFebruary 12, 2021
Jason J. WinklerChief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
/S/  DAN PEKOFSKECorporate Vice President andFebruary 12, 2021
Dan PekofskeChief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
SignatureTitleDate
/S/  GREGORY Q. BROWN        Chairman and Chief Executive OfficerFebruary 15, 2019
    Gregory Q. Brown
and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/S/ GINO A. BONANOTTEExecutive Vice President andFebruary 15, 2019
Gino A. Bonanotte
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
/S/  DAN PEKOFSKECorporate Vice President andFebruary 15, 2019
Dan Pekofske
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/S/  KENNETH D. DENMANDirectorFebruary 15, 201912, 2021
Kenneth D. Denman
/S/  EGON P. DURBANDirectorFebruary 15, 201912, 2021
Egon P. Durban
/S/  CLAYTON M. JONESDirectorFebruary 15, 201912, 2021
Clayton M. Jones
/S/  JUDY C. LEWENTDirectorFebruary 15, 201912, 2021
Judy C. Lewent
/S/  GREGORY K. MONDREDirectorFebruary 15, 201912, 2021
Gregory K. Mondre
/S/  ANNE R. PRAMAGGIOREDirectorFebruary 15, 2019
Anne R. Pramaggiore
/S/  SAMUEL C. SCOTT IIIDirectorFebruary 15, 2019
Samuel C. Scott III
/S/  JOSEPH M. TUCCIDirectorFebruary 15, 201912, 2021
Joseph M. Tucci


106104